Shubharambha OPT Mathematics 10 Final For CTP 2077

Approved by Government of Nepal, Ministry of Education,Science and Technology,
Curriculum Development Center(CDC), Sanothimi, Bhaktapur, Nepal
Infinity
Optional Mathematics
Grade
10
Authors
Nil Prasad Ghimire
Shakti Prasad Acharya
Sujit Shrestha
Editors
Ramesh Subedi
Jibnath Sharma
Shubharambha Publication Pvt.Ltd.

Kathmandu, Nepal
Published by:
Shubharambha Publication Pvt. Ltd.

Kathmandu, Nepal
URL: www.shubharambhapublication.com.np
E-mail: shubharambha.publication@gmail.com
www.facebook.com/shubharambhapublication
Book : Infinity Optional Mathematics-Book 10
Authors : Nil Prasad Ghimire

Shakti Prasad Acharya
Sujit Shrestha
Layout Design
: Zeeta Computer Service Pvt. Ltd.
Ghantaghar, Kathmandu
Mobile No. 9841418545
Copyright © : Publisher
Edition : First: 2076 B.S.
Revised : 2077 B.S.

© : Publisher
No part of this book may be reproduced or transmitted by means(electronic,
photocopying, recording or otherwise) without prior written permission from the
publisher. Any breach of this condition will entail legal action and prosecution.
Printed in Nepal
Preface
Infinity Optional Mathematics is a set of 5 books tailored to teach optional mathematics
to the students in the grades between 6 and 10. It is developed in strict compliance with
the recent school syllabus prescribed by the Curriculum Development Centre (CDC),
Ministry of Education, Science and Technology, Government of Nepal.
The text-books in the series are a result of a painstaking effort from a team of dedicated
and hard-working authors who have devised the lesson units with fitting ingenuity
and the acumen derived from years of experience as teachers.
The chapters in the books feature a fundamental theory and sufficiently-worked-out

examples right at the beginning as a ready reference for students. The classification
and the order of the chapters in each book are systematic and are put in a proper
sequence so that students can learn better and comprehend the progression of topics
and subject-matter with clarity. The authors are also confident that the books in their
present form are comprehensive, and helpful to the students in their preparation,
which is consistent with the exam requirements of the new question model (grid).
We thank the management team of Shubharambha Publication for their help in the
publication of this series. We also remain indebted to Mr Ananda Prasad Poudel,
Managing Director of Zeeta Computer Service, and his team for their expertly typing,
layout and cover design.
While every effort has been made to keep the series error-free, it is still possible for
some errors to have unwittingly crept into the work. If the beneficiaries of these books,
the reviewers and the others concerned bring to our notice any discrepancies, or areas
for potential improvement, we shall be extremely grateful to you. We would love to
receive your valuable suggestion, feedback, or queries via email at shubharambha.
publication@gmail.com.
Once again, we hope that this new edition of Infinity Optional Mathematics does
more than meet the expectations of students and teachers alike.
Authors
Contents
Unit 1 ALGEBRA 5 – 108
1.1 Inverse function and Composite Function 5
1.2 Polynomial 24
1.3 Sequence and Series 40
1.4 Linear Inequation and Graph of Quadratic Equation 85
Unit 2 CONTINUITY 109–123

Unit 3 MATRIX 124–138
3.1 Determinant 125
3.2 Solving of Simultaneous Equations by Inverse Method 131
3.3 Cramer’s Rule 133
Unit 4 CO-ORDINATE GEOMETRY 139–182
4.1 Angle Between Two Lines 139
4.2 Equation of Pair of Lines 153
4.3 Conic Section 167
4.4 Circle 170
Unit 5 TRIGONOMETRY 183–253
5.1 Multiple Angles 185
5.2 Sub-multiple Angles 199
5.3 Transformation of Trigonometric Formulae 210
5.4 Conditional Trigonometric Identities 223
5.5 Trigonometric Equations 232
5.6 Height and Distance 242
Unit 6 VECTORS 254–278
6.1 Scalar Product 254
6.2 Vector Geometry 263
Unit 7 TRANSFORMATION 279–321
7.1 Introduction of Transformation 279
7.2 Combined Transformation 282
7.3 Inversion Transformation and Inversion Circle 308
7.4 Transformation Using Matrix 313
Unit 8 STATISTICS 322–343
8.1 Classification of Measures of Dispersion 323
Answer Sheet 344
UNIT
1 ALGEBRA
1.1 Inverse Function and Composite Function

Review
Let us consider the following arrow diagrams.
(a) f (b) f (c) f
A B A B A B
a d 1 1 –1
4 1
b e 2 9 0
f 1 0
c 3 16
(d) f (e) f (f) f

A B A B A B
a p 1 2 p
q 2 q r
b 3
3 s
c r 4 r
5
In the above arrow diagrams, figure number (a), (b), (c) and (f) represent the
function. Figure number (d), and (e) do not represent the function. For a function,
every element of set A must associate with unique element of set B. In figure no.
(d), element a has made ordered pairs with two elements p and q. In figure no. (e), 5
has not made ordered pair with any element of set B. So, they are simply relations.
f
Types of Function A B
1. Onto function 1 5
Let us consider an arrow diagram 2 6
Domain = {1, 2, 3, 4} 3 7
4 8
co-domain = {5, 6, 7, 8}
Range = {5, 6, 7, 8}
Here, range and co-domain are equal. So it is an onto function.
f
2. Into function A B
Let us consider an arrow diagram –2 4
Domain = {– 2, – 1, 0, 1, 2} –1 1
Co-domain = {4, 1, 0, 3, 5} 0 0
Range = {4, 1, 0}. 1 3
2 5
Here, range is the proper subset of co-domain. So it is an into
function.
Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 10 5
3. One to one function
Let us consider the following arrow diagram:
f f
A B A B
1 2 a e
2 3 b f
3 4 g
4 5 c h
d i
(i) (ii)
Here, separate elements of set A have made ordered pairs with the separate
elements of set B. So the above arrow diagrams represent one to one function.
There are two types of one to one function.
(i) one to one onto function. Figure no. (i) represents one to one onto function.
(ii) one to one into function. Figure no. (ii) represents one to one into function.

4. Many to one function
Let us consider the following arrow diagrams.
f f
A B A B
1 a p
a
2 b q
b
3 c r
c
4 d s
(i) (ii)
Here, one element of range has more than one pre–image. So, the above arrow
diagrams represent many to one function .
There are two types of many to one function.
(i) Many to one onto function
Figure No. (i) represents many to one onto function.
(ii) Many to one into function
Figure No. (ii) represents many to one into function.
Inverse Function
Let us observe the following functions with arrow diagram.
(i) one to one onto function
f
A B After interchanging B A
1 2 domain and range 2 1
2 3 3 2
3 4 4 3
This is also a function

6 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 10
(ii) One to one into function.
f
a e domain and range e a
b f f
b
g g
c c
h h
This is not a function
(iii) Many to one onto function.
f f
1 domain and range 1
2 5 2
5
3 3
4 4
(iv) Many to one into function.
f f
p domain and range p
a a
q q
b b
r r
c c
s s
From the above arrow diagrams, we have found that only in one to one onto function,
when domain and range are interchanged, we get function. But in other functions,
when domain and range are interchanged, none of them form function.
Thus, a function obtained by interchanging domain and range of one to one onto
function is called inverse function of the function. The inverse function of the
function f, g and h are denoted by f–1, g–1 and h–1 respectively. The function f:A → B
and inverse function f–1: B → A are shown in the arrow diagrams.
f f–1
A B A B
1 3 3 1
2 4 4 2
3 5 5 3
4 6 6 4
Here, f = {(1. 3), (2, 4), (3, 5), (4, 6)}, f-1 = {(3, 1), (4, 2), (5, 3), (6, 4)}

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. If f = {(1, 4), (2, 5), (3, 6)}, then find the inverse function of the function f.
Solution: Here,
f = {(1, 4), (2, 5), (3, 6)}
The inverse function of the function is
f-1 = {(4, 1), (5, 2), (6, 3)}
2. A function g is defined as g : x→ 5x + 2. Find the inverse of g.

Solution: Here,
g : x → 5x + 2
Let y = g(x) = 5x + 2.
Now, interchanging domain (x) and range (y), we get
x = 5y + 2
or, x – 2 = 5y
x–2
or, y =
5 x–2
∴ g-1 (x) =
5
2x + 5
3. If f: R → R be defined by f(x) = , x ≠ –2, x ∈ R, find f-1 (x) and
x+2
f-1 (5).
Solution:
2x + 5
Here, f(x) =
x+2
2x + 5
Let y = f(x) =
x+2
2y + 5
x =
y+2
or, xy + 2x = 2y + 5
or, xy – 2y = – 2x + 5
or, y(x – 2) = –2x + 5
5 – 2x
or, y =
x–2
5 – 2x
∴ f– 1(x) =
x–2
5 – 2 × 5 5 – 10 – 5
Now, f-1 (5) = = = .
5–2 3 3
4. If a function f(x + 3) = 5x + 4, then find f-1 (x).
Solution:
Here, f(x + 3) = 5x + 4
Let, x + 3 = a then
x=a–3
Now, f(a) = 5 (a – 3) + 4
f(a) = 5a – 15 + 4
f(a) = 5a – 11
∴ f(x) = 5x – 11
Let, y = f(x) = 5x – 11
or, x = 5y – 11
x + 11
or, y=
5
x + 11
∴ f-1(x) =
5
Exercise 1.1
Section 'A'
1. Which of the following arrow diagram represent function?
(a) 1 3 (b) 1 9 (c) a e
–1 b
2 4 4 f
2 c
3 5 8 g
–2 d
A B P Q M N
(d) 4 1 (e) p a (f) 1

5 2 q b
2 a
6 3 r c
3
7 4 d
C D E F A B
(g) a (h) 1 5 (i) 1 e

2 6 2 f
3 b
3 7 3 g
c
4 4
M N A B M N
2. Write down the type of function represented by the following arrow
diagram.
(a) a d (b) 1 3 (c) –1 1
2 4 –2 0
b e 0
3 5 4
c f 1
6 2 9
A B A B A B
(d) a (e) 16 4 (f) a 3

b 3 b 4
e 9
c 2 c 5
4
1 d
d 1 6
0 e
A B
A B A B
3. Given below are the mapping diagram of the functions from set A to
set B. Which of the function has its inverse? Explain with reason:

(a) f (b) g (c) f
1
a p s p
2
b q t q 4
3
c
4 r u r
A B A B A B
(d) f (e) h (f) g
–2 1
4 2 –1 1 2
3
9 3 0 4 3
4
1 4
16 4 0 5
2 5 6
A B A B M N
4. Show the inverse function of each of the functions in mapping
diagrams.

(a) f (b) g
1 2 a e
2 3 b f
3 4 c g
4 5 d h
A B M N

(c) f (d) f
1 1 7 49
2 4 6 36
3 9 5 25
4 16 4 16
P N A B
5. Find the inverse function of the following functions.

(a) f = {(1, 1), (2, 4), (3, 9), (4, 16)}
(b) g = {(1, 3), (2, 3), (3, 5), (4, 6), (5, 7)}
(c) h = {(a, 3), (b, 5), (c, 7), (d, 8), (e, 9), (f, 2)}
(d) f = {(–4, 4), (–5, 5), (–6, 6), (–7, 7)}
–2 –3 –4
(e) g= –3, , –4, , –5,
5 5 5
Section 'B'
6. Find the inverse of each of the following functions:
(a) f(x) = x + 3 (b) g(x) = x – 5
(c) h(x) = 5x – 2 (d) t(x) = 5 – 7x
5x – 3
(e) s(x) = (f) f(x) = 3x
4
3x + 1 –5x – 7
(g) g(x) = (h) h(x) =
4 4
5 3
(i) t(x) = x ∈ R, x ≠ – 4 (j) f(x) =
x+4 5 – 2x
2x 3x – 1
(k) f(x) = (l) h(x) = x ∈ R, x ≠ –2
5x + 6 x+2
5x + 2 4x + 3
(m) f(x) = (n) g(x) =
2x – 1 3x + 4
x–1 1
(o) h(x) = , x ≠ 1, x R (p) k(x) = {(x, y): y = , x R}
x+1 x
x+5
(q) t(x) = {(x, y): y = x, x ∈R} (r) f(x) = {(x, ) : x R}
3
3x – 1
(s) h(x) = {(x, 5x – 3) : x ∈ R} (t) g(x) = {(x : ): x∈R}
x+1
7. If f(x) = 3x – 5, find:
(a) f-1(x) (b) f-1(2) (c) f-1 (–3)
3
(d) f-1(2x) (e) f-1
2
2x + 3
8. If f(x) = , find:
4
3
(a) f-1(x) (b) f-1(3x) (c) f-1
5
(d) f-1(x + 1) (e) f-1(2x – 5).
9. If f(x) = 3x + k and f-1 (5) = 2, find the value of k.
5x – 3 7x – 5
10. If g(x) = and f(x) = , then find the value of x when g-1 (x) = f-1(3).
2 3
11. Find the value of f-1(x) from the following.
x+5
(a) f(x + 3) = 2x + 5 (b) f(x + 1) =
x
3x – 1
(c) f(x – 5) =
x+2
12. If f-1 (x) = 3x + 5, find f(x) and f(3).
Composite Function
Let us consider the following arrow diagrams of the function.
f g
A B B C
1 4 4 16
2 5 5 25
3 6 6 36

Here, f is a function defined from A to B and g is another function defined from set
B to C. Combining these two arrow diagrams, we get
f g
A B C
1 4 16
2 5 25
3 6 36

When we apply both function f and g at a time, then a new function can be
defined from A to C.
f g
A B C
1 4 16
2 5 25
3 6 36
gof
Here, the new function is defined from A to C and is called the composite
function of f and g. From the arrow diagram .
Composite function of f and g = {(1, 16), (2, 25), (3, 36)}

Thus if f: A → B be a function from set A to set B and g: B → C be another
function from set B to set C, then the function from set A to set C is known as
the composite function of f and g and denoted by gof or gf.
Symbolically, the composite function of f and g is written as
gof: A → C such that for every x∈A.
gof(x) = g(f(x))∈C.
Note: For two functions f and g.

1. The composite function of f and g is written as gof or gf and read as f
followed by g.
2. The composite function of g and f is written as fog or fg and read as g
followed by f.
3. The meaning of f2 (x) means fof(x).
4. The composite function of f(x) and its inverse is x.
i.e. fof-1 (x) = f-1of (x) = x.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. If f = {(1, 2,), (2, 3), (3, 4), (4, 5)} and g = {(2, 4), (3, 9), (4, 16), (5, 25)},
then find the composite function of f and g in ordered pairs form by
representing in arrow diagram.
Solution: Here, f = {(1, 2), (2, 3), (3, 4), (4, 5)}
g = {(2, 4), (3, 9), (4, 16), (5, 25)}
In arrow diagram,
f g
A B C
1 2 4
2 3 9
3 4 16
4 5 25
gof

From arrow diagram.
gof = {(1, 4), (2, 9), (3, 16), (4, 25)}
2. If f = {(1, 2), (3, 5), (4, 1)} and g = {(2, 3), (5, 1), (1, 3)} are two functions
then find gof and fog in ordered pairs form by representing in mapping
diagram.
Solution:
Here, f = {(1, 2), (3, 5), (4, 1)}
g = {(2, 3), (5, 1), (1, 3)}
For gof:
f g From the arrow diagram of gof,
f(1) = 2, f(3) = 5, f(4) = 1
1 2 3 g(2) = 3, g(5) = 1, g(1) = 3
3 5 1
Now, gof (1) = g(f(1)) = g(2) = 3
4 1
gof(3) = g(f(3)) = g(5) = 1
gof (4) = g(f(4)) = g(1) = 3
∴ gof = {(1, 3), (3, 1), (4, 3)}
gof
g f From the arrow diagram of fog,
A B C g(2) = 3, g(5) = 1g(1) = 3
2 3 2 f(3) = 5, f(1) = 2, f(4) = 1
5 1 5
Now, fog(2) = f(g(2) = f(3) = 5
1 4 1
fog (5) = f(g(5)) = f(1) = 2
fog (1) = f(g(1)) = f(3) = 5
∴ fog = {(2, 5), (5, 2), (1, 5)}
fog
3. Let f : R → R be defined by f(x) = 3x + 5 and g: R → R be defined by
g(x) = x – 1, find the
(i) composite function of f and g (i.e. find gof)
(ii) composite function of g and f (i.e. find fog)
Solution:
Here, f(x) = 3x + 5
g(x) = x – 1
(i) Composite function of f and g (ii) Composite function g and f
= gof (x) = fog (x)
= g(f(x)) = f(g(x))

= g(3x + 5) = f(x – 1)
= 3x + 5 – 1 = 3(x – 1) + 5
= 3x + 4 = 3x – 3 + 5
= 3x + 2.
4. If f(x) = 3x – 1 and g(x) = 7 – 2x, find (a) f-1og(x), (b) g-1of(x)
(c) f-1og-1(x) (d) f-1 og-1 (3).

Solution:
Here, f(x) = 3x – 1 and g( x) = 7 – 2x
Taking f(x) = 3x – 1
Let, y = f(x) = 3x – 1
x = 3y – 1
x+1
or, =y
3
x+1
∴ f-1(x) =
3
Taking g(x) = 7 – 2x
Let y = g(x) = 7 – 2x
Now interchaning domain (x) and range (y), we get
x = 7 – 2y
or, 2y = 7 – x
7–x
or, y=
2
7–x
\ g–1 (x) =
2
7 – 2x + 1 8 – 2x
(a) Now,
f-1g(x) = f-1(g(x)) = f-1(7 – 2x)= =
3 3
7 – (3x – 1) 7 – 3x + 1 8 – 3x
(b) g-1of(x) = g-1(f(x)) = g-1(3x – 1) = = =
7 –2x 2 2
+1
7–x 2 7–x+2 9–x
(c) f-1og-1(x) = f-1(g-1(x))= f-1 = = =
2 3 6 6
9–3 6
(d) f-1og-1(3) = = =1
6 6
7x – 1
5. If f(x) = 3x + 5 and fog (x) = , find g(x).
3
Solution: Alternative Method:
Here, f(x) = 3x + 5 Here, f(x) = 3x + 5
7x – 1 7x – 1
fog(x) = fog(x) =
3 3
Let g(x) = k Let g(x) = ax + b
7x – 1 7x – 1
Now, fog(x) = Now, fog(x) =
3 3
7x – 1 7x – 1
or, f(g(x)) = or, f(ax + b) =
3 3
7x – 1
7x – 1 or, 3(ax + b) + 5 =
or, f(k) = 3
3
7x – 1 or, 9ax + 9b + 15 = 7x – 1
or, 3k + 5 =
3 Now, equating the corresponding coefficient,
or, 9k + 15 = 7x – 1
9a = 7 9b + 15 = – 1
7x – 16 7 – 16
or, k= ∴ a = ∴b=
9 9 9
7x – 16
∴ g(x) = Hence, g(x) = ax + b
9
7x – 16
= +
9 9
7x – 16
=
9
6. If fog(x) = 19 – 7x and g(x) = 2 – x, find f(x).
Solution:
Here, fog(x) = 19 – 7x
g(x) = 2 – x
Let, f(x) = ax + b
Now, fog(x) = 19 – 7x
or, f(2 – x) = 19 – 7x
or, a(2 – x) + b = 19 – 7x
or, 2a – ax + b = 19 – 7x
or, 2a + b – ax = 19 – 7x
Now, comparing the corresponding coefficients, we get
2a + b = 19
b = 19 – 2a ...............(1)

and –a = – 7
∴ a = 7 ................ (2)
Also,
b = 19 – 2a
= 19 – 2 × 7
= 19 – 14
∴ b = 5
Hence, f(x) = ax + b = 7x + 5
7. Given that f(x) = 3x + 5, g(x) = x + 1 and h(x) = 2x – 3. Find f(gh), gf(h)
and gf(h) (2).
Solution:
Here, f(x) = 3x + 5 g(x) = x + 1 and h(x) = 2x – 3

(i) f(gh) = fg[h(x)] (ii) gf(h) = gf[h(x)]
= fg(2x – 3) = gf(2x – 3)
= f[g(2x – 3)] = g[f(2x – 3)]
= f(2x – 3 + 1) = g(3(2x – 3) + 5)
= f(2x – 2) = g(6x – 4)
= 3(2x – 2) + 5 = 6x – 4 + 1
= 6x – 6 + 5 = 6x –1 = 6x – 3
(iii) gf(h( 2) = 6 × 2 – 3
= 9
8. Given that f(x) = 3x – 1 and g(x) = 4x – 1 , find the value of x when

2
ff(x) = g-1(x).
Solution:
Here, f(x) = 3x – 1
Now, ff(x) = f(f(x)) = f(3x – 1) = 3(3x – 1) – 1 = 9x – 4
4x – 1 4x – 1
Taking g(x) = Let, y = g(x) =
2 2
Interchanging domain (x) and range (y), we get
4y – 1
x =
2
or, 2x + 1 = 4y
2x + 1
or, y =
4
2x + 1
∴ g-1(x) =
4
By question
ff(x) = g-1(x)
2x + 1
or, 9x – 4 =
4
or, 36x – 16 = 2x + 1
17
or, x=
34
1
∴ x=
2
Exercise 1.2
Section 'A'
1. Find the composite function of the two function f and g (i.e. (gof) from
the given arrow diagram.

(a) f g (b) f g
1 3 9 a p d
2 4 16 b q e
3 5 25 c r f
A B C P Q R
(c) f g (d) f g
-2 4 0 1 2
-1 3
8 2 2 5
0 1
1 0 -1 3 1
2 6 A B C
A B C
2. From the following arrow diagrams. Find the elements of set B and
set C. Also find the composite function of the two functions f and g
(i.e. gof) in ordered pair form.
(a) f g (b) f g
1 ... ... 4 ... ...

f(x)=x2
2 ... ... 5 ... ... f(x)=2x
g(x)=2x
3 ... ... 6 ... ... g(x)=2x–1
A B C A B C

(c) f g (d) f g
1 ... ... -1 ... ...

3x
8 ... ... f(x)= -8 ... ... f(x)=x+3
g(x)=x+2
... g(x)=x +1
2
27 ... ... -3 ...
A B C A B C
Section 'B'
3. From the following functions f and g, find the ordered pairs for gof
(composite function of f and g) by representing in mapping diagram.
(a) f = {(1, 2), (3, 5), (4, 1)} and g = {(2, 3), (5, 1), (1, 3)}
(b) f = {(1, x), (2, y), (3, z)} and g = {(x, 4), (y, 5), (z, 6)}
(c) f = {(–2, 4) (–1, 1) (0, 0), (1, 1) (2, 4)} and g = {(4, 5) (1, 2) (0, 1)}
4. (a) If f = {(1, 3), (0, 0), (–1, –3)} and gof = {(1, 5), (0, 2), (–1, – 1)}, find the
function g in terms of ordered pairs.
(b) If f = {(1, 2), (2, 3), (3, 4) and g = {(2, 3), (3, 1), (4, 2)}, calculate
gof (1), gof(3), fog(2), fog(3) and fog(4).
(c) If h = {(1, 1) (8, 2), (27, 3)} and g = {(1, 3) (2, 4), (3, 5)}, calculate
goh (1) and goh (8).
5. (a) If f(x) = 3x and g(x) = 7x find fog (x) and gof(x).
(b) If f(x) = x + 3 and g(x) = x – 5, find fog (x) and gof(x).
(c) If f(x) = 2x – 1 and g(x) = 5x + 3, find fog (x) and gof(x).
(d) If f(x) = 7x + 5 and g(x) = 2 – x, find gof(x) and fog(x).
5x – 1
(e) If f(x) = and g(x) = 3x – 3, find fog(x) and gof(x).
3
5x – 1 7x + 1
(f) If f(x) = and g(x) = , find fog(x) and gof(x).
7 5
5 – 2x 5 – 4x
(g) If h(x) = and g(x) = , find (hog) (x) and (goh) (x).
4 2
(h) If f( x) = 3x2 + 1 and g(x) = x + 5, find fog(x) and gof(x).
(i) If f(x) = x2 – 1 and g(x) = x2 + 1, find fog(x) and gof(x).

2x + 1
(j) If f( x) = and g(x) = x + 7, find (fog)x and (gof) (x).
2x
6. (a) If f(x) = 3x + 2 and g(x) = 2x – 1, find fog(x), fog(2), gof(x) and gof (–3).
3
(b) If h(x) = 5 – 4x and g(x) = x + 1, find goh(x), goh(–3), hog(x) and hog .
2
7x – 2
(c) If f(x) = and g(x) = 3 – 2x, find fog (1) and gof(–3).
3
3–x 2x + 7
(d) If f(x) = and g(x) = , find fog(–2) and gof(5).
5x – 1 3
(e) If f(x) = x3 – 1 and g(x) = x2, find fog(–3) and gof(2).
Section 'C'
7. (a) If f(x) = 3x – 4 and g(x) = x + 5, find f-1 og(x) and f-1og(3).

7x + 2
(b) If h(x) = and g(x) = 3x + 1, find goh-1 (x) and goh-1(–5).
3
3x – 1
(c) If f(x) = and g(x) = 3 – 2x, find f-1og-1(x), g-1of-1(x), f-1og-1(–2) and
2
g-1of-1(–1).
(d) If g(x) = 7 – 5x and h(x) = 3 + x, find (gh)-1(x), (hg)-1(x), (gh)-1(3) and (hg)-1(–2)
(e) If f(x) = 5x – 2, find f-1(x), fof-1(x), f-1f(x) and fof-1(3).
x+7
(f) If g(x) = , find gog-1(x), g-1og(x), g-1og(3) and gog-1(–3).
1–x
8. (a) Let f(x) = 3x – 2, g(x) = x + 2 and h(x) = 1 – 2x, find
(i) (hog).f (ii) (f.g).h (iii) (gof)h (iv) f(gh) (–3)
(b) Let f(x) = –2x + 1, g(x) = 3x – 4 and h(x) = x + 3, find
(i) f(gh) (ii) (fg)h (iii) (gh)f (iv) g(hf) (3)
1
9. (a) If f(x) = x2 and g(x) = , show that fog = gof.
x
(b) If f(x) = 3x + 4 and g(x) = 2(x + 1), show that fog = gof.
6
(c) If f(x) = and g(x) = mx2 – 1, find the value of m when gf(5) = 7.
x–2
(d) It is given that h(x) = x2 – 2x and g(x) = 2x + 3. If hg-1(x) = 3, calculate
the value of x.
x
(e) If f(x) = (x ≠ 4) and f(x) = f-1(x), find the value of x.
x–4
2x + 8
(f) If f(x) = 4x – 17 and g(x) = , then find the value of x when ff(x) =
5
g-1(x).
x+2
(g) If f(x) = 2x – 7, g(x) = and fog (x) = g-1(x), find the value of x.
3
(h) It is given that the function f(x) = 4x + 7 and g(x) = 3x – 5, find the value
of x when fog-1(x) = 15
(i) If f(x) = 3x + 5 and fog(x) = 5x – 2, find g(x) and g-1(x).
5x – 3
(j) If h(x) = and hog(x) = 7x – 3, find g(x) and g(3).
x+1
(k) If g(x) = x – 5 and fog(x) = x – 2, find f(x).
(l) If f(x) = 2x – 1 and gof(x) = 6x – 1, find g(x).
A. Simple Algebraic Function Y
Constant function: A B
A function of the form y = f(x) = c, Where c is a 5
constant term is known as constant function. It X'
X
O
always represents a straight line parallel to X–axis.
For the constant function y = f(x) = 5, the nature of Y'
graph is shown alongside.

Y
x 0 2 –5
y 5 5 5
(x, y) (0, 5) (2, 5) (–5, 5)
Linear function
An algebraic function of the first degree is
called linear function. Liner function is in X' O X
the form of y = f(x) = ax + b where a and b
are real constant. It represents a straight
line.
For example, y = f(x) = – 3x + 2, y = g(x) =
3x – 5 etc. Y'
For the liner function y = f(x) = 2x – 1, the
nature of the graph is shown in the adjoining diagram.

x 0 1 2 Y
y –1 1 3
(x, y) (0, –1) (1, 1) (2, 3)
y=x
Identity function
A function f defined by y = f(x) = x is
X' O X
known as identify function. It maps every
element into itself. This means domain
and range of identify function are same.
It represents a straight line bisecting the
angle between the axes of co-ordinates. For
Y'

the identify function y = f(x) = x, the nature of the graph is shown in the adjoining
diagram.
x –2 0 3
y –2 0 3
(x, y) (–2, –2) (0, 0) (3, 3)
Y
Quadratic function
An algebraic function of second degree in
the form y = f(x) = ax2 + bx + c where a, b y = x2
and c are real constants and a ≠ 0 known
as quadratic function. The nature of the
X' O X
graph of the quadratic function is called
parabola.
Some of the examples of quadratic

function are y = f(x) = x2 + 5x + 6, y =
Y'
g(x) = 3x2 – 4, y = h(x) = x2 etc. For the
quadratic function y = f(x) = x2, the nature of the graph is shown below.
x 0 1 –1 2 –2
y 0 1 1 4 4
(x, y) (0, 0) (1, 1) (–1, 1) (2, 4) (–2, 4)
Cubic function
An algebraic function of third degree in the form of y = f(x) = ax3 + bx2 + cx + d, a ≠
0 where a, b, c and d are real constant is called a cubic function.
For example: y = f(x) = 3x3, y = g(x) = x3 – 3x + 5 etc.
For the cubic function y = f(x) = x3, the nature of the graph is shown below.
x 0 1 –1 2 –2
y 0 1 –1 8 –8
(x, y) (0, 0) (1, 1) (–1, –1) (2, 8) (–2, –8)

Y
y = x2
X' O X
Y'
B. Trigonometric Function
A function f is said to be trigonometric function if it involves trigonometric
ratios like sine, cosine, tangent etc. For example: y = f(x) = sinx, y = g(x) = cosx
etc. For the trigonometric function y = f(x) = sinx, the nature of the graph is
shown below.
x 0° 30° 45° 60° 90° 120° 135° 150° 180° 210° 225° 240° 270° 300° 315° 330° 360°
y 0 0.5 0.7 0.85 1 0.86 0.7 0.5 0 -0.5 -0.7 -.86 -1 -.86 -0.7 -0.5 0
0.1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
X' O 30º 60º 90º 120º 150º 180º 210º 240º 270º 300º 330º 360º
X
-0.2
-0.4
-0.6
-0.8
-1
Y'
y = sinx
Exercise 1.3
Section 'A'
1. Identify whether the function given below are constant, linear,

quadratic, cubic or trigonometric.
(a) f(x) = 3x + 5 (b) f(x) = 3x2 + 7x – 2 (c) f(x) = 4
(d) f(x) = x. (e) f(x) = 3x3 – 7 (f) f(θ) = cosθ
(g) g(x) = – 3x – 5 (h) g(θ) = sinθ + cosθ
Section 'B'
2. Draw the graph of the following function

(a) f(x) = – 5x + 3 (b) g(x) = – x (c) f(θ) = cosθ (0≤q ≤90°)
1 2
(d) h(x) = – 3 (e) f(x) = x (f) f(x) = – x3
2
1.2 Polynomial
Review
Consider the following algebraic functions.
3x
(i) f(x) = + 5 (ii) g(x) = 5x2 + 6x + 1
2 5
(iii) h(x) = 5x3 – 4x2 – 2x + (iv) f(y) = 5y4 – 3y2 – 7y + 7
2
In the above algebraic functions, the power of the variables are positive real number.
They are the polynomials.
Hence, the algebraic functions whose variable consist of only whole numbers in
exponents are called the polynomials.
The highest power of the variable involved in the polynomial is known as the degree
of the polynomial.
In the polynomials (i) f(x) = 3x3 + 5x2 – 2x + 1, the degree is 3.
(ii) g(x) = 7x5 + 2x2 – 5x – 1, the degree is 5.
3 1
(iii) h(y) = 8y6 – 5y5 – y3 – y + 2, the degree is 6.
4 2
The above polynomials contain only one variable.
But if the polynomial contains two or more variables, then the degree of the
polynomial is the sum of the exponents of the variables involved in that polynomial.
In the polynomials (i) f(x, y) = 8x3y5 + 4x3y2 – 7x2y – 5 the degree is 8.
(ii) g(x, y, z) = 7x3y5z4 + 7x3y2z – x2yz, the degree is 12.
Generally, the terms of the polynomials are arranged in ascending or descending
power of the variable.
Multiplication of Polynomials
Consider the polynomials
g(x) = 5x2 + 3x – 2 and h(x) = 3x3 – 5x2 + 7x – 2
Now, g(x) × h(x)

= (5x2 + 3x – 2) (3x3 – 5x2 + 7x – 2)
= 5x2 (3x3 – 5x2 + 7x – 2) + 3x( 3x3 – 5x2 + 7x – 2) – 2(3x3 – 5x2 + 7x – 2)
= 15x5 – 25x4 + 35x3 – 10x2 + 9x4 – 15x3 + 21x2 – 6x – 6x3 + 10x2 – 14x + 4
= 15x5 – 16x4 + 14x3 + 21x2 – 20x + 4
In the above example, while multiplying two polynomials, each term of the
polynomial g(x) multiples every term of the polynomials h(x) and combine the like
terms. Here the degree of the product g(x) × h(x) is the sum of the degree of g(x) and
h(x)
Properties of multiplication of polynomials.
1. Closure property
If f(x) and g(x) be two polynomials of any degree then their product f(x). g(x)
or g(x). f(x) is also a polynomial whose degree is the sum of the degree of f(x)
and g(x).
2. Commutative property
For two polynomial f(x) and g(x) of any degree,
f(x). g(x) = g(x). f(x)
3. Associative property
For three polynomials f(x), g(x) and h(x) of any degree then
f(x). {g(x). h(x)} = {f(x) . g(x)} . h(x)
4. Multiplicative identity
For a polynomial f(x), there exists the unit polynomial I(x) = 1 such that f(x).
I (x) = f(x) Here, I is said to be the multiplicative identity.
5. Distributive law
If f(x), g(x) and h(x) be three polynomials, then
f(x) × {g(x) + h(x)} = f(x). g(x) + f(x). h(x).

Division of Polynomial
Consider the two polynomials
f(x) = x3 + 5x2 – 3x – 4 and g(x) = x2 + 3x + 1
Now, f(x) ÷ g(x) is shown below.

x2 + 3x +1) x3 + 5x2 – 3x – 4(x + 2
x3 + 3x2 + x
– – –
2x2 – 4x – 4
2x2 + 6x + 2
– – –
– 10x – 6
Here, g(x) = x2 + 3x + 1 is a divisor.
f(x) = x3 + 5x2 – 3x – 4 is a dividend.
q(x) = x + 2 is a quotient.
R = – 10x – 6 is a remainder.
This shows that if the polynomial f(x) is divided by g(x) then we can write it as
f(x) = g(x). Q(x) + R
i.e. Divident = Divisor × quotient + Remainder
Here, degree of R is always less than g(x) and the division process is continued
till the degree of the remainder is less than the degree of the divisor.
When remainder R is zero, then f(x) is exactly divisible by g(x) and g(x) is
called a factor of f(x).
Exercise 1.4
1. Find the product of :
(a) 3x3 – 2x2 – 5x – 7 and x + 2 (b) 5x3 – 3x + 7 and 2x – 5
(c) 7x5 – 2x and x2 + 3x + 2 (d) 5x5 – 3x2 + 7x – 9 and 2x + 3
2. Divide the polynomial f(x) by h(x) in the following:

(a) f(x) = 3x3 + 5x2 – 4x + 3 h(x) = x + 3
(b) f(x) = 5x5 – 3x3 + 5x + 4 h(x) = x – 2
(c) f(x) = 4x3 – 5x2 – 3x h(x) = 2x + 1
(d) f(x) = x6 – 8 h(x) = x – 3
3. Find Q(x) and R when 3x3 – 4x2 – 9x + 2 = (3x + 1) Q(x) + R

Synthestic Division Method
Synthetic division is the process which helps us to find the quotient and remainder
in a short time way when a polynomial f(x) is divided by a linear polynomial (x – a).
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. Find the remainder and quotient by using synthetic division method

when f(x) = 3x3 – 5x2 + 7 is divided by g(x) = x + 2
Solution:
Following steps are performed to find the remainder and quotient by synthetic
division method.
1. Write the dividend in the standard form
i.e. 3x3 – 5x2 + 0.x + 7. (Here the term x is missing, so we have to put zero as
coefficient for x)
2. Compare the divisor x + 2 with x – a, then a = – 2
3. Write down the coefficients of x and constant term of f(x) including sign.
Here, 3, – 5, 0, are the coefficient of x3, x2 and x respctively and 7 is the constant
term.
4. Bring down the first coefficient 3.
5. Multiply 3 by the value of a.
6. Write down the product under the coefficient – 5 and add.
7. Multiply the result by – 2 and write down the result under next coefficient 0
and add
8. Continue the same process till the constant term.
9. The last result is the remainder, the second last number is the constant term
of quotient and the third last number is the coefficient of x and so on
Here, Dividend f(x) = 3x3 – 5x2 + 7 and divisor g(x) = x + 2.
Now, by synthetic division method,

x3 x2 x Constant
3 –5 0 7
–6 22 –44
–2
3 –11 22 –37
x2 x Constant Remainder

Hence, remainder (R) = 37

Quotient Q(x) = 3x2 – 11x + 22
2. Find the remainder and quotient by synthetic division method when
x3 – 5x2 + 2x – 5 is divided by x – 3
Solution:
Here, dividend f(x) = x3 – 5x2 + 2x – 5
divisor = (x – 3) (Comparing with (x – a), a = 3)
Now, by synthetic division method,
x3 x2 x Constant
1 –5 2 –5
3 –6 –12
3
1 –2 –4 –17

Hence, remainder (R) = – 17
Quotient Q(x) = x2 – 2x – 4
3. Find the remainder and quotient when 2x4 – 8x2 + 7x – 2 is divided by
3x + 2 by synthetic division method.
Solution:
Here, dividend f(x) = 2x4 – 8x2 + 7x – 2
Divisor = 3x + 2
2 –2
= 3 x + Comparing with (x – a)‚ a =
3 3
Now, by synthetic division method
x2 x3 x2 x Constant
–2 2 0 –8 7 –2
3 ↓ 4 8 128 634
– –
3 9 27 81
2 4 –64 317 –796
–
3 9 27 81
x 3 x 2 x constant remainder
–796 1 4 64x 317

∴ Remainder (R) = , Quotient Q(x) = 2x3 – x2 – +
81 3 3 9 27
Remainder theorem :
Statement: If any polynomial f(x) is divided by a linear polynomial (x – a), then the
remainder is f(a)
Proof : When a polynomial f(x) is divided by a linear polynomial x – a, then, we
get quotient Q(x) and remainder R.
Then f(x) = (x – a) Q(x) + R
Putting x = a, we get
f(a) = (a – a) Q(a) + R
or, f(a) = R
∴ R = f(a)
Hence remainder (R) = f(a)
This proves the remainder theorem.
Hence, if the polynomial f(x) is divided by linear polynomial (x – a), then the
remainder is f(a).
Note: 1. If a polynomial f(x) is divided by (x + a), then the remainder = f ( – a).

–b
2. If a polynomial f(x) is divided by ax + b, then the remainder = f .
a
b
3. If a polynomial f(x) is divided by (ax – b), then the remainder = f
a
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. If f(x) = 4x3 – 5x2 – 2x + 10 is divided by x – 1, find the remainder by

using remainder theorem.
Solution:
Here, f(x) = 4x3 – 5x2 – 2x + 10
Comparing (x – 1) with (x – a), we get a = 1
Now, by remainder theorem,
remainder = f(a) = f(1)
= 4(1)3 – 5(1)2 – 2(1) + 10
= 4 – 5 – 2 + 10 = 7
2. If f(x) = 3x3 – 4x2 + 5 is divided by 3x – 2, use remainder theorem to find

the remainder.
Solution:
Here, f(x) = 3x3 – 4x2 + 5

b 2
Comparing 3x – 2 with ax – b we get =
a 3
Now, by remainder theorem
b 2
Remainder (R) = f =f
a 3
2 3 2 2
=3 –4 +5
3 3
8 4
=3× –4× +5
27 9
8 16
= – +5
9 9
8 – 16 + 45
=
9
37
=
9

Factor theorem :
Statement : If a polynomial f(x) is divided by a linear polynomial (x – a), then
(x – a) is said to be a factor of f(x), if the remainder f(a) is 0.
Proof : When a polynomial f(x) is divided by a linear polynomial (x – a), then
we get quotient Q(x) and Remainder R.
Then, f(x) = (x – a) Q(x) + R
f(a) = (a – a) Q(a) + R
or, f(a) = R
When f(a) = 0, then R = 0, we get
f(a) = (x – a) Q (x)
So, (x – a) is a factor of f(x).
Converse of the factor theorem:
If (x – a) is a factor of the polynomial f(x), then remainder f(a) = 0
Proof: When (x – a) is a factor of f(x), then
f(x) = (x – a) Q(x)
f(a) = (a – a). Q(a)
∴ f(a) = 0 (= R)
Hence if (x – a) is a factor of f(x), then remainder f(a) = 0
Note: 1. If f(x) is a polynomial and a is a real number, then (x + a) is a factor of
f(x) when f(- a) = 0
–b
2. (ax + b) is a factor of polynomial f(x), if f = 0, where a and b are
a
real numbers.
b
3. (ax – b) is a factor of a polynomial f(x), if f = 0, where a and b are real
a
numbers.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. Show that (x – 3) is a factor of x3 – 4x2 + x + 6.

Solution:
Let f(x) = x3 – 4x2 + x + 6
Comparing (x – 3) with (x – a), then a = 3
Now, remainder = f(a) = f(3)
= 33 – 4(3)2 + 3 + 6
= 27 – 36 + 9
=0
Since remainder f(3) = 0
Hence, (x – 3) is a factor of f(x).
2. Show that (3x + 2) is a factor of 6x3 + 13x2 – 4.

Solution:
Let f(x) = 6x3 + 13x2 – 4
–b 2
Comparing (3x + 2) with (ax + b), then =–
a 3
–b –2
Now, remainder = f =f
a 3
–2 3 –2 2
=6× + 13 –4
3 3
8 4
=–6× + 13 × –4
27 9
16 52
=– + –4
9 9

–16 + 52 – 36
= =0
9
2
Since, remainder f – =0
3
∴ (3x + 2) is a factor of f(x).
3. If (x + 1) is a factor of the polynomial x3 – 5x2 – mx + 7, find the value

of m.
Solution:
Let, f(x) = x³ – 5x2 – mx + 7
Here, (x + 1) is a factor of f(x).
Then remainder f( – 1) = 0
or, ( – 1)3 – 5( – 1)2 – m( – 1) + 7 = 0
or, –1–5+m+7=0
∴ m=–1
4. The polynomial 3x3 + 2x2 – bx + a is exactly divisible by (x – 1) but

leaves a remainder of 10 when divided by (x + 4). Find the values of a
and b.
Solution:
Let, f(x) = 3x3 + 2x2 – bx + a
When, f(x) is exactly divisible by (x – 1), then
remainder f(1) = 0
or, 3(1)3 + 2(1)2 – b(1) + a = 0
or, 3 + 2 – b + a = 0
or, a = b – 5 …………… (1)
Again, when f(x) is divided by (x + 4); then remainder f( – 4) = 10

or, 3 ( – 4)3 + 2( – 4)2 – b( – 4) + a = 10
or, 3 × – 64 + 32 + 4b + a = 10
or, a + 4b = 170 …………… (2)
Putting the value of a from equation (1) in equation (2)
b – 5 + 4b = 170
175
or, b =
5
∴ b = 35
And, a = b – 5 (from equation (1))
a = 35 – 5
∴ a = 30
Hence, a = 30 and b = 35.
Zero of a Polynomial
Let f(x) be a polynomial in x. Then the value of x which when substituted in the given
polynomial, the value of the polynomial is zero called the zero of the polynomial.
For the polynomial f(x), if f(x) = 0 for x = a, then a is called zero of the polynomial.
The number of zeros of the polynomial is equal to the degree of that polynomial.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. Show that 3 is a zero of the polynomial f(x) = 2x – 6

Solution:
Here, f(x) = 2x – 6
When x = 3, then
f(3) = 2 ×3 – 6 = 6 – 6 = 0
∴ 3 is a zero of the given polynomial.
2. Show that 1 and – 3 are the zeros of the polynomial f(x) = x2 + 2x – 3

Solution:
Here, f(x) = x2 + 2x – 3
When x = 1, then
f(1) = 12 + 2 ×1 – 3 = 1 + 2 – 3 = 0
When x = – 3, then
f( – 3) = ( – 3)2 + 2( – 3) – 3 = 9 – 6 – 3 = 0
∴ 1 and – 3 are the zeros of the given polynomial.

Note: 1. If the sum of all the coefficients and constant term of the given polynomial
is zero then x = 1 is one of the zero of the polynomial and (x – 1) becomes
a factor.
2. If the sum of the coefficients of odd power is equal to the sum of the
coefficients of even power and constant term of the given polynomial
then x = – 1 is one of the zero of the polynomial and (x + 1) becomes a
factor.
3. Factorise: x3 – 4x2 – 7x + 10
Solution:
Here, x3 – 4x2 – 7x + 10
Here, the sum of all coefficients of the variables and constant term
= 1 – 4 – 7 + 10
= 0
∴ x = 1 is one of the zero of the given polynomial .
So, (x – 1) is a factor.
Now, splitting the second and third term so that the terms can be grouped to
have a factor (x – 1), we get
x3 – 4x2 – 7x + 10 = x3 – x2 – 3x2 + 3x – 10x + 10
= x2 (x – 1) – 3x(x – 1) – 10 (x – 1)
= (x – 1) (x2 – 3x – 10)
= (x – 1) {x2 – (5 – 2)x – 10}
= (x – 1) (x2 – 5x + 2x – 10)
= (x – 1) {x(x – 5) + 2(x – 5)}
= (x – 1) (x + 2) (x – 5)
Alternative method:
After finding (x – 1) as one of the factor, we can find other factor by using
synthetic division method.
x3 x2 x Constant
1
1 –4 –7 10
↓ 1 –3 –10
1 –3 –10 0
x 2
x Constant Remainder

∴ Remainder = 0
Quotient = x2 – 3x – 10
Now, x3 – 4x2 – 7x + 10
= (x – 1) (x2 – 3x – 10)
= (x – 1) (x2 – 5x + 2x – 10)
= (x – 1) {x(x – 5) + 2(x – 5)}
= (x – 1) (x + 2) (x – 5)
4. Factorise: 2x3 + 13x2 – 36
Solution:
Let, f(x) = 2x3 + 13x2 – 36
Here, constant term of the polynomial f(x) is 36 and the possible factors of 36
are ±1, ±2, ±3, ±4, ±6, ±9, ±12, ±18, ±36.
When x = 1, then
f (1) = 2 (1)3 + 13 (1)2 – 36
= 2 + 13 – 36
= – 21 ≠ 0.
So (x – 1) is not a factor of f(x).
When x = – 2, then
f ( – 2) = 2 ( – 2)3 + 13 ( – 2)2 – 36
= – 16 + 52 – 36
=0
∴ (x + 2) is a factor of f(x).
For other factors, using synthetic division method.

x3 x2 x Constant
–2
2 13 0 –36
↓ –4 –18 36
2 9 –18 0
∴ Remainder = 0
Quotient = 2x2 + 9x – 18
Now, 2x3 + 13x2 – 36
= (x + 2) (2x2 + 9x – 18)

= (x + 2) (2x2 + 12x – 3x – 18)
= (x + 2) {2x (x + 6) – 3(x + 6)}
= (x + 2) (x + 6) (2x – 3)
Polynomial Equation
Let f(x) be a polynomial in x. Then f(x) = 0 is called polynomial equation in x.
☻ 3x + 5 = 0 is the linear equation or first degree equation.
☻ 3x2 + 5x + 2 = 0 is the quadratic equation or second degree equation.
☻ x3 – 4x2 + x + 6 = 0 is the cubic equation or third degree equation.
If θ is a real number such that f(θ) = 0, then θ is known as a root of the polynomial
equation f(x) = 0.
Consider a polynomial equation x3 – 4x2 + x + 6 = 0.
When x = 2, then
(2)3 – 4 (2)2 + 2 + 6 = 8 – 16 + 8 = 0
∴ x = 2 is a root of a polynomial equation.
x3 – 4x2 + x + 6 = 0.
The number of the roots of the polynomial equation is equal to the degree of that
polynomial.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. Solve: 2x3 + 3x2 – 11x – 6 = 0

Solution:
Here, 2x3 + 3x2 – 11x – 6 = 0
Here, the possible factors of 12 are ±1, ±2, ±3, ± 6, ± 12.
when x = 1, then 2(1)3 + 3(1)2 – 11(1) – 6 = 0
or, 2 + 3 – 11 – 6 = 0
or, – 12 = 0 (false)
∴ (x – 1) is not a factor
When x = 2, then 2(2)3 + 3(2)2 – 11(2) – 6 = 0
or, 16 + 12 – 22 – 6 = 0
or, 28 – 28 = 0
or, 0 = 0
∴ (x – 2) is a factor of the given equation.
For other factor, using synthetic division method.

x3 x2 x Constant
2
2 3 –11 –6
↓ 4 14 6
2 7 3 0

∴ Remainder = 0
Quotient = 2x2 + 7x + 3
Now, 2x3 + 3x2 – 11x – 6 = 0
or, (x – 2) (2x2 + 7x + 3) = 0
or, (x – 2) {2x2 + (6 + 1)x + 3} = 0
or, (x – 2) (2x2 + 6x + x + 3} = 0
or, (x – 2) {2x (x + 3) + 1(x + 3)} = 0
or, (x – 2) (x + 3) (2x + 1) = 0
Either x – 2 = 0
∴ x=2
or, x + 3 = 0
∴ x=–3
or, 2x + 1 = 0
–1
∴ x =
2
–1
Hence x = 2, – 3,
2
Exercise 1.5
Section 'A'
1. Define reminder theorem. Use this theorem and find the remainder when
x3 + 5x2 – 3x + 4 is divided by x + 1.
2. What do you mean by factor theorem. Using this theorem, show that (x – 1) is
a factor of 5x3 + 3x2 – 2x – 6.
3. Use remainder theorem to find the remainder when
(a) x3 – x2 + 5x + 1 is divided by (x – 1).
(b) x4 – 3x2 + 5x + 7 is divided by (x – 2).

(c) 8x3 – 4x2 + 6x – 7 is divided by (2x – 1).
(d) 4x3 – 6x2 + 15x – 2 is divided by (x + 3).
(e) x5 – x3 + 20 is divided by (2x – 1).
(f) x4 – 3x3 – 5x + 7 is divided by (x – 2).
4. Using remainder theorem, find the value of k in the following cases.
(a) kx3 + 5x2 + 4x – 7 leaves a remainder 4 when divided by x + 3.
(b) x3 + 3x2 – kx + 4 leaves a remainder k when divided by x – 2.
(c) 2x3 – 5x2 + 7x – k leaves a remainder 15 when divided by x + 1.
(d) g(x) = 4x3 – 3x2 + 3x – k and g(2) = 12
(e) h(y) = 5y3 – 7y2 – ky + 3 and h (2) = k + 3
(f) f(p) = 3p3 – 7p2 – 7kp + 3 and f( – 1) = 5
5. Use factor theorem and show that:
(a) (x – 2) is a factor of x3 + x2 + x – 14
(b) (y + 3) is a factor of y3 + 4y2 + 5y + 6
(c) (3x + 2) is a factor of 6x3 + 13x2 – 4
(d) (2x – 1) is a factor of 8x3 + 16x – 9
(e) (3p – 6) is a factor of 3p3 – 15p + 6
(f) (x – 5) is a factor of x(x – 1) (x – 2)(x – 3) – 120
(g) (x + 1) is a factor of (x + 2)(x – 3)(x – 6)(x – 1) + 56
6. Decide whether or not
(a) (x – 3) is a factor of 2x3 – 5x2 – 6x + 8.
(b) (x + 2) is a factor of x3 – 3x2 – 4x + 12.
(c) (2y + 3) is a factor of 4y3 + 5y2 + 9y + 7.
(d) (x – 2) is a factor of x3 – 5x + 3 2.
(e) (2x – 1) is a factor of 5x3 – 3x – 5.
7. Find the value of k in each of the following cases, when
(a) (x – 1) is a factor of x3 – 5x2 – kx + 5.
(b) (x + 3) is a factor of 5x3 + 7x2 + x – k.
(c) (x + 1) is a factor of x3 + k2x2 – 6.
(d) (x + 3) is a factor of x3 + (k + 2)x2 + 5x + 3.
(e) (2x + 1) is a factor of 2x3 + 5kx2 + 5x + 2.
(f) (2x – 3) is a factor of kx3 + 5x – 7.
(g) (x – 1) is a factor of k2x3 + 5kx – 6.
Section 'B'
8. If (x – 2) is a factor of x2 + kx + 6, then show that (x – 3) is also its another
factor.
9. If (x – 1) is one of the factor of x3 – kx2 + 11x – 6, then show that (x – 2) is also
its another factor.
10. Apply synthetic division method and find the remainder and quotient
in each of the following cases:
(a) (5x3 + 3x2 – 5x + 7) ÷ (x – 1) (b) (3x3 + 7x2 – 10) ÷ (x + 2)
(c) (2x3 – 5x + 7) ÷ (x + 3) (d) (x3 – 5x + 2) ÷ (x – 2)
(e) (x4 – 3x2 – 7) ÷ (x – 3) (f) (x6 – 6) ÷ (x – 1)
(g) (4x3 – 3x2 + 5) ÷ (2x + 1) (h) (4y3 + 2y2 – 4y + 3) ÷ (2y + 3)
(i) (3p3 – 7p – 2) ÷ (2p – 1)
11. Find the remainder R and polynomial Q(x) in the following cases:
(a) 2x3 – 7x2 + x + 10 = (x + 1) Q(x) + R.
(b) x3 – 4x2 + 3x – 5 = (x – 2) Q(x) + R.
(c) 3x3 – 5x + 2 = (2x – 1) Q(x) + R.
(d) 4x3 – 3x – 5 = (2x + 3) Q(x) + R.
12. Find the value of k when one root of the polynomial 2y3 + 4y2 + ky + 6 is – 2.
13. If 2 is one of the zero of the polynomial x3 – kx – 2, then show that – 1 is also
a zero of the given polynomial.
Section 'C'
14. Find the values of k and m in each of the following cases:
(a) (x – 2) and (x – 3) are the factors of x3 – kx2 + x + m.
(b) (x – 5) and (x + 2) are the factors of x3 – mx2 – kx + 10.
(c) (x + 1) and (x – 2) are the factors of mx3 – kx – 2.
(d) 2y3 + ky2 + my – 2 has a factor (y + 2) and leaves a remainder 7 when
divided by 2y – 3.
(e) kp3 + 3p2 + mp – 3 has a factor (2p + 3) and leaves a reminder – 3 when
divided by (p + 2).
(f) kx2 + mx + 3 has a remainder 10 and 0 when divided by (x – 1) and
(2x + 3) respectively.
(g) mx3 – 8x2 + kx + 6 has a factor x2 – 2x – 3.

15. Factorize the followings:
(a) x3 + 6x2 + 11x + 6 (b) 2x3 + 3x2 – 3x – 2
(b) 4x3 + 12x2 + 5x – 6 (d) z3 – 5z – 4
(e) 2x3 + 3x2 – 1 (f) y3 – 19y – 30
(g) (p – 1) (2p2 + 15p + 15) – 21
16. Solve the following:
(a) 2x3 + 3x2 – 3x – 2 = 0 (b) 4x3 + 12x2 + 5x – 6 = 0
(c) x3 + 6x2 + 11x = – 6 (d) 8y3 – 2y2 – 5y – 1 = 0
(e) y3 – 3y – 2 = 0 (f) 6x3 + 7x2 – x – 2 = 0
(g) k3 – 13k – 12 = 0 (h) (x + 1)(x2 – 5x + 10) – 12 = 0
(i) (p – 1)(2p2 + 15p + 15) – 21 = 0 (j) 6x3 + 11x2 – 26x – 15 = 0
1.3 Sequence and Series

Review
The arrangement of numbers arranged in a definite order determined by a rule is
called a sequence.
For example
(a) 1, 4, 7, 10…
(b) 1, 4, 9, 16…
1 1 1
(c) , , , 1, 2,… etc.
8 4 2
When the terms of a sequence are connected by signs '–' or '+', then it is called a
series corresponding to the sequence. For example, 3, 6, 9, 12…is a sequence and 3
+ 6 + 9 + 12+ …is a series corresponding to the sequence.
Progression
A sequence or series is said to be progression, if the functional relation between its
any two successive terms is constant.
In the sequence 3, 6, 9, 12, 15…, the difference between any two successive terms
is 3. In the series 2 + 4 + 8 + 16 + 32 + …, the ratio of two successive term is 2. So
both of them are the progression.
There are two types of progressions:
(i) Arithmetic progression (A.P)
(ii) Geometric progression (G.P)

Arithmetic Progression (A.P)
Let us consider the two examples
(a) 3 + 7 + 11 + 15 + 19…
Here, the numbers are increased by a constant difference 4.
(b) 80 + 70 + 60 + 50 + 40 + …
Here, the numbers are decreased by a constant difference 10.
In the above two examples, the numbers are increased or decreased by a constant
difference. They are arithmetic progression. An arithmetic sequence or series (A.S)
is also known as arithmetic progression (A.P).
A sequence or series of numbers that increases or decreases with a constant
difference is called an arithmetic sequence or series.
The constant difference is called common difference and is denoted by d.
Common difference = succeeding term-preceding term = t2 – t1 = t3 – t2…
For example
(i) 7 + 12 + 17 + 22 + 27 + … (ii) – 5, – 10, – 15, – 20, – 25 – …
(iii) – 3, – 1, 1, 3, 5, … (iv) 90, 85, 80, 75, 70,…etc.
General term or nth term of an A.P. (or A.S)

In an A.P., the following notations are used.
First term = t1 = a.
common difference = d
number of terms = n.
last term or nth term = tn = l
sum of first n terms = sn
Let us consider an A.P
3 + 7 + 11 + 15 + 19 + …
common difference (d) = t2 – t1 = 7 – 3 = 4
First term (t1) = 3 = 3 + (1 – 1) × 4 = a + (1 – 1) d
2nd term (t2) = 7 = 3 + 4 = a + d = a + ( 2 – 1)d
3rd term (t3) = 11 = 3 + 8 = 3 + 2 × 4 = a + 2d = a + (3 – 1)d
4th term (t4) = 15 = 3 + 12 = 3 + 3 × 4 = a + 3d = a + (4 – 1)d
5th term (t5) = 19 = 3 + 16 = 3 + 4 × 4 = a + 4d = a + (5 – 1) d.
nth term (tn) = l = a + (n – 1)d.
Hence the nth term or the general term of an A.P. is tn = a + (n – 1)d.
Note: for first term, n = 1
∴ t1 = a + (1 – 1) d = a

For second term, n = 2
∴ t2 = a + (2 – 1) d = a + d
For third term, n = 3
t3 = a + (3 – 1) d = a + 2d
Similarly.
8th term (t8) = a + 7d
10th term (t10) = a+ 9d
15th term (t15) = a + 14d and so on.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. In the given arithmetic sequence 3, 8, 13, 18, ...., find i) common

difference (d) (ii) the general term (tn) and (iii) next three terms.
Solution:
Here, the given arithmetic sequence is 3, 8, 13, 18
(i) Common difference (d) = t2 – t1 = 8 – 3 = 5
(ii) The general term (tn) = a + (n – 1) d = 3 + (n – 1) 5
= 3 + 5n – 5 = 5n – 2
(iii) 5 term (t5) = a + 4d = 3 + 4 × 5 = 23
th
6th term (t6) = a + 5d = 3 + 5 × 5 = 28

7th term (t7) = a + 6d = 3 + 6 × 5 = 33.
2. Find the 10th term of an A.P. whose first term is 3 and common
difference is –2.
Solution:
Here, first term (a) = 3
common difference (d) = – 2
Now, 10th term (t10) = a + 9d
= 3 + 9 × (– 2) = – 15
3. Find the 50th term of the sequence 2, 6, 10…
Solution:
Here,the given sequence is 2, 6, 10,…
first term (a) = 2
Now, 50th term (t50) = a + 49d
= 2 + 49 × 4 = 198.

4. Find the number of terms of the give series.
3 + 6 + 9 + …+ 231
Solution :
Here, the given series is 3 + 6 + 9 + …+ 231
last term (tn) = 231
Now, we have
tn = a + (n – 1)d
or, 231 = 3 + (n – 1) 3
or, 231 = 3n
∴ n = 77
5. If 4th term and 9th term of an A.P. are 18 and 38 respectively, find the
series.
Solution:
Here, 4th term (t4) = 18
or , a + 3d = 18
or, a = 18 – 3d……………(i)
9th term (t9) = 38
or, a + 8d = 38
or, a = 38 – 8d………………(ii)
From equations (i) and (ii),
18 – 3d = 38 – 8d
or, 5d = 20
∴ d=4
putting the value of d in equation (i), we get
a = 18 – 3d = 18 – 3 × 4 = 6
Now, the required A.P. is
a, a + d, a + 2d,…
= 6, 6 + 4, 6 + 2 × 4,…
= 6, 10, 14,…
6. Is 350 a term of an A.S 10, 14, 18,…?
Solution:

If tn = 350, then
tn = a + (n – 1) d
or, 350 = 10 + (n – 1) 4
340
or, +1=n
4
∴ n = 86
Since, the value of n is a whole number,
∴ 350 is a term of the given A.S.
7. If 3rd term and 11th term of an A.P. are 18 and 58 respectively. Find
the 25th term.
Solution:
Here, 3rd term (t3) = 18
or, a + 2d = 18
or, a = 18 – 2d …(i)
and 11 term (t11) = 58
th
or, a + 10d = 58
or, a = 58 – 10d … (ii)
From the equations (i) and (ii),

18 – 2d = 58 – 10d
or, 8d = 40
∴ d = 5
putting the value of d in equation (i), we get
a = 18 – 2 × 5 = 8
Again, 25th term (t25) = a + 24d
= 8 + 24 × 5 = 8 + 120 = 128
Exercise 1.6
Section 'A'
1. Determine with reason, which of the following are in arithmetic
progression:
(a) 4, 7, 10, 13 … (b) 4, 7, 2, –3 …
–3 –5
(c) 5 + 12 + 15 + 20 … (d) , –2, ,–3…
2 2
(e) 2, 4, 8, 16 …

2. From the following arithmetic progressions given below, find: (i)
the common difference (ii) the general term (tn) (iii) the next three
terms.
(a) 2, 6, 10 … (b) –5 –8 –11 …
(c) 90+70+50+ … (d) 5, 1, – 3, …
3. Write down the first 4 terms of the following arithmetic sequences:
(a) First term(a) =7, common difference (d) =4.
(b) First term (a)= – 50, common difference (d) =10.
(c) First term (a) = 125, common difference (d) = –15.
3
(d) First term (a) = 5, common difference (d) = .
4
Section 'B'
4. Determine the 5th term and 15th term of the given arithmetic sequences:
(a) 5, 9, 13…
(b) –7, –2, 3, …
(c) First term = 5 and common difference = 7.
(d) First term= 100 and common difference = –8.
(e) First term = 80 and second term = 85.
5. Find the first term from the following arithmetic progressions.
(a) Common difference =5 and 8th term = 35.
(b) Common difference = -8 and 10th term = 240.
6. Find the common difference of the following series:
(a) First term = 2 and 9th term = 34.
(b) First term = 150 and 12th term = 40.
7. Find the number of terms in each of the following arithmetic
progressions:
(a) First term = 4, common difference =3, last term = 25
(b) First term= – 8, common difference =5, last term= 87
(c) First term = 15, second term = 25, last term = 115.
(d) 5 + 12 + 19 + …+ 54
8. Which term of the series:
(a) 1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + … is 23 ? (b) 15, 10, 5 …is – 200 ?

9. (a) Is 73 a term of the series 7 + 9 + 11 + … ?
(b) Is –150 a term of the series 150 + 142 + 134 + … ?
10. Find the first term and common difference for the following arithmetic
sequences:
(a) 5 th term = 10 and 9th term = 18
(b) 8th term = - 31 and 21st term = – 83
11. Find the terms indicated as follows:
(a) 5th term = 15 and 11th term = 33, 15th term=?
(b) 17th term= –54 and 14th term = –42, 25th term =?
12. (a) If 5th term and 8th term of an A.P. are 19 and 31 respectively, which term
is 67?
(b) The 11th term and 15th term of an A.P. are 23 and 35 respectively. Is 49
a term of the series ?
(c) An A.P. contains 60 terms. If the 1st term and the last term are 7 and 125
respectively, find the 34th term.
(d) The 12th term, 85th term and nth term of an A.P. are 38, 257 and 395
respectively. Find the no. of term in nth term.
(e) If the nth term of an A.P. 23, 26, 29, 32, …and nth term of A.P. 59, 58, 57,
56, …are equal, then find the value of n.
13. (a) The fourth term of an A.P. is three times the first term and the seventh
term exceeds twice the third term by 1. Find the 10th term.
[Hint: t4 = 3t1 & t7 = 2t3 + 1]
(b) If 7 times the 7th term of an A.P. is equal to 11 times its 11th term, show
that the 18th term is zero.
14. Find the three numbers in A.P., whose common difference is 1, such that the
1
product of the second and the third exceeds that of the first and second by .
2

Arithmetic Mean (A.M.)
Consider the following arithmetic sequences
(i) 2, 5, 8 (ii) 15, 19, 23, 27 (iii) 100, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40
A.Ms' A.Ms'
A.M
In the above A.P. the terms except the first term and last term are the arithmetic
means.
Thus, the terms to be placed between first term and last term of an arithmetic
progression are called arithmetic means.
Let us consider the three terms a, m and b of an A.P.
Then, m is the A.M. of a and b. When a, m, b are in A.P, their common difference
are equal.
i.e. m – a = b – m [ t2 – t1 = t3 – t2]
or, m + m = a + b
a+b
∴ m=
2
a+b
Hence, A.M. between a and b =
2
The arithmetic means between first term and last term are denoted by m1, m2, m3,
m4, m5 …etc.
where m1 = t2, m2 = t3, m3 = t4, m4 = t5 and so on.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. Find the arithmetic mean between 10 and 16.

Solution:
Here, the two given number are 10 and 16.
Now, A.M. between 10 and 16
10 + 16 a+b
= = 13 [ A.M. = ]
2 2
2. Find the 10th term of A.P., whose 9th term = – 50 and 11th term = 100.
Solution:
Here, 10th term is the arithmetic mean of 9th term and 11th term.
9th term + 11th term
10th term =
2
50 + 100
=
2
= 25
3. Find the value of x and y when 5, x, 15, y are in A.P.
Solution:
In the given A.P. 5, x, 15, y,
x is the A.M. of 5 and 15.
5 + 15
So, x = = 10
2
Again,15 is the A.M. of x and y.
x+y
So, 15 =
2
or, 30 = 10 + y
∴ y = 20
Hence, x = 10 and y = 20.
4. Insert 4 arithmetic means between 3 and 23.
Solution:
Last term (tn) = 23
Number of terms (n) = 4 + 2 = 6
Now, tn = a + (n – 1) d
or, 23 = 3 + (6 – 1) d
20
=d
5
∴ d=4
Now, first mean (m1) = t2 = a + d = 3 + 4 = 7
second mean (m2) = t3 = a + 2d = 3 + 2 × 4 = 11
third mean (m3) = t4 = a + 3d = 3 + 3 × 4 = 15
fourth mean (m4) = t5 = a + 4d = 3 + 4 × 4 = 19
Hence, the four A.MS' are 7, 11, 15, 19.
5. If 8, p, q, r, 24 are in A.S. find the value of p, q, and r.
Solution:
Here,the given A.S. is 8, p, q, r, 24
Here,first term (a) = 8
Last term (tn) = 24

No. of terms (n) = 5
Now, tn = a + (n – 1)d
or, 24 = 8 + (5 – 1) d
or 24 – 84 = d
∴ d=4
Hence, first mean = (p) = t2 = a + d = 8 + 4 = 12
second mean = (q) = t3 = a + 2d = 8 + 2 × 4 = 16
third mean = (r) = t4 = a + 3d = 8 + 3 × 4 = 20
6. There are 6 A.M. between x and y. If the 2nd mean and 5th mean are
11 and 23 respectively, then find the value of x and y.
Solution:
Here, 2nd mean (m2) = t3 = 11
or, a + 2d = 11
or, a = 11 – 2d … (i)
5th mean (m5) = t6 = 23
or, a + 5d = 23
or, a = 23 – 5d … (ii)
From equations (i) and (ii),
11 – 2d = 23 – 5d
or, 3d = 12
∴ d=4
Putting the value of d in equation (i), we get
a = 11 – 2d = 11 – 2× 4 = 3
∴ First term (a) = x = 3
No. of terms (n) = 6 + 2 = 8
Now, last term (tn) = y = a + (n – 1)d
i.e. y = 3 + (8 – 1)4
= 3 + 28 = 31
Hence, x = 3 and y = 31

7. Some A.M. are inserted between 7 and 43. If the 5th mean is 27, find
the number of A.M.
Solution:
Here, First term (a) = 7
Last term (tn) = 43
5th mean (m5) = t6 = 27
or, a + 5d = 27
or, 7 + 5d = 27
20
or, d =
5
∴ d = 4
Again, tn = a + (n – 1)d
or,
43 = 7 + (n – 1)4
36
or, = n – 1
4
∴ n = 9 + 1 = 10
Hence, no. of A.M. = n – 2 = 10 – 2 = 8
Note: In an A.P.
Term t1 t2 t3 t4 t5 t6 t7 t8 ...... tN-3 tN - 2 tN - 1 tN
Mean m1 m2 m3 m4 m5 m6 m7 ...... mn-2 mn-1 mn
a a+b a+2d a+3d a+4d a+5d a+6d a+7d ...... tN–3d tN–2d tN – d
8. There are n arithmetic means between 4 and 44. The ratio of 3rd mean
to the 2nd last mean (i.e. (n – 1) mean) is 4:9. Find the value of n.
Solution:
Last term (tN) = 44
No. of terms (N) = n + 2
By question
3rd mean: 2nd last mean = 4:9
3rd mean 4
i.e. =
2nd last mean 9
4th term 4
or, rd =
3 last term 9
4 + 3d 4
or, 44 – 2d =
9

a + 3d 4
or, =
tN – 2d 9
or, 36 + 27d = 176 – 8d
or, 35d = 140
∴ d = 4
Again tn = a + (n – 1)d
or, 44 = 4 + (n + 2 – 1) 4
or, 40 = (n + 1)4
∴ n = 9
Hence, no of A.M. (n) = 9

Alternative Method:
3rd mean 4
=
(n – 1) mean 9
th
a + 3d 4
or, =
a + (n – 1) d 9
4 + 3d 4
or, =
4 + (n – 1)d 9
or, 36 + 27 d = 16 + 4 nd – 4d
or, 20 = 4nd – 31d
20
or, =d
4n – 31

Again, tN = a + (N – 1)d
20
or, 44 = 4 + (n + 2 – 1) ×
4n – 31
20
or, 40 = (n + 1)
4n – 31
n+1
or, 2 =
4n – 31
or, 8n – 62 = n + 1
or, 7n = 63
∴ n=9
Hence, no. of A.M. (n) = 9.

Exercise 1.7
Section 'A'
1. Find the arithmetic mean between the following two numbers:

(a) 4 and 16 (b) – 35 and 55
(d) (3x+2y) and (5x-4y) (e) (a+b)2and (–a+b)2
2. From the following given terms of A.P. , find the indicated terms:
(a) 1st terms = 7, 3rd term =13, 2nd term = ?
(b) 5th term = 32, 7th term = 48, 6th term = ?
(c) 9th term = –81, 11th term= –50, 10th term =?
1 1
(d) 65th term= 2 , 67th term = 3 , 66th term =?
5 2
3. Find the value of x and y in the following A.P.:
(a) 4, x, 10 (b) 15, y, 29 (c) 5, x, 11, y
(d) –5, y, 5,x (e) x, 30, 3x (f) 7x, x2, – 6
25 1
(g) 5x, 3, x2 (h) y, , (i) 4x-1, 2x-5, 6x+1
7 y
Section 'B'
4. (a) Insert 3 arithmetic mean between 3 and 19.
(b) Insert 4 arithmetic mean between 7 and -13.
1 13
(c) Insert 5 arithmetic mean between and .
3 3
5. (a) Find the value of a, b, and c when 2, a, b, c, 14 are in A.P.
(b) Find the values of p, q, r and s when –7, p, q, r, s, 18 are in A.P.
(c) Find the values of x, y and z when –5, x, y, z, 15 are in A.P.
(d) Find the values of x and y when 7, x, y, 9 are in A.P.
6. (a) There are 5 arithmetic means between x and y. If the first mean and 4th
mean are 4 and 10 respectively, then find the values of x and y.
(b) There are 6 arithmetic means between a and b. If the 2nd mean and 4th
mean are 9 and 15 respectively then find the values of a and b.

(c) There are 6 arithmetic means between p and q. If the second mean and
last mean are 8 and 28 respectively, find the values of p and q.
7. (a) There are 5 arithmetic means between 5 and b. If the third mean is 20,
then find the value of b and other means.
(b) There are 6 A.M's between 10 and k. If the last mean is –10 , then find
the value of k and the other means.
8. (a) Some arithmetic means are inserted between 10 and –14. If the 3rd mean
is –2, find the number of arithmetic means.
(b) The 4th mean between 5 and 35 is 25. Find the number of arithmetic
mens.
9. (a) There are n arithmetic means between 3 and 90. The ratio of 10th mean
to the 5th mean is 11:6. Find the value of n.
(b) There are n arithmetic means between 14 and –22. The ratio of 2nd mean
to the second last mean is –3:7. Find the value of n.
(c) There are y arithmetic means between 5 and 50. The ratio of 1st mean to
the (y-3)th mean is 1:3, find the value y.
(d) There are n arithmetic means between 100 and 2. The ratio of (n –2)th
mean to the (n – 6)th mean is 1:2, find the value of n.

Sum of the Arithmetic Series
Sum of first n terms of an A.S.
Let us consider the numbers in A.P. be
1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19
Here, 1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + 9 + 11 + 13 + 15 + 17 + 19 = 100
Hence, the result obtained by adding the terms of an A.P. is known as sum of A.P.
In A.P, sum of n terms is denoted by Sn.
S10 = 1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + 9 + 11 + 13 + 15 + 17 + 19
or, S10 = 19 + 17 + 15 + 13 + 11 + 9 + 7 + 5 + 3 + 1
or, 2S10 = 10 × 20
10 × 20
or, S10 =
2
∴ S10 = 100
Similarly, when a, d, n and l are the first term, common difference, number of terms
and last term of an A.P. respectively, then,
a, a + d, a + 2d, ...., l – 2d, l – d, l are in A.P.
If Sn is the sum of the first n terms of A.P.
Then, Sn = a + (a + d) + (a + 2d) + … (l – 2d) + (l – d) + l … (i)
Again, writing the terms in reverse order,
Sn = l + (l – d) + (l – 2d) + … + (a + 2d) + (a + d) + a … (ii)
Adding (i) and (ii), we get
2Sn = (a + l) + (a + l) + (a + l) + … (a + l) + (a + l) + (l + a)
Since, there are altogether n terms.
So, 2Sn = n(a + l)
n
∴ Sn = (a + l)
2
Again, l = tn = a + (n – 1)d
n
So, Sn = [(a + a + (n – 1)d]
2
n
∴ Sn = [2a + (n – 1)d]
2
Hence, the sum of first n terms when first term (a), last term (l) and number of

terms (n) is given by
n
Sn = (a + l)
2
When first term (a), number of term (n) and common difference (d) are given, then
the sum of first n terms of an AP is given by:
n
Sn = [2a + (n – 1)d]
2
Note : We can suppose the three numbers in A.P. as a – d, a and a + d. Where a–

d, a and a + d are the first term, second term and third term respectively
and d is the common difference.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. Find the sum of the following series:

(a) 4 + 7 + 10 + … to 20 terms.
(b) 2 – 9 – 20 – … –130
Solution:
(a) 4 + 7 + 10 + … to 20 terms
Common difference (d) = t2 – t1 = 7 – 4 = 3

Now, sum of first n terms of an A.P. is
n
Sn = [2a + (n – 1)d]
2
20
= [2 × 4 + (20 – 1) 3]
2
= 10 [8 + 57]
= 650
(b) 2 – 9 – 20 – … –130
Common difference (d) = t2 – t1 = – 9 – 2 = – 11
Last term (tn) = l = – 130
Now,
tn = a + (n – 1) d
or, – 130 = 2 + (n – 1) (– 11)
–132
or, + 1 = n
–11
∴ n = 13
n
Now, sum of the series (Sn ) = ( a + l)]
2
13
= (2 – 130)
2
13
= × (– 128)
2
= – 13 × 64
= – 832
15
2. Find the value of: Σ
(n + 2)
Solution: n=1
15
Here,
n=1
Σ
(n + 2) = (1 + 2) + (2 + 2) + (3 +2)+ …+ (15 + 2)
= 3 + 4 + 5 + …+ 17

last term (l) = 17
n
Now, sum (sn) = (a + l)
2
15
= (3 + 17)
2
15
= × 20
2
= 150
3. How many terms of the series 24 + 20 + 16 + … must be taken so that

the sum may be 72? Explain the double answer.
Solution: Here, the given series is
24 + 20 + 16 + …
first term (a) = 24
common difference (d) = t2 – t1 = 20 – 24 = – 4
sum of the series (sn) = 72
n
Now, sum (Sn) = [2a + (n – 1) d]
n 2
or, 72 = [2 × 24 + (n – 1) (–4)]
2

or, 144 = n (48 – 4n + 4]
or, 144 = n(48 – 4n + 4)
or, 144 = 52n – 4n2

or, 4n2 – 52n + 144 = 0
or, n2 – 13n + 36 = 0
or, n2 – 9n – 4n + 36 = 0
or, n (n – 9) – 4 (n – 9) = 0
or, (n – 9) (n – 4) = 0
Either, n – 9 = 0 or, n – 4 = 0
∴ n = 9 ∴ n = 4
∴ The number of terms are 9 or 4
Here, the sum of the series having 4 terms is 24 + 20 + 16 + 12 = 72
The sum of the series having 9 terms is
24 + 20 + 16 + 12 + 8 + 4 + 0 – 4 – 8 = 72
Here, sum of the last five terms is zero.
∴ Sum of first 4 terms = sum of first 9 terms.
4. The sum of the first 4 terms of an A.P. is 26 and the sum of the first 8
terms is 100, find the sum of the first 20 terms.
Solution:
Here, sum of first 4 terms (Sn) = 26
n
or, [2a + (n – 1) d] = 26
2
4
or, [2a + (4 – 1)d] = 26
2
or, 2(2a + 3d) = 26
or, 2a + 3d = 13
13 – 3d
or, a = …(i)
2
Sum of the first 8 terms (S8) = 100
or, 82 [2a + (8 – 1)d] = 100
or, 4 (2a + 7d) = 100
or, 2a + 7d = 25
25 – 7d
or, a = …(ii)
2
From equation (i) and (ii), we get
13 – 3d 25 – 7d
=
2 2
or, 13 – 3d = 25 – 7d
or, 4d = 12
∴ d=3
Putting the value of d in equation (ii), we get
13 – 3d 13 – 3 × 3 4
a= = =
2 2 2
∴ a=2
Now, sum of first 20 terms
20
S20 = [2a + (20 – 1)d]
2
= 10 (2 × 2 + 19 × 3]
= 10 (4 + 57)
= 610
5. Find the sum of the numbers from 101 to 256 which are divisible by 7.
Solution:
Here, the numbers between 101 to 256 which are divisible by 7 form an AP.
i.e. 105 + 112 + 119 + …+ 252 are in A.P.
Here, first term (a) = 105 Note:
common difference (d) = 7 7)101 (14 7) 256 (14
–7 –21
last term (tn) = (l) = 252 31 46
Now, tn = a + (n – 1) d –28 –42
3 4
or, 252 = 105 + (n – 1) 7
1st term =101+(7–3) last term = 256–4
or, 1477 = n – 1 = 105 = 252
∴ n = 22
n
Now, sum of the series (Sn) =
(a + l)
2
22
S22 = (105 + 252) = 11 × 357 = 3927
2
6. Find the three numbers in AP such that their sum is 18 and the sum
of their product in pairs is 92.
Solution:
Let, the three numbers in AP be

a – d, a and a + d.
By first case,
a – d + a + a + d = 18
∴ a=6
By second case,
(a – d ) a + a (a + d) + (a – d) (a + d) = 92
or, a2 – ad + a2 + ad + a2 – d2 = 92
or, 3a2 – d2 = 92
or, 3 × 36 – d2 = 92 [ a = 6]
or, d = 16
2
∴ d = ± 4
When a = 6 and d = 4, the three number are
a–d=6–4=2
∴ a = 6
Again, a + d = 6 + 4 = 10
When a = 6 and d = – 4, the three numbers are
a – d = 6 –(– 4) = 10
∴ a = 6
Again, a + d = 6 – 4 = 2
Hence, the three numbers in AP are 2, 6, 10, or 10, 6, 2.
Exercise 1.8
Section 'A'
(a) 3+7+11+ … 15 terms (b) 50+45+40+ … 10 terms.
(c) –15 –12 –9 – … 20 terms. (d) 3 + 8 + 13 + ...... + 58
(e) 13 + 2 – 9 – … – 144
2. Find the value of :
15 25 20
(a) Σ (3n + 1) (b) Σ (n – 4) (c) Σ (n + 1)
n=1 n=1 n=2
3. (a) The first term and the common difference of an arithmetic series are 20
and 5 respectively. Find the sum of its first 10 terms.
(b) Find the sum of first 20 terms of an arithmetic series whose first term is
13 and common difference is –4.
(c) The last term of an arithmetic series of 20 terms is 195 and the common
difference is 5. Calculate the sum of the series.
4. (a) Find the first term of arithmetic progression whose common difference is
4 and sum of its first 20 terms is 820.
(b) The sum of first 30 terms of an arithmetic progression is –2310 and the
common difference is –6 . Find the first term.
5. (a) The sum of first 10 terms of the series is 110. If the 10th term is 20, then
find the first term.
(b) An arithmetic series with 30 terms has the sum 2235. If the first term is
2, then find its last term.
6. (a) The sum of first 20 terms of an A.P. is 820. If the first term is 3, then find
the common difference.
(b) The sum of first 50 terms of an A.P. is –2400. If the first term is 50, then
find the common difference.
7. (a) Find the number of terms in arithmetic series whose first term is 4,
common difference is 3 and sum of the series is 246.
(b) Find the number of terms is an arithmetic progression which has its first
term 16, common difference 4 and the sum 120.
(c) The first term and last term of an A.P. are 3 and 90 respectively. If the
sum of the progression is 1395, then find the number of terms and the
common difference.
(d) The first term, last term and the sum of the arithmetic series are 2,
29 and 155 respectively. Find the number of terms and the common
difference.
8. (a) How many terms of the series 30+27+24+ …must be taken so that the
sum of the series may be 162 ? Explain the double answer.
(b) How many terms of the series 20+18+16+ …must be taken so that the
sum of the series may be 110 ?Explain the double answer.
Section 'B'
9. (a) If the 5th term and 9thterm of an arithmetic series are 10 and 18
respectively, find the sum of first 20 terms.
(b) If the 3rd term and the 6th term of an arithmetic series are 34 and 19
respectively , find the sum of first 10 terms.
10. (a) The 5th term of an A.P. is 15 and the sum of the first 10 terms is 165.
Find the sum of the first 20 terms.
(b) The sum of the first 12 terms of an arithmetic series is 168 and the 9th
term is 19. Find the sum of the first 25 terms.
11. (a) The sum of the first two terms and the sum of the first five terms of an
arithmetic series are 6 and 30 respectively. Find the sum of the first 10
terms.
(b) The sum of the first 3 terms and the sum of first 8 terms of an arithmetic
series are 21 and 136 respectively. Find the sum of first 15 terms.

(c) The sum of first 15 terms is 45 and that of 19 terms is 95. Find the
number of terms of the series from the first having the sum 290.
12. (a) The sum of the three consecutive terms of an A.P. is 54 and the product
of two extremes is 275. Find the three terms.
(b) The sum of three terms of an A.P. is 21 and their product is 280. Find the
three terms.
(c) The sum of three terms of an AP is 24 and the third term is seven times
the first term. Find the three terms.
(d) The sum of three terms of an arithmetic series is 12 and the sum of their
squares is 50 Find the three terms.
(e) The sum of three terms of an arithmetic series is15 and the sum of the
squares of its first and the third is 58. Find the three terms.
(f) There are three numbers in A.P. Difference between the first and the
third is 8 and the product of these two is 33. Find the three numbers.
13. (a) Find the sum of all the numbers from 50 to 195 which are exactly divisible by 4.
(b) Find the sum of all the numbers from 250 to 780 which are exactly
divisible by 11.
(c) Find the sum of all two digit numbers in A.P. which are the multiple of 7.
(d) Find the sum of all the three digits numbers in A.P. which are the
multiple of 15.
(e) Find the sum of the first 50 natural numbers.
(f) Find the sum of even integers between 101 and 503.
(g) Find the sum of odd integers between 30 to 100.
14. (a) Find the sum of first 15 terms of an A.P. whose 8th term is 45.
(b) If the 10th term of an A.P. is 200, then find the sum of first 19 terms.
(c) The sum of first three terms of an arithmetic progression is 21. If the
sum of first two terms is subtracted from the third term, them it would
be 9. Find the three terms of the series.
(d) In an A.P., the 6th terms is equal to 3 times the 4th term and the sum of
the first three terms is –12. Find the A.P.
(e) The sum of the 4th and 8th terms of an A.P. is 24 and the sum of the 6th
and 10th term is 34 of the progression. Find the sum of the 1st 10 terms.
15. (a) A man repays a loan of Rs. 24750 by paying Rs. 100 in the first month
and then increases the payment by Rs. 50 every month. How long will it
take him to clear the loan ?
(b) A man saved Rs. 70200 in 3 years. In each month after the first, he saved
Rs. 100 more than he did in the preceding month. How much did he save
in the first month?

Geometric Progression (G.P.)
Let us consider the two examples.
(a) 2 + 4 + 8 + 16 + 32 + …
Here the numbers are increased in the multiple of 2.
1 1
(b) 8 –4 + 2 – 1 + – …
2 4
–1
Here the numbers are decreased by the multiple of .
2
In the above two examples, the numbers are increased or decreased by a constant
number called common ratio. They are called geometric progression. A geometric
progression (G.P) is also known as geometric series or sequence (G.S.)
Hence a sequence or series of numbers that increased or decreased with a constant
ratio is called a geometric progression or geometric series (or sequence).
The constant ratio is called common ratio and is denoted by r.

succeeding term
common ratio(r) =
preceeding term
t2 t3 t4
i.e. r = t = t = t …
1 2 3
General term or nth term of a G.P. or (G.S.)

In a G.P, the following notations are used
First term = t1 = a
common ratio = r
last term or nth term = tn = l
sum of first n terms = Sn
Let us consider a G.P.
3 + 9 + 27 + 81 + 243 +…
t2
Here, common ratio = t = 93 = 3.
1
first term (t1) = 3 = 3.3º = a.rº = ar1 – 1

Second term (t2) = 9 = 3 × 3 = 3 × 31 = a.r1 = ar2 – 1
third term (t3) = 27 = 3 × 9 = 3 × 32 = a.r 3 – 1
Fourth term (t4) = 81 = 3 × 27 = 3 × 33 = a × r 4 – 1
………………………………………………
nth term (tn) = l = a × rn – 1 = arn – 1
Hence, the nth term or general term of an GP is (tn = arn – 1)

Note: For the first term, n = 1
∴ t1 = ar1 – 1 = arº = a
For second term, n = 2
∴ t2 = ar2 – 1 = ar
For third term, n = 3
∴ t3 = ar3 – 1 = ar2
For fourth term, n = 4
t4 = ar 4 – 1 = ar3.
Similarly: 6th term, t6 = ar5
10th term, t10 = ar9 and so on
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. In the given geometric sequence: 3, 6, 12, 24,…find

(i) common ratio (r)
(ii) the general term (tn) iii) next three terms.
Solution:
Here, the given geometric sequence is
3, 6, 12, 24,…
t2 6
(i) common ratio (r) = t = =2
1 3
(ii) the general term (tn) = ar n – 1 = 3.2n – 1

(iii) 5th term (t5) = 3.25 – 1 = 3.24 = 3 × 16 = 48
6th term (t6) = 3.26 – 1 = 3.25 = 3 × 32 = 96
7th term (t7) = 3.2 7 – 1 = 3.26 = 3× 64 = 192
2. Find the 10th term of the GP: 2 – 2 2 + 4 – 4 4 + …
Solution:
Here,the given G.P. is 2 – 2 2 + 4 – 4 2 + …
t2 –2 2
common ratio (r) = t = =– 2
1 2
Now, 10th term (t10) = arn – 1
= 2 (– 2)10 – 1
= 2(– 2)9

=–2×2×2×2×2 2
= – 32 2
1 1 1 1
3. Find the number of terms of the series: – + – …+ 16
16 8 4 2
Solution:
1
Here, first term (a) =
–1 16
t2 8 –16
common ratio (r) = t = = =–2
1 8
1
16
last term (tn) = 16
Now, tn = arn – 1
1
or, 16 = × (– 2)n – 1
16
or, 256 = (– 2)n – 1

or, 28 = ( –2)n – 1
or, (– 2)8 = (– 2)n – 1
or, n – 1 = 8
∴ n=9
1
4. Find the common ratio of a G.P. whose first term is and 11th term
16
is 2.
1
Solution: Here, first term (a) =
16
11th term (t11) = 2
Now, t11 = ar10
1 10
or, 2 = r
16
or, 32 = r10
or, 25 = r10
or, ( 2)10 = r10
∴ r = 2

5 . The 2nd term and 5th term of a GP are 4 and 256 respectively. Find the
10th term.
Solution:
Here, 2nd term (t2) = 4
or, ar = 4 …(i)
5th term (t5) = 256
or, ar4 = 256 …(ii)
Now, dividing equation (ii) by equation (i), we get
ar4 256
=
ar 4
or, r3 = 64
or, r3 = 43
∴ r=4
Putting the value of r in equation (i), we get
4a = 4
∴ a=1
Now, 10th term (t10) = ar9 = 1 × 49 = 262144.
Exercise 1.9
Section 'A'
1. Determine with reason, which of the following are in geometric
progression:
(a) 3, 6, 12, 24, … (b) –100 + 50 –1 + …
1 1 1
(c) 2 + 2 + 2 2 + … (d) + + + …
16 8 4
1
(e) –9 +3 –1 + – …
3
2. From the following geometric progressions given below, find: (i) the
common ratio, (ii) the general terms (tn) (iii) the next three terms.
1
(a) 2, 6, 18, … (b) – 1 – 1 – , …
27 9 3
(c) –1 + 2 –2 + … (d) 80, 20, 5, …
–3
(e) + 3 – 6 + …
2
3. Find the first 3 terms of the following geometric progressions:
(a) First term (a) =2, common ration (r) = 3.

(b) First term (a) = 2, common ratio (r) = 2
–1
(c) First term (a) = , common ratio (r) = – 3.
9
1
(d) First term (a) = 16, common ratio (r) =
2
8 3
(e) First term (a) = , common ratio (r) = .
27 2
4. Find the 4th term and 7th term of the following geometric sequences:
1
(a) – 1 – 1 – …
16 8 4
3 2
(b ) First term = and common ratio =
2 3
(c) First term = 5 and common ratio = 3
5. Find the first term from each of the following geometric progressions:
(a) Common ratio = 2 and 6th term = 64
(b) Common ratio = – 2 and 11th term = 32
1 1
(c) Common ratio = and 7th term =
3 27
6. Find the common ratio in each of the following sequences:
(a) First term = 2 and 10th term = 1024.
3 32
(b) First term = and 7th term =
2 243
(c) First term =1 and 12th term = – 32 2.
64
(d) First term = and 7th term =1
729
7. Find the number of terms in each of the following sequences:
(a) First term = 2, common ratio = 2 and last term = 512
(b) First term = – 3 , common ratio = – 3 and last term = 81 3
1
(c) First term = – , common ratio = – 3 and last term = 729
9
243 81 27 32
(d) + + +…+
32 16 8 243
–1 1 1
(e) + – + … + 625
125 125 5
8. Which term of the series:
(a) 3 2 + 6 +6 2 + … is 96 2 ?
2 4 16 128
(b) – + … is ?
3 9 27 2187
1 1 1
(c) + + … is 81 ?
81 27 9
1 1 1
9. (a) Is 64 a term of the series + + … ?
64 32 16
(b) Is – 16 2 a term of the series – 1 – 2 – 2 …?
64 2
(c) Is a term of the G.P. whose first term is 27 and common ratio is ?
27 3
1 1 1
(d) Is 512 a term of the series + + …?
2 4 8
1
10. (a) Find the 8th term of the geometric progression whose first term is and
2
3rd term is 2.
(b) Find the 5th term of the geometric series whose common ratio is 2 and
8th term is 2 2.
11. Find the terms indicated as follows.
(a) 3rd term = 8 7th term = 128, 10th term = ?
1
(b) 5th term = 3 2nd term = , 8th term = ?
9
1
(c) 4th term = , 6th term = 2, 20th term = ?
2
Section 'B'
1
12. (a) If 3rd term and 6th term of a geometric series are and 16 respectively,
4
then which term of the series is 256?
1
(b) Which term of the geometric series is 2 2 , whose 3rd term is and 7th
2 2
term is 2 ?
1
(c) Is 64 a term of the geometric series whose 4th term is 1 and 6th term is
64
?
13. (a) The fifth term of a geometric progression is 8 times the second term and
the 7th term is 128. Find the series.
1
(b) The 8th term of a geometric series is times 5th term and 2nd term is 9.
27
Find the 10th term.
(c) The 4th term of a geometric series is square of its second term and the
first term is – 3. Find its 10th term.

Geometric Mean (G.M.)
Consider the following geometric sequences:
1 1
(i) 2, 6, 18 (ii) 2, 4, 16, 32, 64, 128
, , 1, 3 (iii)
9 3
G.M. G.Ms'
G.Ms'
In the above G.P., the terms except the first term and last term are geometric means.
Thus the terms to be placed between first term and last term of a geometric
progression are called geometric means.
Let us consider the three term a, m and b of a G.P. then, m is the G.M of a and b.
When a, m, b are in G.P. then their common ratio are equal.
i.e. m = b
a m
or, m2 = ab
∴ m = ab
Hence, G.M. between a and b = ab
The geometric means between first term and last term are denoted by m1, m2, m3,
m4…..where m1 = t2, m2 = t3 , m3 = t4 and so on.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. Find the geometric mean between 9 and 25.

Solution:
Here, the two given numbers are 9 and 25.
Now, G.M. between 9 and 25 = 9 × 25
= 3 × 5

= 15
2. Find the 10th term of a G.P. whose 9th term is 1 and 11th term is 9.
9
Solution:
Here, 9th term (t9) = 1
9
11th term (t11) = 9
Here, t10 is G.M between t9 and t11. So,
1
t10 = t9 × t11
= ×9 =1
9
3. Find the value of x and y when 1 , x, 4, y are in G.P.
Solution 4
Here, the given G.P. 1 , x, 4, y

4
Here, x is the G.M between 1 and 4
4
1
So, x = ×4 =1
4
Again, 4 is the G.M between x and y.
So, 4 = xy
or, 4 = 1 × y
Now, squaring on both sides
y = 16
4. Insert 4 geometric means between 4 and 128.
Solution: Here, first term (a) = 4
last term (tn) = 128
No. of terms (n) = 4 + 2 = 6
Now, tn = arn – 1
or, 128 = 4 × r 6 – 1
or, 32 = r5
or, 25 = r5
∴ r = 2
Now, 1st mean (m1) = t2 = ar = 4 × 2 = 8

2nd mean (m2) = t3 = ar2 = 4 × 22 = 4 × 4 = 16

3rd mean (m3) = t4 = ar3 = 4 × 23 = 4 × 8 = 32

4th mean (m4) = t5 = ar4 = 4 × 24 = 4 × 16 = 64
Hence, the four G.MS' are 8, 16, 32, 64.
Note: In a G.P.
Terms t1 t2 t3 t4 … tN – 3 tN – 2 tN – 1 tN
Means m1 m2 m3 … mn– 2 mn – 1 mn
a ar ar2 ar3 … tN tN tN
r3 r2 r

5. There are n G.MS' between 16 and 243. The ratio of 4th mean to the
(n – 1)th mean is 4:9. Find n. 27 16
Solution: Alternative Method:
16
Here, First term (a) =
27 4th mean
243 Here, =4
(n – 1)th mean 9
Last term (tN) = 16
ar4
No. of term (N) = n + 2 or, =4
4th mean : (n – 1)th mean = 4 : 9 arn – 1 9
4th mean
or, =4
(n – 1)th mean 9 or, 4 r5 = rn ................. (i)
5th term 9
or, =4
3 last term 9
rd
ar4 4 Again,
or, t =
N 9 tN = arN – 1
r2
ar4 × r2 4 243 16 n + 2 – 1
or, = or, = r
tN 9 16 27
16 243 × 27
× r6 4 or, = rn + 1
27
or, 243 = 16 × 16
9
164 243 × 27 3 8
rn r or, 3 8
or, r6 = × or, = . = 9 r5 × r
16 × 16 2 2 4
9
3 6
or, r6 = 6 or, 3 6
3
2 = r6 ∴ r =
2 2
3 6
or, r6 =
2 Putting the value of r in eqn (i), we get
3
∴ r=
2 9 3 5 3 n
Again, tN = arN – 1 × =
4 2 2
243 16 3 n+2–1 3 7 3 n
or, = × or, = ∴n=7
16 27 2 2 2
243 16 3 n+1
or, = × Hence, no. of G.M. = 7.
16 27 2
243 × 27 3 n+1
or, =
16 × 16 2
38 3 n+1
or, 8 =
2 2
8
3 3 n+1
or, =
2 2
or, 8 = n + 1
∴ n=7
Hence, no. of G.M. = 7

Exercise 1.10
Section 'A'
1. Find the geometric mean between the following two numbers:
(a) 4 and 16 (b) – 25 and – 36 (c) 1 and 81

9
(d) 25 and 16 (e) 27 and 3
4 625 8 2
2. From the following given terms of a G.P, find the indicated terms:
(a) 1st term = 4 and third term = 16, 2nd term = ?
(b) 5th term = 1 and 7th term = 9, 6th term= ?

9
(c) 6th term = 1 and 10th term = 1, 8th term =?
64 4
(d) 2nd term = 25 and 8th term = 25 , 5th term=?

6 16
3. Find the values of x and y in each of the following G.P.:
(a) 2, x, 8 (b) 1 , y, 49 (c) 3, x, 12, y

9 4
(d) x–5, x + 1, x + 5 (e) 3y, y + 6, 3y + 8
Section 'B'
4. (a) Insert 3 geometric means between 2 and 32.
(b) Insert 4 geometric means between 2 and – 8.
(c) Insert 5 geometric means between 4 and 81 .

9 16
(d) Insert 3 geometric means between 1 and 16.

16
5. 1
(a) Find the values of x,y and z when , x, y, z, 9 are in G.P.
9
(b) Find the value of p,q,r and s when – 2, p,q,r,s – 8 are in G.P.
(c) Find the values of a, b, c, d and e when 243, a, b, c, d, e, 1 are in G.P.

3

Section 'C'
6. (a) There are 5 geometric means between x and y. If the 2nd mean and 5th
mean are 27 and 1 respectively, then find the values of x and y.
(b) There are 8 geometric means between p and q . If the 1st mean and 7th
mean are 1 and 2 respectively, then find the values of p and q.
32
7. (a) There are 4 geometric means between 4 and k. If the 2nd mean is 36, then
find the value of k and the other means.
(b) There are 6 geometric means between – 2 and x. If the 4th mean is –4 2
, then find the value of x and the other means.
8. (a) Find the number of geometric means between 1 and 64, where the
64
common ratio is 4.
(b) Some geometric means are inserted between 2 and 16. If the third mean
is – 4 2, find the number of G.M.
(c) The 5th mean between 1 and 16 is 1 . Find the number of geometric
32
means.
9. (a) There are n geometric means between 2 and 64. If 1st mean: 4th mean =
1:8, find n.
(b) There are n geometric means between 1 and 81. If the ratio of 3rd mean
81
to the last mean is 1:81, then find the value of n.
(c) There are n geometric means between 1 and 4096. If the ratio of (n – 2)th
mean to the (n – 5)th mean is 8:1, then find the value of n.
1 1 2
10. If ax = by = cz and a, b, c are in G.P. then show that + =
x z y

Sum of the Geometric series
Sum of first n terms of a G.S.
Let us consider the numbers in G.P.
2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128.
then 2 + 4 + 8 + 16 + 32 + 64 + 128 = 254
Hence, the result obtained by adding the terms of a G.P. is known as sum of G.P. In
GP, sum of n terms is denoted by Sn.
When a, r, n and l are first term, common ratio, number of terms and last term of a
G.P. respectively then the G.P. is
l l l
a, ar, ar2, ar3 …
, , ,l
r3 r2 r
The sum of first n terms
l l l
Sn = a + ar + ar2 + ar3 + … + + + l…(i)
r3 r2 r
Multiplying both sides of equation (i) by r, we get
l l l
rSn = ar, ar2, ar3 .... + … + + + l + lr, …(ii)
r3 r2 r
Now, subtracting equation (i) from equation (ii), we get
l l
rSn = ar + ar2 + ar3 + … + + l + lr
r 2
r
l l l
Sn = a + ar + ar2 + .................. + 3 + 2 + +l
r r r
(–) (–) (–) (–) (–) (–) (–) (–)

Sn (r – 1) = – a + lr
lr – a
∴ Sn =
r–1
where, l = arn – 1
arn – 1 × r – a
Sn =
r–1
ar 1 + 1 – a
n –
arn – a
= =
r–1 r–1
a(rn – 1)
∴ Sn =
r–1
a a
Note: , a and ar can be supposed as three numbers in G.P. where , a and ar
r r
are the first, second and third term respectively and r is the common ratio.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. Find the sum of the following series

(a) 2 – 4 + 8 – 16 to 10 terms.
1 1
(b) + + 1 + …+ 9
9 3
Solution:
(a) Here, the given series is
2 – 4 + 8 – 16 + …to 10 terms
t –4
Common ratio (r) = 2 = =–2
t1 2
a(rn – 1)
Now, sum (Sn) =
r–1
2{(– 2)10 – 1}
=
–2–1
2(1024 – 1)
=
–3
2 × 1023
=
–3
= – 682.
(b) Here, the given series is
1 1
+ +1+…+9
9 3 1
Here, first term (a) =
9
1
t2 3 1
common ratio (r) = = 1 × × 9 = 3
t1 3
last terms (l) = 9 9
lr – a
Now, sum (Sn) =
r–1 1
9×3–
= 3–19
27 × 9 – 1
=
9×2
243 – 1
=
18
242
=
18
121
=
9
2. Find the number of terms and the common ratio of the G.P. whose
first term is 7, last term is 189 and the sum of the series is 280.
Solution:
last term (tn) = l = 189
sum (Sn) = 280
lr – a
Now, sum (Sn) =
r–1
189r – 7
or, 280 =
r–1
or, 280r – 280 = 189r – 7
or, 91r = 273
∴ r=3
a(rn – 1)
Again sum (Sn) =
3–1
7(3 – 1)
n
or, 280 =
3–1
560
or, + 1 = 3n
7
or, 81 = 3n
or, 34 = 3n
∴ n = 4.
Hence common ratio (r) = 3 and no. of terms (n) = 4
3. The sum of first 6 terms of a GP is 126 and the sum of first 3 terms is
14, find the sum of first 12 terms.
Solution:
Here, sum of first 6 terms (S6) = 126
a(r6 – 1)
or, = 126…(i)
r–1
sum of first 3 terms (S3) = 14
a(r3 – 1)
or, = 14 …(ii)
r–1
Now, dividing equation (i) by (ii), we get
a(r6 – 1)
126
r 3– 1 =
a(r – 1) 14
r–1
(r3 – 1)(r3 + 1)
or, =9
r3 – 1
or, r3 + 1 = 9

or, r3 = 8
∴ r=2
Putting the value of r in equation (ii), we get
a(23 – 1)
14 =
2–1
or, 14 = a × 7
∴ a=2
Now, sum of the first 12 terms
a(rn – 1)
S12 =
r–1
2(212 – 1)
=
2–1
= 2 × (4096 – 1)
= 2 × 4095
= 8190
4. The product of three numbers in a geometric series is 64 and their
sum is 14. Find the three numbers.
Solution:
a
Let, the three numbers in a G.P. be , a and ar.
r
By first case,
a
× a × ar = 64
r
or, a3 = 64
∴ a=4
By second case,
a
+ a + ar = 14
r
4
or, + 4 + 4r = 14
r
or, 4 + 4r + 4r2 = 14r
or, 4r2 + 4r – 14r + 4 = 0
or, 2r2 – 5r + 2 = 0
or, 2r2 – 4r – r + 2 = 0
or, 2r(r – 2) – 1 (r – 2) = 0
or, (r – 2) (2r – 1) = 0

Either, r – 2 = 0
∴ r=2
or, 2r – 1 = 0
1
∴ r =
2
When r = 2 and a = 4, then the three numbers are:
a 4
= = 2
r 2
∴ a = 4
ar = 4 × 2 = 8
∴
1
When r = and a = 4, then the three numbers are:
2
a 4
= = 8
r 2
∴ a = 4
1
∴ ar = 4 × = 2
2
Hence, the three numbers in G.P. are 2, 4, 8 or 8, 4, 2.
Exercise 1.11
Section 'A'

1 1 1
(a) 1 + 3 + 9 + … to 10 terms (b) + + + … to 15 terms
8 4 2
(c) – 4 + 8 – 16 + … to 8 terms (d) 128 + 64 + 32+ … to 10 terms
1
(e) 2 + 2 + 2 2 + … + 8 (f) 81 + 27 + 9 + … +
3
(g) 1 + 2 + 4 + … + 512
2. Find the value of:

(a) 4 (b) 6 (c) 15
∑ 2n ∑ (– 3)n 1 n
n=1 n=2
∑ 2
n=1
3. (a) The first term and common ratio of the geometric series are 2 and 3
respectively. Find the sum of first 5 terms of the series.
(b) The first term, common ratio and the last term of the geometric

progression are 3, – 3 and – 729 respectively . Find the sum of the series.
4. (a) The common ratio and the sum of the first 7 terms of the geometric
progression are – 3 and – 1641 respectively. Find the first term.
(b) The common ratio and the sum of the first 10 terms of the geometric
1 1023
progression are and respectively. Find the first term.
2 1024
(c) Find the first term of the geometric series whose common ratio is 3, last
term is 189 and the sum of the series is 280.
1
(d) Find the first term of the geometric series whose common ratio is , last
2
1 31
term is and the sum of the series is
16 16
1
5. (a) The first term, last term, and sum of the geometric series are 81, and
81
4921
respectively. Find the common ratio.
81
1
(b) The first term, last term and the sum of the geometric series are , 144
9
1555
and respectively. Find the common ratio.
9
(c) If the sum of the first three terms is 7 and the first terms 1, find the
common ratio.
6. (a) How many terms of the series 32 + 48 + 72 + … will add up to 665 ?
(b) How many terms of the series 3 – 6 + 12 … must be taken so that the sum
may be – 63?
(c) In a GS the first term, common ratio and the sum are 1, 2 and 63
respectively. Find the number of terms in the series.
(d) In a G.P. the common ratio is 3 and the last term is 189. Find the number
of terms whose sum of the terms is 280.
7. (a) The first term, common ratio and the sum of the terms of geometric
1
progression are 64, and127 respectively. Find the last term.
2
(b) Find the last term of the geometric series whose first term is 3, common
ratio is 2 and the sum of the series is 765.
Section 'B'
8. (a) In a G.P., 3rd term and 6th term are 12 and 96 respectively. Find the
sum of first 8 terms.
(b) Find the sum of first 10 terms of a GP where its 3rd term and 7th term are
1
4 and respectively.
4
9. (a) In a G.P. the sum of first two terms is 6 and the sum of first four terms
is 30. Find the sum of first 7 terms of the progression.
7
(b) In a G.P. the sum of first three terms is and the sum of first six terms
4
63
is . Find the sum of first 10 terms of the series.
32
10. (a) In a geometric series the sum of first 8 terms is 17 times the sum of first
4 terms. Find the common ratio.
1
(b) The sum of first 3 terms of a G.P. is times the sum of first 6 terms. Find
9
the common ratio.
11. (a) In a GP, the sum of the three numbers is 7 and their product is 8. Find
the numbers.
(b) In a GP, the product of the three numbers is 1000 and their sum is 35.
Find the numbers.
(c) The product of three numbers in a geometric progression is 512 and the
sum of the first two number is 10. Find the three numbers.
12. (a) In a G.P, 6th term is 16 times the 2nd term and the sum of first seven
terms is 127 . Find the positive common ratio and the first term of the
4
series.
(b) The 7th term of a geometric series is 27 times the 4th term and the sum of
the first two terms is 8. Find the series.
(c) There are 8 terms in a geometric series altogether. The sum of the first
2 term is 6 and the sum of the last two terms is 384. Find the common
ratio.
(d) The sum of first four terms of a G.P. is 30 and that of the last four terms
is 960. If first term and last term are 2 and 512 respectively, find the
common ratio.
(e) There are 15 varieties of butterflies in a zoo. The number of each variety
being double the number of another veritey. If the number of the first
variety is 3, find the numbers in the last variety and also the total
number of all the varieties of butterflies in the zoo.

Relation between Arithmetic Mean (A.M.) and Geometric
Mean (G.M.)
a+b
Let us consider two numbers a and b. Arithmetic mean of a and b is A.M. = .
2
Geometric mean (G.M.) = ab
Now,
a+b
– ab
A.M. – G.M. =
2
a + b – 2 ab
=
2
(a)2 – 2 a . b + (b)2
=
2
1
= ( a– b)2
2
Since the square of any quantity is greater than or equal to zero.
1
A.M. – G.M. = ( a – b)2 ≥ 0
2
or, A.M. – G.M. ≥ 0
∴ A.M. ≥ G.M.
When the two numbers a and b are equal
A.M. = G.M.
when a > b or b > a. then
A.M. ≥ G.M.
Hence, A.M. is always greater than or equal to G.M. between two positive real
numbers.

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. Find the two numbers whose A.M. is 15 and G.M. is 9.

Solution:
Let, the two numbers be a and b. Alternate method
a+b Let, the two numbers be a and b.
Then A.M. of a and b = 2
Then A.M. of a and b = a + b
or, a + b = 30 2
or, 15 = a + b
or, a = 30 – b …(i) 2
or, a + b = 30 …(i)
G.M. of a and b = ab
G.M of a and b = ab
or, 9 = ab or, 9 = ab
or, ab = 81…(ii) or, ab = 81 …(ii)
Putting the value of a in equation (ii), Now, (a – b)2 = (a + b)2 – 4ab
we get, or, (a – b)2 = (30)2 – 4 × 81
(30 – b) b = 81 or, (a – b)2 = 900 – 324
or, 30b – b2 = 81 or, ( a – b)2 = 576
or, a – b = 576
or, b2 – 30b + 81 = 0
or, a – b = 24…(iii)
or, b2 – 27b – 3b + 81 = 0
Now adding equation (i) and
or, (b – 27) (b – 3) = 0 equation(iii) we get
Either b – 27 = 0 or, b – 3 = 0 a + b + a – b = 54
∴ b = 27 ∴ b=3 2a = 54
∴ a = 27
When b = 27, then
Putting value of a in equation (i),
a = 30 – b = 30 – 27 = 3 we get ,
When b = 3, then a + b = 30
a = 30 – b = 30 – 3 = 27 27 + b = 30
Hence, the two numbers are 27 and 3 ∴ b = 3
or 3 and 27. Hence, the two numbers are 27
and 3.
2. If p, q, r are in A.P. and l, m, n are in G.P. then show that l q – r. mr – p.
np – q = 1.
p+r
Solution: when p, q, r are in A.P., then q = 2
or, p = 2q – r…(i)

When l, m, n are in GP, then'
m = ln
or, m = (ln)1/2
L.H.S. = lq – r × mr – p × np – q
1 (q – 2q + r)
= lq – r × (ln) 2 × n2q – q – r
= lq – r . (ln)r – q . nq – r
= lq – r . lr – q . nr – q . nq – r
= lº. nº = 1 × 1 = 1 = R.H.S proved.
3. The sum of three numbers in on A.P. is 15. If 1, 4 and 19 are added to

each term respectively, then resulting numbers are in G.P. Find the
three numbers.
Solution:
Let, the three numbers in A.P. be
a – d, a and a + d
By first case,
a – d + a + a + d = 15
∴ a=5
Again by second case,
When 1, 4 and 19 are added to each term of A.P., then
a – d + 1, a + 4, a + d + 19 are in GP
or, 6 – d, 9, 24 + d are in GP
Then, 9 = (6 – d) (24 – d)
or, 81 = 144 + 6d – 24d – d2
or, d2 + 18d – 63 = 0
or, d2 + 21d – 3d – 63 = 0
or, (d + 21) (d – 3) = 0
Either d + 21 = 0 or, d – 3 = 0
∴ d = – 21 ∴d=3
When a = 5 and d = 3, then the three numbers are
a–d=5–3=2
∴ a=5
∴ a+d=5+3=8
When a = 5 and d = – 21, then the numbers are

a – d = 5 – (– 21) = 26
∴ a=5
∴ a + d = 5 – 21 = – 16
Hence the three numbers in AP are 2, 5, 8 or 26, 5, –16.
4. An A.M. between two positive numbers p and q is twice their G.M.

Show that:
p : q = (2 + 3 ) : (2 – 3 )
Solution:
p+q
A.M. of p and q =
2
G.M of p and q = pq
By question, AM = 2 GM
p+q
or, = 2 pq
2
or, p + q = 4 pq
or, (p + q)2 = 16pq
or, p2 + 2pq + q2 – 16pq = 0
or, p2 – 14pq + q2 = 0
p2 p
or, – 14 + 1 = 0 [Dividing both sides by q2]
q2 q
2
p p
or, – 2 . 7 + 7² – 7² + 1 = 0
q q
2
p
or, – 7 = 48
q
p
or, – 7 = 48
q
p
or, = 7 + 4 3
q
p
or, = 4 + 4 3 + 3
q
p (2)2 + 2 . 2 3 + ( 3 )2
or, =
q 4–3
p (2 + ( 3 )2
or, =
q 2 2 – ( 3 )2
(2 + ( 3 )2
or, pq =
(2 – ( 3 )(2 + ( 3 ))
∴ p : q = (2 + 3 ) : (2 – 3 ) proved.

Exercise 1.12
1. (a) Find the two numbers whose arithmetic mean is 34 and geometric mean
is 16.
(b) If A.M. and G.M. between two numbers are 10 and 8 respectively, find
the two numbers.
(c) If the arithmetic mean and the geometric mean of the two numbers are
25 and 15 respectively then find the two numbers.
2. If a, b, c are in A.P. and x, y, z are in G.P. then show that xb – c yc – a za – b =1
3. The sum of three numbers in A.P. is 21. If the 2nd number is reduced by 1
and 3rd number increased by 1, then the three numbers become G.P. Find the
numbers.
4. The sum of three numbers in A.P. is 21. If 1, 2, and 15 are added to each term
respectively, the resulting numbers are in G.P. Find the three numbers.
5. The product of three numbers in G.P. is 216. When 1 and 2 are added to first
term and second term respectively, the resulting numbers are in A.P. Find the
three numbers.
6. The second, fourth and ninth terms of an AP are in G.P. Calculate the common
ratio of G.P.
7. The ratio of A.M. and G.M. of two numbers is 5:3 . Find the ratio of two
numbers
8. The two positive numbers are in the ratio of 1:9 and the sum of their A.M. and
G.M. is 96. Find the numbers.
9. The sum of the four consecutive terms of a G.P. is 30. If the A.M. of the first
term and the last term is 9, find the common ratio.
10. An A.M. of two positive numbers is more than their G.M. by 2. If the difference
between the two numbers is 12, then find them.
11. The arithmetic mean of two numbers is 50 and geometric mean is 80% of
arithmetic mean. Find the four arithmetic mean between these two numbers.
12. An A.M. between two positive numbers a and b is twice their G.M. Show that:
a:b = (2 + 3 ): (2 – 3 )

1.4 Linear Inequation and Graph of Quadratic Equation
Introduction
We know that an equation is a statement involving the sign of equality (=). There
may be one or more than one variable in an equation. The value of the variables
which satisfies an equation are called the solutions of the equation. The solution
of an equation may or may not be unique. For example, x = 4 is a solution of the
equation 7x – 28 = 0. The equation x2 + y2 = 25 contains two variables. This has
infinitely many solutions and x = 3, y = 4 is one of the solutions.
A statement involving a sign of inequality either > or > or < or < is called an
inequation or an inequality. An inequality may contain one variable or more than
one variable. The values of the variables which satisfies an inequation are called
the solution of the inequation.
Intervals
If a, b are real numbers such that a < b, then the set {x : a< x < b} is called the open
interval from a to b and is written as (a, b). The points a and b are called the end
points of the open interval (a, b).
The set {x: a < x < b} is called the closed interval from a to b and is written as [a, b].
The points a and b are called end points of the closed interval [a, b].
a b a b
open interval: (a, b) close interval: (a, b)
Similarly, we define semi-open (or semi closed) intervals (a, b] and [a, b).
If a is any real number, then the sets of the type {x : x < a}, {x : x < a}, {x: x > a} and
{x: x > a} are called infinite intervals and are respectively written as [– ∞, a), (–∞,
a], (a, ∞), [a, ∞). The set R of real numbers is also an infinite interval, written as
(–∞, ∞).
Linear Inequation in One Variable

A linear inequation in one variable (x) is of the form either ax + b > 0 or ax + b > 0
or ax + b < 0, ax + b < 0. A linear inequation in one variable is solved by collecting
all terms containing the variable on the left side and the constants on the right side.
For example, 2x + 5 > 0, 2x – 5 < 6, 7x + 2 < 0, 3x + 5 > 0 etc. The graph of a linear
inequality is half ray in the real number line. Let us show the following inequaitons

in one variable with their graphs.
(a) Graph of 2x – 6 > 0
Here, 2x – 6 > 0
2x > 6
x>3
Here, all the values of x greater than 3 satisfy the inequality. But the point x
= 3 is not included i.e. x = {4, 5, 6, ....}
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(b) Graph of 2x + 8 < 2
Here, 2x + 8 < 2
or, 2x < 2 – 8
or, 2x < – 6
or, x < – 6
2
∴ x < – 3
Here, all the values of x less than – 3 satisfy the inequality. But the point x
= – 3 is not included.
i.e. x = {–4, –5, –6, .....}
–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5
The two graphs (a) and (b) are called open half line.
(c) Graph of 3x > 9
Here, 3x > 9
or, x > 9
3

or, x > 3
∴ x = {3, 4, 5, .....]
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(d) Graph of 5x – 19 < 1
Here, 5x – 19 < 1
or, 5x < 1 + 19
or, 5x < 20
or, x < 20
5
or, x < 4

∴ x = {4, 3, 2 ......]
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
The two graphs (c) and (d) are called closed half line.
Linear Inequations in Two Variables

The equation ax + by + c = 0 is called general form of the linear equation in x and
y. The inequation of the form ax + by + c > 0 or ax + by + c < 0 or ax + by + c > 0 or
ax + by + c < 0 is called linear inequation in two variables x and y where a, b and c
are real constant. Some examples of linear inequations are 3x + 2y < 5, 5x – y > 2,
6x + 7y < 3, x + y > 3 etc.
An ordered pair (p, q) is called solution of an inequality in x and y when the inequality
holds true when p and q are replaced for x and y respectively in the inequation. For
example, (2, 1) is a solution of the inequality 5x – y > 2 since 5 × 2 – 1 > 2.
i.e. 9 > 2 is true.
The solution set of a linear inequality ax + by + c > 0 or ax + by + c < 0 or ax + by +

c > 0 or ax + by + c < 0 is one of the two half planes divided by the line ax + by + c =
0, called the boundary line.
In the inequality having > or < sign, we take a dotted line or broken line and the
inequality having > or < sign, we take solid line.
To determine the solution of given linear inequallity in two variables

graphically, first we draw the boundary line. Then we choose any point
on the plane not lying on the boundary line as a testing point. Generally,
(0, 0) is taken as a testing point for the line that does not pass through origin and
(1, 0) is taken as a testing point that passes through the origin. If the inequality
is satisfied by this testing point, (i.e. true condition) then out of the two regions
(half plane) divided by the boundary line, the solution is the one which contains
the testing point. If the inequality is not satisfied, (i.e. false condition), then the
solution set is the other half plane not containing the testing point.

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Y
1. Draw the graph of the following inequalities
(a) x > 5
Solution:
For x < 5, the boundary line is x = 5 which X' X
O
gives a dotted vertical line parallel to
y-axis. Also, x = [6, 7, 8, ....] which shows
the region to the right of this line.
x>5
Y'
Y

(b) x ≤ –3
Solution:
X' X
For x < – 3, the boundary line is x = –3, O
which gives a solid vertical line parallel
to y-axis. Also, x = {–3, –4, – 5, ....} which x < –3
shows the region to the left of this line.
Y'
Y
(c) y < 5
y<5
Solution:
For y < 5, the boundary line is y = 5, which
gives a dotted horizontal line parallel to X' X
O
x-axis. Also, y = {4, 3, 2, .......} which shows
the region towards the origin.

Y'
Y
(d) y ≥ –4
Solution:
For y > – 4, the boundary line is y = –4,
which gives a solid horizontal line parallel
to x-axis. Also, y = {–4, –3, –3, ....], which X' X
O
shows the region towards the origin.

y>–4
Y'

(e) 3x + 4y < 12
Solution:
Here, 3x + 4y < 12
The boundary line of 3x + 4y < 12 is 3x + 4y = 12
12 – 3x x 0 4 –4
or, y=
4 y 3 0 6
(x, y) (0, 3) (4, 0) (–4, 6)
Taking (0, 0) as a testing point, we get
3 × 0 + 4 × 0 < 12
0 < 12 (True)
Here, the testing point satisfies the given inequality, so the half plane
represented by 3x + 4y < 12 contains testing point (0, 0).
Y
3x + 4y < 12
X' X
O
Y'
(f) 2x – 3y > 6
Solution: Here, 2x – 3y > 6
The boundary line of 2x – 3y < 6 is 2x – 3y = 6,
x 0 3 –3
2x – 6
or, y = y –2 0 –4
3
(x, y) (0, –2) (3, 0) (–3, –4)
Taking (0, 0) as a testing point, we get
2×0–3×0>6
0 > 6 (False)
Here, the testing point does not satisfy the given inequality. So, the half plane

represented by 2x – 3y > 6 does not contain testing point (0, 0).
2x – 3y > 6
X' X
O
Y'

(g) 5x + 2y ≥ 0
Solution:
Here, 5x + 2y > 0
The boundary line of 5x + 2y > 0 is 5x + 2y = 0
– 5x
or, y = x 0 2 –2
2
y 0 –5 5
Taking (1, 0) as testing point, we get
(x, y) (0, 0) (2, –5) (–2, 5)
5×1+2×0>0
or, 5 > 0 (True)
X' X
O
Y'
5x + 2y > 0

System of linear inequalities
In the adjoining figure, the Y
shaded region is formed by three
inequalities. Hence two or more
than two inequalities of the same
variables having a common solution
set is called the system of linear X' X
O
inequalities. In this system, the
plane regions determined by the set
of the inequalities are drawn on the
same graph. If the two inequalities
intersect, the point of intersection of Y'
their boundary lines is called their vertex.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. Draw the graph of the following inequalities and show the common
solution set.
2x + 3y < 6, 2x – y > 2.
Solution:
The boundary line of 2x + 3y < 6 is 2x + 3y = 6
6 – 2x
or, y =
3 x 0 3 –3
Taking (0, 0) as testing point, we get y 2 0 4
2×0+3×0<6 (x, y) (0, 2) (3, 0) (–3, 4)
0 < 6 (True)
The boundary line of 2x – y > 2 is 2x – y = 2
or, y = 2x – 2
x 0 1 2
y –2 0 2
Taking (0, 0) as testing point, we get (x, y) (0, –2) (1, 0) (2, 2)
2×0–0>2
0 > 2 (False)

Y
X' X
O
Y'
The shaded region represents the solution set.
2. Draw the graph of x + y < 6, x – y > – 2, x > 0, y > 0.
Solution: The boundary line of x + y < 6 is x 0 6 2
x+y=6 y 6 0 4
or, y = 6 – x (x, y) (0, 6) (0, 6) (2, 4)
0+0<6
x 2 –2 –4
or, 0 < 6 (True)
y 4 0 –2
The boundary line of x – y > – 2 is x – y = –2
(x, y) (2, 4) (–2, 0) (–4, –2)
or, y = x + 2
0 – 0 > – 2 0 > – 2 (True)
The boundary line of x > 0 is x = 0 which is the equation of y-axis and show
that region to the right of y-axis.
The boundary line of y > 0 is y = 0 which is the equation of x -axis and show
the region above x-axis.
Y
X' X
O
Y'
The shaded region represents the solution set.

Exercise 1.13
Section 'A'
1. Draw the graph of each of the following inequalities.

(a) x < 0 (b) y > 0 (c) x < 3 (d) x > –4
(e) y > 0 (f) 3 – 5y > 5 – 3y (g) 3x < – 6 (h) –4 < y < 3
2. Draw the graph of the following inequalities
(a) 3x – 2y > 6 (b) x – y < 5 (c) 2x + y < 6
(d) 2x + 5y + 10 < 0 (e) 3x – y < 0 (f) 2x + 5y > 0
Section 'B'
3. Draw the graphs of the following inequalities and shade the
common solution set.
(a) x + y > 6 and y > – 1 (b) x – y > 1 and x + y < 1
(c) 2x – y < 0 and 2x + 3y < 6 (d) 2x + 3y < 12, x > 0, y > 0
(e) x + y < 5, x < 4, y > 1, x > 0 (f) 3x + 4y < 24, 0 < y < 6, 0 < x < 6
Linear Programming
When the investor starts any business activities, they want to make maximum
profit with minimum investment, maximum production with a use of limited
resources. Such type of problems can be solved by the mathematical technique
called linear programming. This technique was started after the second world
war by the Russian mathematician L.V. Kantorovich. Later it was further
developed by the American mathematician George B. Dantzig. Some important
terms used in linear programming are :
(i) Objective function
The linear function F= ax + by + c which is to be maximized or minimized
is called the objective function.
(ii) Constrains: The given inequalities are called constrains.
(iii) Solution: The values of x and y which satisfy the inequalities (constraints)
are called the solution. The solutions are the vertices of the convex polygonal
region.
(iv) Feasible solution: A set of values of x and y which satisfy the set of
constraints or conditions is called a feasible solution.
(v) Optimal solution: Any feasible solution, which optimizes (maximizes or
minimizes) the objective function is called on optimal solution.

Convex Region:
A plane region is said to be convex if it contains every line segment joining any two
points in it.
Example: Rectangular, Triangular and Circular regions are convex.

but a star-shaped region is not convex.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. Calculate the maximum and minimum value of the objective function

F = 3x + 5y – 2 subject to x – y < 2, x + y < 4, x > 0, y > 0.
Solution:
The boundary line of x – y < 2 is x – y = 2
or, y = x – 2 .......... (i) x 2 4 1
y 0 2 –1
(x, y) (2, 0) (4, 2) (1, –1)
0–0<2
0 < 2 (True)
So, the half plane of the given inequality contains origin.
The boundary line of x + y < 4 is x + y = 4
or, y = 4 – x .......... (ii) x 4 2 –1
Taking (0, 0) as testing point, we get y 0 2 5
0+0<4 (x, y) (4, 0) (2, 2) (–1, 5)
0 < 4 (True)
So, the half plane of the given inequality contains origin.
For x > 0
∴ x = {0, 1, 2, ......} ........ (iii)
For y > 0
∴ y = {0, 1, 2, ......} ......... (iv)

Y
(ii)
C
(i)
B
X' X
O A y>0
x>0
Y'
The shaded region OABC is the required feasible region (solution set) whose
vertices are O(0, 0), A(2, 0), B(3, 1) and C(0, 4)

Vertices Objective function Remark
F = 3x + 5y – 2
O(0, 0) 3×0+5×0–2=–2 Minimum
A(2, 0) 3×2+5×0–2=4
B(3, 1) 3 × 3 + 5 × 1 – 2 = 12
C(0, 4) 3 × 0 + 5 × 4 – 2 = 18 Maximum
Hence, the maximum value is 18 at C(0, 4) and minimum value is –2 at

O(0, 0).
Y
2. In the given diagram OABC
is a feasible region whose
B(2, 5)
coordinates of B and C are
(2, 5) and (0, 3) respectively. If C(0, 3)
one of the inequalities is x + y < 7,

then find the other inequalities X' X
O A
and hence maximize P = 3x – y.
Solution:
Here, the given inequality is
x + y < 7. Its boundary line is x +
Y'
7 = 7.
x y 7
or, + =
7 7 7
x y
or, + = 1
7 7 x y
Comparing with + = 1, we get
a b
x-intercept (a) = 7 and y-intercept (b) = 7.

In the figure, the line AB has x -intercept 7 and y-intercept 7. So, the equation
of the line AB is x + y < 7.
The equation of the line BC joining B(2, 5) and C(0, 3) is
y2 – y1
y – y1 = (x – x1)
x2 – x1
3–5
or, y–5= (x – 2)
0–2
–2
or, y–5= (x – 2)
–2
or, y–5=x–2
or, x–y+3=0
∴ Equation of the line BC is x – y + 3 = 0.
x – y + 3 0 – 0 + 3 = 3 > 0
∴ x – y + 3 > 0 is the inequation of line BC.
Here the shaded region lies in first quadrant and the equation of x-axis and
y-axis are y = 0 and x = 0 respectively. So, their inequalities are y > 0 and
x > 0.
Hence, the inequalities are
x + y < 7, x – y + 3 > 0, x > and y > 0.
From the graph, OABC is a required solution set whose vertices are O(0, 0),
A(7, 0), B(2, 5) and C(0, 3).

Vertices Objective function Remark
F = 3x – y
O(0, 0) 3×0–0=0
A(7, 0) 3 × 7 – 0 = 21 Maximum
B(2, 5) 3×2–5=1
C(0, 3) 3 × 0 – 3 = –3 Minimum

Exercise 1.14
1. Determine the maximum and minimum values of the objective
function F = 2x + 3y.

(a) Y (b) Y
D(3,6)
A(1,4)
C(0,3) C B(3,2) C(5,3)
X' X' B(3,1)

O A(4,0) X O X
Y' Y'
(c) Y (d) Y
B(6,6)
C(6,4)
D(3,3)
C(4,3)
A(6,1)
X' X X' X
O O A(6,0) B(10,0)
Y' Y'
2. Maximize and minimize the following objective functions under the

given constraints.
(a) P = 5x – 2y subject to 2x – 3y < 6, y < 2, x > 0, y > 0
(b) P = 6x + 2y subject to x + 2y > 5, y < 2x, x < 5
(c) P = 9x + 7y subject to x + 2y < 7, x – y ≤ 4, x > 0, y > 0
(d) P = 2x + y subject to x + y > 6, x – y > 4, x < 6
(e) P = x + y + 2 subject to x + y < 4, x > 0, y > 0.
3. (a) OABC is a feasible region. Write down the inequalities to represent the
given graph,
Also find the maximum value of p = 9x + 3y.

Y
(0,4)
(5,1)
X' X
O A(4,0)
Y'
(b) From the given graph, find the inequalities which represents the shaded
region and calculate the maximum and minimum value of P = 4x + 9y.
Y
C
B
X' X
0 A
Y'
Quadratic Equation and Graphs:

Quadratic Equation
The equation of the form ax2 + bx + c = 0 (where a ≠ 0) is called the quadratic
equation of second degree in one variable. We always get two values of the variables
when we solve quadratic equation. The values of the variable are also called roots
of quadratic equation.
Graph of quadratic function

The equation y = ax2 + bx + c is called the general from of a quadratic function.
Hence, a, b and c are constants. The nature of the graph of quadratic function is
called parabola.

There are three forms of quadratic functions
(a) y = ax2 (b) y = ax2 + c (c) y = ax2 + bx + c
(i) Graph of y = ax 2
y = x2 where a = 1,
x 0 1 –1 2 –2
y 0 1 1 4 4
(x, y) (0, 0) (1, 1) (–1, 1) (2, 4) (–2, 4)

Y
y = x2
X' X
O
Y'
(ii) y = –x2 where a = –1
x 0 1 –1 2 –2
y 0 –1 –1 –4 –4
(x, y) (0, 0) (1, –1) (–1, –1) (2, –4) (–2, –4)
O
X' X
y = –x2
Y'
From the above two graphs, the following informations are found.
(i) The nature of the graph of y = ax2 is a parabola.
(ii) The turning point (vertex) of parabola is at origin.
(iii) When a is +ve, the parabola is upward.
(iv) When a is –ve, the parabola is downward.
(v) The parabola is symmetrical about y-axis.
(b) Graph of y = ax2 + c
(i) y = 2x2 + 3. Where a = 2 and c = 3.
x 0 1 –1 2 –2
y 3 5 11 7 11
(x, y) (0, 3) (1, 5) (–1, 11) (2, 7) (–2, 11)
y = 2x2 + 3
X' X
O
Y'
Similarly, draw the graph of the following equations.

(i) y = 3x2 – 5
(ii) y = –x2 + 2
(iii) y = –2x2 – 1
Also, fill in the blanks from the graph of the above equations.
Figure no. Vertex of parabola Upward or downward Line of symmetry

(i)
(ii)
(iii)

(c) Graph of y = ax2 + bx + c
The given quadratic function is y = ax2 + bx + c
b c
or, y = a x2 + x +
a a
2 2
b b b c

= a x2 + 2.x. + – +
2a 2a 2a a
2
b b2 c
= a x+ – +
2a 4a2 a
2
b b2

=a x+ – +c
2a 4a
2
b b2

=a x+ +c–
2a 4a
2
b 4ac – b2
y
=a x+ +
2a 4a
b 4ac – b2
When x = – ,y=
2a 4a
b 4ac – b2
∴ Vertex of the parabola of y = ax2 + bx + c is – , .
2a 4a
b
Here, the equation of line of symmetry is x = – .
2a
4ac – b2
The equation of tangent is y =
4a
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. Draw he graph of :
(a) y = x2 + 3x + 2
Solution: Here, y = x2 + 3x + 2
3 3 2 3 2
or, y = x2 + 2.x. + – +2
2 2 2
3 2 9
= x+ – +4
2 4
3 2 9 – 16
= x+ –
2 4
3 2 –7
= x+ –
2 4
3 2 7
y
= x+ +
2 4 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5
–3 7
∴ Vertex of parabola = , = (–1.5, 1.75)
2 4
x –1.5 –2 –1 –3 0 –4 1
y 1.75 0 0 2 2 6 6
(x, y) (–1.5, 1.75) (–2, 0) (–1, 0) (–3, 2) (0, 2) (–4, 6) (1, 6)
Y
y = x2 + 3x + 2
X' X
O

2
(b) y = –x + 6x – 5 Y'
Solution : Here, y = – x2 + 6x – 5
= –(x2 – 6x + 5)
= – (x2 – 2.x.3 + 32 – 32 + 5)
= – {(x – 3)2 – 9 + 5} –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
y = –(x – 3)2 + 4
When x = 3, then y = 4 then vertex of parabola (3, 4)
x 3 4 2 5 1 6 0
y 4 3 3 0 0 –5 –5
(x, y) (3, 4) (4, 3) (2, 3) (5, 0) (1, 0) (6, –5) (0, –5)
Y
A
X' X
O
Y'
Here, the equation of line of symmetry AB is x = 3. Y
Graph of cubic function:
y = x3
A function of three degree of the single
variable is called cubic function. For
example, y = x3, y = x3 – 5x, y = (x – 2)3,
y = 5x3 – 3x2 – 2x + 5 etc are the cubic
function of variable x. The general form of
cubic function is written as y = ax3 + bx2 +
X' X
cx + d where a, b, c and d are real constant O
and a ≠ 0.
Draw the graph of y = x3
1 3
Can you draw the graph of y = – x ?
2
Try yourself.
Y'
Solving of quadratic equation by graphical method

The process of finding the value of the variable involved in the equation is known
as solving of the equation. Quadratic equations can be solved by different methods
like factorization method, completing whole square, using formula and by graphical
method. We know that the nature of the graph of quadratic equation is called
parabola. The point on x-axis where the parabola touches or intersect x-axis are
called roots or values of the variable of quadratic equation.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. Solve: x2 – 4x – 5 = 0
Solution: Here, x2 – 4x – 5 = 0
Let y = x2 – 4x – 5 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5
Now, y = x2 –2×x×2+ 22 – 22 –5
= (x – 2)2 – 4 – 5
y = (x – 2)2 – 9
When x = 2, then y = – 9
∴ The vertex of parabola = (2, –9)

x 2 3 1 4 0 5 –1
y –9 –8 –8 –5 –5 0 0
(x, y) (2, –9) (3, –8) (1, –8) (4, –5) (0, –5) (5, 0) (–1, 0)

Y
B A
X' X
(–1, 0) O (5,0)
Y'
Here, the parabola cuts x-axis at A(5, 0) and B( –1, 0). Hence the required
solutions are x = 5 and x = –1.
2. Solve x2 + 2x – 3 = 0 graphically (By parabola and straight line)
Solution: Here, x2 + 2x – 3 = 0
or, x2 = 3 – 2x
Let y = x2 = 3 – 2x
Then y = x2 ......... (i) [It gives parabola]
y = 3 – 2x ........ (ii) [It gives straight line]
From equation (i)
y = x2
x 0 1 –1 2 –2 3 –3
y 0 1 1 4 4 9 9
(x, y) (0, 0) (1, 1) (–1, 1) (2, 4) (–2, 4) (3, 9) (–3, 9)
From equation (ii)
y = 3 – 2x
x 1 2 0
y 1 –1 3
(x, y) (1, 1) (2, –1) (0, 3)

Y
B(–3, 9)
A(1, 1)
X' X
O
Y'
Here, the straight line y = 3 – 2x cuts the parabola y = x2 at two points
A(1, 1) and B(–3, 9).
Hence, x = – 3 or 1.
3. Find the equation of the given parabola.
Solution : Let the equation of parabola be y = ax2 + bx + c ........ (1)
When the parabola passes through (2, – 9), then we get
Y
–9 = a(2)2 + b(2) + c
or, –9 = 4a + 2b + c ...........(2)
When the parabola passes through
(4, –5), then
–5 = a(4)2 + b(4) + c C D
X' X
(–1, 0) O
or, –5 = 16a + 4b + c .......... (3)
When the parabola passes through
(–1, 0), then
0 = a(–1)2 + b(–1) + c B(4,–5)
or, 0 = a – b + c ........... (4)
Now, subtracting equation (3) from
equation (2) A (2,–9)
– 9 – (–5) = 4a + 2b – 16a – 4b
Y'

or, –4 = –12a –2b
or, 2 = 6a + b ........... (5)
Again subtracting equation (4) from equation (3) we get
–5 – 0 = 16a + 4b – a + b
or, –5 = 15a + 5b
or, –1 = 3a + b ........... (6)
Again, subtracting equation (6) from equation (5), we get
2 + 1 = 6a + b – 3a – b
or, 3 = 3a
∴ a = 1.
Substituting the value of a in equation (6), we get
–1 = 3 × 1 + b
or, –1 – 3 = b
∴ b = – 4
Again, substituting the value of a and b in equation (3), we get
–5 = 16 × + 4x (– 4) + c
or, –5 = 0 + c
∴ c = –5
Hence, the equation of parabola is y = ax2 + bx + c = x2 – 4x – 5.
Note:
(i) When the vertex of parabola is at origin, the equation of parabola is
y = ax2.
(ii) When the vertex of parabola is on y-axis, then the equation of parabola
is y = ax2 + c.
4. Solve the given quadratic equation and linear equation.

y = x2 + 2 and 4x – y = 1
Solution: Here, the given quadratic equation is
y = x2 + 2 (y = ax2 + c, c = 2, vertex of parabola is (0, 2).
x 0 1 –1 2 –2 3 –3
y 2 3 3 6 6 11 11
(x, y) (0, 2) (1, 3) (–1, 3) (2, 6) (–2, 6) (3, 11) (–3, 11)
The given linear equation is x 0 1 2

4x – y = 1 y –1 3 7
or, y = 4x – 1 (x, y) (0, –1) (1, 3) (2, 7)

Y
B(3, 11)
A(1, 3)
X' X
O
Y'

From the graph, a straight line cuts parabola at A(1, 3) and B(3, 11).
∴ (x, y) = (1, 3) or (3, 11)
Exercise 1.15
Section 'A'
1. Draw the graph of the following quadratic functions.
1
(a) y = –x2 (b) y = x2 (c) y = –3x2
2
(a) y = x2 + 3 (b) y = –x2 + 5
(c) y = –2x – 1
2 (d) y = 2x2 – 5
(a) y = x2 + 4x + 4 (b) y = x2 – 6x + 9
(c) y = x – 3x + 2
2
(d) y = –x2 + 2x + 8
(e) y = x – 3x
2
(f) y = –(x – 2)2
4. Draw the graph of the following cubic equations.
(a) y = x3 (b) y = –x3 (c) y = x3 – 2

Section 'B'
5. Solve the following quadratic equations graphically. Also, find the
equation of line of symmetry.
(a) x2 + 2x – 3 = 0 (b) x2 – 4x – 5 = 0
(c) x2 + 7x + 12 = 0 (d) x2 – 6x + 9 = 0
(e) x + 4x + 4 = 0
2
(f) 2x2 – 5x – 3 = 0
6. Solve graphically.
(a) y = x2 and y = x + 6 (b) y = x2 + 1 and y = 3x + 1
(c) y = 4x2 + 8x + 5 and x + y = 3 (d) y = x2 + 2x – 8 and y = –5
7. Find the equation of the parabola given below.

(a) Y (b) Y
A(2, 4) A(–2, 2)
X' X
O
X' X
O B(0, –2)
Y'
Y'
(c) Y (d) Y
C(0, 4)
A(–4, 4)
A(3, 1)
X' X
O
X' X
B(–2, 0) O
C(1, –3) B(5, –3)
Y'
Y'

UNIT
2 CONTINUITY
Review
Discuss the following questions.
(a) Show the sets of natural numbers (N), whole numbers (W), integers (Z) and
rational numbers (Q) in a number line.
(b) Draw a Venn diagram to represent the relation among N, W, Z and Q.
(c) What are real numbers?
(d) Give examples of discrete and continuous data.
Introduction of continuity
Let's consider the examples given below to understand continuity.
1. A rabbit is running on a road.

In this case, the rabbit is jumping from one point to the other. There is a gap
between two consecutive points. So, it does not represent continuity.
2. A tortorize is crawling on the road.

In this case, there is no gap between any consecutive points. That means the
tortorize does not leave any points while crawling on the road. So it represents
continuity.
3. A set of integers
– 5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5
The set of integers is presented in a number line (shown above). It is clear that
there is a gap between two consecutive integers. So, the set of integers does not
represent continuity.

4. A set of all real numbers.
– 5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5
A set of real numbers is presented in a number line (shown above). It shows
continuity because there is a real number for every point of the number line.
Continuity represents a line that you could draw without lifting your pen from the
paper.
Exercise 2.1
Section 'A'
1. Find out which of the following represent continuity.
(a) A rabbit is running. (b) A tortorize is crawing.
(c) A snake is crawing. (d) Sizes of shoes.
(e) Heights of a plant. (f) Age of person.
2. (a) What is the last number of a set of natural numbers?
(b) What is the last number of a set of whole numbers?
Section 'B'
3. Show the following numbers in number line.

(a) Natural numbers from 1 to 8.
(b) Natural numbers from 10 to 15.
(c) Whole numbers from 100 to 150.
(d) Integers from – 3 to + 3.
(e) Integers from – 4 to + 5.
(f) Real numbers from – 5 to + 5.
4. (a) The height of a plant was 10 mm on saturday. The height of the plant
increases 2 mm every day. Show it in a number line and also find the
height of the plant on the next friday.
(b) A shopkeeper deposited Rs. 1000 in a finance company in first day and
deposited Rs. 100 every day. Show it in a number line and the find the
sum collected in 12th day.

Investigation of discontinuities
Let discuss the discontinuity in a number line with the help of following examples
(a)
–∞ –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 ∞
In the above number line, the real numbers are discontinuous at – 2 and 3. That
means the real numbers are continuous from –∞ to –2 which can be written as
(– ∞, – 2), from – 2 to 3 which an be written as (– 2, 3) and from 3 to + ∞ which can
be written as (3, + ∞)
(b)
–∞ –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 ∞
In the above number line, the real numbers are discontinuous at 3. That means real
numbers are continuous from – ∞ to – 2 (included) which can be written as (– ∞, – 2],
from – 2 (included) to 3 which can be written as [–2, 3) and from 3 to +∞ which can
be written as (3, + ∞)
(c)
–∞ –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 ∞
In the above number line, the real numbers are discontinuous at – 2. That means
real numbers are continuous from – ∞ to – 2 which can be written as (– ∞, – 2),
from – 2 to 3 (included) which can be written as (– 2, 3] and from 3 (included) to +
∞ which can be written as [3, + ∞)
(d)
–∞ –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 ∞
In the above number line, the real numbers are continuous from – ∞ to – ∞. That
means the real numbers are continuous from – ∞ to – 2 (included) which can be
written as (– ∞, – 2], from – 2 (included) to 3 (included) which can be written as
[– 2, 3] and from 3 (included) to + ∞ which can be written as [3, + ∞)
Now, we discuss the discontinuity in the graph. If any one of the three conditions
for a function to be continuous fails, then the function is said to be discontinuous
at that point.
Y
(a) Jump discontinuity
In this type of discontinuity, the limit 6
of function f(x) when x tends to 4 from 5
the right is 4 and the limit of the
4
function f(x) when x tends to 4 from
the left is 6. So the limit of the function 3
f(x) when x tends to 4 from the left and 2

right are not equal.
1
X
O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6
(b) Infinite discontinuity
In this type of discontinuity, the 5
value of f(x) at x = 4 is not defined.
4
So, the limit of the function f(x) as x
tends to '4' is also not defined. 3
X
O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(c) Point discontinuity 7

In this type of discontinuity, the
6
limiting value of f(x) as x tends to
'4' is 4 and the functional value is 5
6. i.e. the limit of f(x) at x tends to 4

4 is not equal to functional value
3
f(4) at x = 4.
lim
Symbolically, f(x) ≠ f(4). 2
x→4
1
X
O 1 2 3 4 5 6
If there is break or gap or hole in the curve of a function at a certain point then the
curve is said to be discontinuous at that point.

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. From the following curves, find out (i) the points where the curve is
discontinuous (ii) the points where the curve is continuous and (iii)
the points where the curve is not defined.
(a) (b)
Y Y
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
X X' X X'
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1 –1
–2 –2
–3 –3
–4 –4
–5 –5
Y' Y'
Solution:
a. (i) There is a hole at x = 3 and jump at x = 4. So the given curve is
discontinuous at x = 3 and x = 4.
(ii) The given curve is continuous in the intervals [0, 3), (3, 4] and (4, 7].
(iii) The given curve is not defined at x = 3.
b. (i) There is a gap is the given curve at x = 2. So the given curve is
discontinuous at x = 2.
(ii) The given curve is continuous in the intervals [– 3, 2) and (2, 6].
(iii) The given curve is not defined at x = 2.

Exercise 2.2
Section 'A'
1. (a) Define a continuous curve.
(b) What do you mean a curve fails continuity?
2. Identify continuous or discontinuous from the following curves.

(a) Y (b) Y
X
X O
O
(c) Y (d) Y
X X
O O
(e) Y (f)
Y
X
O
X
O
Section 'B'
3. From the graphs given below, find out (i) the points where the curve
is discontinuous (ii) the points where the curve is continuous (iii) the
points where the curve is not defined.
(a) Y (b) Y
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
X X
O 1 2 3 4 5 O 1 2 3 4 5 6
(c) Y (d) 5
Y
4
5
3
4 2
1
3
X X'
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5
2 –1
–2
1
–3
X –4
O 1 2 3 4 5 6
–5
Y'
(e) Y
(f) Y
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
X' X X X'
–4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5
–1 –1
–2 –2
–3 –3
–4
Y'
Y'

4. The following curves drawn from – 5 to + 5. Write down the points
where the curves are continuous and discontinuous.
(a) Y
4
X' X
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5
–1
–2
–3
Y'
(b) Y
4
X' X
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5
–1
–2
–3
Y'

(c) Y
X' X
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5
–1
–2
–3
–4
Y'
(d) Y
X' X
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5
–1
–2
–3
–4

(e) Y
4
X' X
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5
–1
–2
–3
Y'
(f) Y
X' X
–4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5
–1
–2
–3
–4
Y'

Notational Representation of continuity
x
Consider a function f : R → R defined by f(x) = . Can the values of f(2), f(4), f(8),
x–2
f(12) be determined? The value of f(2) can not be determined. So, the function is not
4 6
defined at x = 2. The values of f(8), f(4) and f(12) are 2, and respectively called
3 5
the values of the function f(x).
Left Hand Limit
Consider a function f(x) = x + 2. Find the functional values of f(x) at x = 2.9, 2.99,
2.999, 2.9999 ............. i.e. x approaches to 3 from the left. Also find the functional
value of f(x) at x = 3. Look at the table given below.
x 2.9 2.99 2.999 2.9999 3
f(x) 4.9 4.99 4.999 4.9999 5
What is the value of f(x) at x = 2.9, 2.99, 2.999 and 2.9999 round off to the whole
number? Is it equal to f(3)? From the above example, it is concluded that when x
approaches to 3 from the left, functional values of f(x) approaches to 5. So, 5 called
left hand limit of the function f(x).
x approaches to 3 from the left i.e. x = 2.9, 2.99, 2.999, 2.9999 ............. is denoted
by x → 3 – 0 or x → 3–. The left hand limit of f(x) when x approaches to 3 from the
lim lim
left is denoted by f(x) or f(x).
x→3– x → 3 – 0
When x tends to a from the left i.e. x → a– or x → a – 0 then f(x) also tends to f(a).
lim
The value f(a) is called left hand limit of f(x). It is denoted by f(x) = f(a) or
x → a–
lim
f(x) = f(a).
x→a–0
Right Hand Limit

Consider a function f(x) = x + 2. Find the functional values of f(x) at x = 3.1, 3.01,
3.001, 3.0001, ............. that is x approaches to 3 from the right. Also find the
functional value of f(x) at x = 3. Look at the table given below.
x 3.1 3.01 3.001 3.0001 3
f(x) 5.1 5.01 5.001 5.0001 5
What is the values of f(x) at x = 3.1, 3.01, 3.001 and 3.0001 round off to the whole
number? Is it equal to f(3)? From the above example, it is concluded that when x
approaches to 3 from the right then the functional values of f(x) approaches to 5.
So, 5 is called right hand limit of the function f(x).
x approaches to 3 from the right i.e. x = 3.1, 3.01, 3.001, 3.0001 ............. is denoted
by x → 3 + 0 or x → 3+. The right hand limit of f(x) when x approaches to 3 from
the right is denoted by lim f(x) or lim f(x)
x → 3+ x→3+0
When x tends 'a' from the right i.e. x → a+ or x → a + 0 then f(x) also tends to f(a).
The value f(a) is called right hand limit of f(x). It is denoted as lim f(x) = f(a)
or, lim f(x) = f(a) x → a+
x→a+0
Limit of a function
Consider a function f(x) = x + 2. Then left hand limit of f(x) as x tends to 3 from
the left is lim f(x) = 5 and the right hand of f(x) as x tends to 3 from the right
x → 3–
is lim f(x) = 5. Since lim f(x) = lim f(x) = 5, the limit of the function f(x)
x → 3+ x → 3– x → 3+
lim
is defined at x = 3 and its value also equals to 5 which is denoted as f(x) = 5
x→3

The limit of a function f(x) exists at x = a if the left hand limit of f(x) at x = a and
right hand limit of f(x) at x = a are equal.
Symbolically, lim f(x) = lim f(x) = lim f(x)

x → a+ x → a– x→a
Continuity of a function
Consider a function f(x) = x + 2. We have already discussed the left hand
limit of f(x) at x = 3 i.e. lim f(x) = 5 and the right hand limit of f(x) at x = 3
x → 3–
lim
i.e. x → 3+ f(x) = 5. Since lim – f(x) = lim + f(x) = 5, the limit of the function f(x)
x→3 x→3
lim
exists at x = 3 i.e. x → 3 f(x) = 5.
Lets find the functional value of f(x) at x = 3. So, f(3) = 2 + 3 = 5

Here, the limiting value and functional value of f(x) at x = 3 are equal
i.e. lim f(x) = f(3). So the function f(x) is continuous at x = 3.

x→3
A function is said to be continuous at a point if the limiting value and the

functional value of the function are equal at that point.
lim
Alternatively, a function f(x) is said to be continuous at x = a if f(x) = f(a)
x→a

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. If f:R → R denoted by f(x) = x + 5 then show that the function f(x) is

continuous at x = 1.
Solution: Here, f(x) = x + 5.
Functional value of f(x) at x = 1.
f(1) = 1 + 5 = 6.
Left hand limit of f(x) at x = 1.
x 0.9 0.99 0.999 0.9999
f(x) 5.9 5.99 5.999 5.9999
As the value of x approaches to 1 from the left, the value of f(x) approaches to
lim
6. So, the left hand limit of f(x) at x = 1 is 6. i.e. f(x) = 6
x → 1–
Right hand limit of f(x) at x = 1.

x 1.1 1.01 1.001 1.0001
f(x) 6.1 6.01 6.001 6.0001
As the value of x approaches to 1 from the right, the value of f(x) approaches
to 6. So, the right hand limit of f(x) at x = 1 is 6. i.e. lim f(x) = 6
x → 1+
Since f(1) = lim f(x) = lim +f(x) =6, the function f(x) is continuous
x → 1– x→1
at x=1
2x + 1 for 1 ≤ x ≤ 2
2. Test whether a function f(x)=
x + 4 for x > 2
is continuous or not at x = 2.
Solution: Here,
2x + 1 for 1 ≤ x ≤ 2
f(x) =
x + 4 for x < 2
Functional value of f(x) at x = 2.
For x = 2, f(x) = 2x + 1
∴ f(2) = 2 × 2 + 1 = 5
Left hand limit of f(x) at x = 2.
In left hand limit, x approaches to 2 from the left i.e. x < 2. So, f(x) = 2x + 1


x 1.9 1.99 1.999 1.9999
f(x) 4.8 4.98 4.998 4.9998
As the value of x approaches to 2 from the left, the value of f(x) approaches to
5. So, the left hand limit of f(x) at x = 2 is 5. i.e. lim –f(x) = 5
x→2
Right hand limit of f(x) at x = 2.

In the right hand limit, x approaches to 2 from the right. i.e. x > 2.
So, f(x) = x + 4
x 2.1 2.01 2.001 2.0001
f(x) 6.1 6.01 6.001 6.0001
As the value of x approaches to 2 from the right, the value of f(x) approaches
to 6. So, the right hand limit of f(x) at x = 2 is 6. i.e. lim f(x) = 6

x → 2+
Since f(2) = lim f(x) ≠ lim f(x), the function f(x) is not continuous at x = 2.
x → 2– x → 2+
Exercise 2.3
Section 'A'
1. (a) What does x → 2–
mean?
(b) What does x → 3 + 0 mean?
(c) Write the following notation in a sentence.
(i) lim + f(x) (ii) lim f(x)

x→a x → a–

(iii)
(iv) lim f(x) lim f(x)
x → 2+ x→5

(d) Write the following sentences in a notation.
(i) Left hand limit of f(x) at x = a
(ii) Right hand limit of f(x) at x = a
(iii) Left hand limit of f(x) at x = 5
(iv) Right hand limit of f(x) at x = 3
2. (a) Under what condition, the limit of a function f(x) exists at x = a?
(b) Write the condition that the function f(x) is countinuous at x = a.
Section 'B'
3. Find the left hand limit of the following functions at x = 3.
(Taking x = 2.9, 2.99, 2.999, 2.9999)

x2 – 9
(a) f(x) = x + 1 (b) f(x) = 2x – 1 (c) f(x) =
x–3
4. Find the right hand limit of the following functions at x = 2.
(Taking x = 2.01, 2.001, 2.0001, 2.00001)
x2 – 4
(a) f(x) = x + 3 (b) f(x) = 3x + 1 (c) f(x) =
x–2
Section 'C'
5. (a) Given that a function f : R → R defined by f(x) = x + 2. Then
(i) Find the left hand limit of f(x) at x = 1
(ii) Find the right hand limit of f(x) at x = 1
(iii) Find the value of f(1).
(iv) Does the limit of f(x) at x = 1 exist?
(v) Is the function f(x) continuous at x = 1?
(b) If f(x) = 3x + 2 is a real valued function then
(i) Find lim f(x)

x → 2
–
(ii) Find lim f(x)

x → 2
+
(iii) Find f(2)
(iv) Does lim f(x) exist?

x→2
(v) Is the function f(x) continuous at x = 2?
6. (a) Show that the function f(x) = x + 3 is continuous at x = 4.
x2 – 25
(b) Show that the function g(x) = is not continuous at x = 5.
x–5
4x – 1 for 0 ≤ x < 1
7. (a) State whether the function f(x) = is
x + 6 for 1 ≤ x < 2
continuous or not at x = 1.
x + 3 for 1 ≤ x ≤ 4
(b) Is the function f(x) = is continuous at x = 4?
2x – 1 for 4 < x ≤ 6

UNIT
3 MATRICES
Review
Discuss the following questions in the group.
1. Define and give the examples of each of the following matrices.
Square matrix, Diagonal matrix, Scalar matrix, Unit matrix, Triangular
matrix, Symmetric matrix, Equal matrix, Sigular matrix, non-singular matrix
and Transpose of a matrix.
2. Construct a matrix A of order 2 × 3 whose elententt aij = 3i + j.
3. Find the value of x and y when
9 x 5 2 4 3
– =
10 7 7 y 3 4
2 0
4. If A = 3 7 – 3 and B = 3 – 1 then find A + BT
1 6 4 5 7
5. Matrix A has X rows and (x + 5) columns. Matrix B has Y row and (11 – y)
columns. If AB and BA both exist, then find the value of x and y.
3 1 5 7
6. Find the product of (i)
2 4 6 0
0 1
–2 –5 –5 0 3
(ii)
4 6 –2 5 6
4 –2
(iii)
0 –1 –2 0 3
1 5
1 –1
7. If A = , verify that A2 = 2A
–1 1
1 2
8. If A = , verify that M2 – 2M = 5I. Where I is a unit matrix.
3 1
2 1 –3
9. If A = and B = , find the matrix C when AC = B.
–4 5 2
1 1 19 – 3
10. Which matrix post multiplies , to get matrix ?
3 4 75 – 13
2 4
11. Which matrix pre-multiplies , to get a matrix 14 20 ?
6 8

3.1 Determinant of a Matrix
a c
Let A = be a square matrix of order 2 × 2.
b d
The determinant of the matrix A denoted by det. A or A is a number ad – bc.
∴ The determinant is a pure number associated with a square matrix.
a c
i.e. For matrix A =
b d
Determinant of A = A
a c
=
b d
= ad – bc
Note: (i) If A = [b], then A = b

(ii) Determinant of only square matrix can be calculated.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. If A = 5 7 , then find A .
1 2
Solution:
5 7
Here, A =
1 2
5 7
Now, A =
1 2
=5×2–7×1
= 10 – 7 = 3
–7 7
2. Evaluate:
–1 6
Solution:
–7 7
Here, = –7 × 6 – (–1) × 7 = – 42 + 7
–1 6
= – 35
k – 3 1 1
3. Find the value of k when =
4 k 5k 6
Solution:
k –3 1 1
Here, =
4 k 5k 6
or, k2 + 12 = 6 – 5k
or, k2 + 5k + 6 = 0
or, k2 + 3k + 2k + 6 = 0
or, (k + 3) (k + 2) = 0
Either k + 3 = 0
∴ k=–3
or, k+2=0
∴ k=–2
Hence, k = – 3, – 2
Singular and non-singular matrices

A square matrix whose determinant is zero is called singular matrix.
3 6
Let, A = then
4 8
3 6
A = = 24 – 24 = 0
4 8
Since A = 0, then matrix A is a singular matrix.
A square matrix whose determinant is not zero is called non-singular matrix.
7 1
Let, B = then
4 –3
B = 7 1 = – 21 – 4 = – 25
4 –3
Since B ≠ 0, the matrix B is a non-singular matrix.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
k + 3 5
1. Find the value of k when the matrix is a singular.
2 k
Solution:
k + 3 5
Here, the matrix is a singular matrix.
2 k
So, its determinant is zero.
i.e. k + 3 5 = 0
2 k
or, k2 + 3k – 10 = 0
or, k2 + 5k – 2k – 10 = 0
or, k(k + 5) – 2(k + 5) = 0
or, (k + 5) (k – 2) = 0
Either k + 5 = 0 or, k – 2 = 0

∴ k = – 5 ∴ k=2
Hence, k = – 5, 2
2
2. Find the value of x when the determinant of the matrix x cos θ is 1.
– 1 sinθ
Solution:
By question, x cos2θ = 1
– 1 sin θ
or, x sinθ + cos2θ = 1
or, xsinθ = 1 – cos2θ
sin2 θ
or, x =
sin θ
∴ x = sinθ
Adjoint of 2 × 2 Matrix
A new matrix obtained by interchanging the diagonal elements and sign changed
of the remaining elements of the square matrix of order 2 ×2 is called adjoint of the
square matrix. The adjoint of square matrix A is denoted by adjoint of A or Adj.A.
3 6
Let A = , then adjoint of a matrix A = Adjoint of A = – 2 – 6
7 –2 –7 3
Inverse of a Matrix
Let us consider two non singular matrices
3 –5
A = 7 5 and B = – 4 7
4 3
3 –5
Now, AB = 7 5 – 4 7
4 3
3 –5
= 7 5 – 4 7
4 3
21 – 20 – 35 + 35
= 12 – 12 – 20 + 21
= 1 0 = I
0 1
3 –5
Again, BA = – 4 7 7 5
4 3
21 – 20 – 15 – 15
=
– 28 + 28 – 20 + 21
= 1 0 = I
0 1

1 0
Here, AB = BA = I, where I = 0 1 , the unit matrix. In this case, the matrices A
and B are said to be inverse of each other.
Thus, two square matrices A and B are inverse to each other if their product is
identity (or unit) matrix. i.e. AB = BA = I
The inverse of a matrix A is denoted by A–1
By definition,
A.A–1 = A–1.A = I
Process of finding inverse of a matrix

Let us consider a non-singular matrix A = a b
a b c d
Then |A|= = ad – bc ( ≠ 0 )
c d
d –b
Adjoint of A = – c a
p q
Let inverse of the matrix A = A–1 = r s
Then, by the definition of inverse matrix.
AA–1 = I
or, a b p q = 1 0
c d r s 0 1
or, ap + br aq + bs = 1 0
cp + dr cq + ds 0 1
Now, equating the corresponding elements, we have
ap + br = 1 … (i)
cp + dr = 0 … (ii)
aq + bs = 0 … (iii)
cq + ds = 1 … (iv)
d –c
Solving (i) and (ii), we get p = and r =
ad – bc ad – bc
–b a
Solving (iii) and (iv), we get q = and s =
ad – bc ad – bc
d –b
ad – bc ad – bc
∴ A-1 = p q = – c a
r s
ad – bc ad – bc
1 d –b
=
ad – bc – c a

1 Adjoint of A
A–1 = adjoint of A =
|A| Determinant of A
Hence, inverse of a non singular matrix is obtained by dividing the adjoint of matrix
A by its determinant.
Note: The inverse of a singular matrix does not exist as the determinant of that
matrix is zero.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1.
Find the inverse of the following matrices.
(a) A = 3 6
2 4
Solution:
Here, A = 3 6
2 4
3 6
Now,|A| = = 12 – 12 = 0
2 4
Since |A| = 0, A does not exist.
–1
B= 7 8
(b)
4 1
Solution:
Here, B = 7 8
4 1
7 8
Now,|B| = = 7 – 32 = – 25 ≠ 0
4 1
∴ B–1 exists.
Again adjoint of B = 1 – 8
–4 7
1
Now, B–1 = adjoint of B
|B| – 1 8
1 25 25
= × 1 –8 =
– 25 –4 7 4 – 7
25 25
2. If the inverse of the matrix x 2x – 9 is the matrix 3 5 , find the
– y 3 y x
values of x and y.
Solution:
Here, x 2x – 9 3 5 = 1 0
–y 3 y x 0 1

or, 3x + 2xy – 9y 5x + 2x2 – 9x = 1 0
– 3y + 3y – 5y + 3x 0 1
or, 3x + 2xy – 9y 2x2 – 4x = 1 0

0 3x – 5y 0 1
Now, equating the corresponding elements

3x – 5y = 1…(i) 2x2 – 4x = 0 …(ii)
From equation (ii), 2x2 – 4x = 0
2x2 – 4x = 0
or, 2x (x – 2) = 0
Either 2x = 0
∴ x = 0
or, x – 2 = 0
∴ x = 2
When x = 0 then
3x – 5y = 1 (from equation (i) )
3 × 0 – 5y = 1
–1
∴ y =
5
When x = 2 then
3 × 2 – 5y = 1
or, – 5y = 1 – 6
∴ y=1
–1
Hence, x = 0, 2 and y = ,1
5
3. Show that the inverse of the matrix 0 – 1 is the matrix itself.
– 1 0
Solution:
Here, the given matrix = 0 – 1
–1 0
Now, 0 –1 0 –1
–1 0 –1 0
= 0 + 1 – 0 – 0
– 0 – 0 + 1 + 0
= 1 0
0 1
Since the product of the matrix and itself is unit matrix, the inverse of the
matrix is the matrix itself.

3.2 Solving Linear Simultaneous Equations in
Two Variables Using Matrix Method
Let us consider the two linear simultaneous equations of two variables as
a1x + b1y = c1 …………. (i)
a2x + b2y = c2 …………. (ii)
a b1 x c1
The above two equations can be written in matrix form as a1 b2 y = c2
2
which is in the form of AX = B ………. (iii)
a b x c
where, A = a1 b1 y = c1
2 2 2
a1 b1
If |A|= a b ≠ 0, then A–1 exists.
2 2
Now, pre-multiplying equation (iii) on both sides by A–1, we get

A–1 (AX) = A–1 B
or, (A–1 A) X = A–1 B [∴ A–1 A = I]
or, I X = A–1 B [∴ IX = X]
∴ X = A–1 B which gives the solution of the equations.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. Solve the following equations by matrix method.

(a) 3x + 5y = 21 and 2x + 3y = 13.
Solution:
Here, the given equations are
3x + 5y = 21 ……… (i)
2x + 3y = 13 ……… (ii)
The above equations is written in matrix form as
3 5 x = 21
2 3 y 13
Which is in the form of AX = B where
A = 3 5 , x = x and B = 21
2 3 y 13
3 5
Now, |A| = = 9 – 10 = – 1 ≠ 0
2 3
∴ A–1 exists.
Adjoint of A = 3 –5
–2 3

1
A–1 = adjoint of A
|A|
1 3 –5
= = –3 5
–1 –2 3 2 –3
Now, X = A–1B
or, X = – 3 5 21
2 – 3 13
or, X = – 63 + 65
42 – 39
or, = 2 x
y 3
Equating the corresponding elements of the equal matrices, we get
x = 2 and y = 3
(b) 3y + 4x = 2xy and 18y – 4x = 5xy

Solution:
Here, the given equations are 3y + 4x = 2xy
3 4
+ = 2 ……….. (i) [Dividing both sides by xy]
x y
and 18y – 4x = 5xy
18 4
or, – = 5 …… (ii) [Dividing both sides by xy]
x y
The above equations is written in matrix form as
1
x
3 4 = 2
18 – 4 1 5
y
i.e. AX = B, where
1
A = 3 4 , X = x and B = 2
18 – 4 1 5
y
3 4
Now, |A|= = – 12 – 72 = – 84 ≠ 0
18 – 4
∴ A–1 exists.
Adjoin of A = – 4 – 4
– 18 3
1
A–1 = adjoint of A
|A|
1 –4 –4
=
– 84 – 18 3

Now, X = A–1B
1 –4 –4 2
or, X=
– 84 – 18 3 5
1 – 28
or, X=
– 84 – 21
–1
– 28 ×
84
or, X=
–1
– 21 ×
84
1 1
x 3
or, =
1 1
y 4
Equating the corresponding elements of equal matrices, we get
1 1 1 1
= and =
x 3 y 4
∴ x = 3 and y = 4
3.3 Cramer's rule

This is the method of solving simultaneous linear equations with the help of
determinant. This method was first used by Swis mathematician Gabriel Cramer
and hence this method received the name as Crame's rule.
Lets consider two linear equations
a1x + b1y = c1 ............ (i)
a2x + b2y = c2 ............ (ii)
Multiplying equation (i) by b2 and equation (ii) by b1 and subtracting, we get
a1b2x + b1b2y = b2c1
a b x + b b2y = b1c2
– 2 1 – 1 –
(a1b2 – a2b1) x = b2c1 – b1c2
b2c1 – b1c2
∴ x =
a1b2 – a2b1
Again, multiplying equation (i) by a2 and equation (ii) by a1 and subtracting, we get
a1a2x + a2b1y = a2c1

a a x + a b2y = a1c2
– 1 2 – 1 –
(a2b1 – a1b2) y = a2c1 – a1c2


a2c1 – a1c2 a1c2 – a2c1
∴ y= =
a2b1 – a1b2 a1b2 – a2b1
Using the determinant notations, we have
a1 b1 c1 b1 a1 c1 a1 c1
a2 b2 x = c2 b2 and a2 b2 y = a2 c2
c1 b1 a1 c1
c b2 D a2 c2 D
∴ x= 2 = 1 and y = = 2
a1 b1 D a1 b1 D
a2 b2 a2 b2
c b a c a b
Where, D1 = c1 b1 , D2 = a1 c1 and D = a1 b1
2 2 2 2 2 2
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. Solve by Cramer's rule : 2x + 3y = 12 and 3x –2y = 5
Solution: Here, the given eqations are 2x + by = 12 ........ (i) and 3x – 2y = 5 ....... (ii)
Now, compairing the above equations with a1x + b1y = c1 and a2x + b2y = c2
We get,
a1= 2, b1= 3, c1= 12, a2= 3, b2= – 2, c2= 5
a b 2 3
Here, D = a1 b1 = 3 – 2 = – 4 – 9 = – 13
2 2
c b 12 3
D1 = c1 b1 = 5 – 2 = – 24 – 15 = – 39
2 2
a c 2 12
D2 = a1 c1 = 3 5 = 10 – 36 = – 26
2 2
D – 39
Now, x = 1 = =3
D – 13
D – 26
y = 2 = =2
D – 13
Hence, x = 3 and y = 2.

Exercise 3.1
Section 'A'
1.
Calculate the determinant of the following matrices.
(a) 3 4 (b) 1 3 (c) –3 7
5 8 4 2 2 6
(d) – 1 5 (e) – 8 6 (f) –1 –3

0 –1 –4 3 –2 6
– a – b (h) cosθ sinθ tanA secA
(g) (i)
b a – sinθ cosθ secA tanA
2.
Find the value of:
5 2 –7 –3 0 3
(a) (b) (c)
4 1 – 4m – 1 –5 6
2a + 1 1 – 4a x –1 x
(d) (e) 2
a 1– 2a x + 1 x2 + x + 1
3. Prove the followings
x2 y2 x + y y + z
(a) = (x – y) (x2 + xy + y2) (b) = x2 – z2
y x z–y x–y
a bc a – 1 a2 – a + 1
(c) = c (a + b) (a – b) (d) =–2
b ac a + 1 a2 + a + 1
x x + z
(e) = (x – y) (x + y +z)
y x + z
4. Find the value of x in each of the followings.

4x 2 2x x x x
(a) = 12 (b) = 0 (c) =5
6 3 4 x 3 2x
2x 1 x –1 x–2
(d) = 5x (e) =0
1 3x x x–3
5. (a) Show that the matrix 10 6 is a singular matrix.

5 3
(b) Show that the matrix – 1 7 is a non-singular matrix.
2 9
7
x x +
(c) Find the value of x when a matrix 16 is a singular.
– 16 9x
(d) For what value of x, a matrix 7x x is a singular.

3x – 1

Section 'B'
6. (a) If A = 2 4 , find the determinant of 5A + 3I.

7 8
(b) If A = 3 4 and B = 2 1 , find the determinant of 3A – 4B.
–2 4 –1 3
(c) If M = 1 – 1 and N = – 3 7 then find |MN|.
–1 1 4 6
(d) If A = 2 0 and B = 4 – 6 , find the determinant of 5A – 1 B + 2I

–1 3 –6 –4 2
where I is a unit matrix.
(e) If A = 2 3 and B = 2 4 , find |A2 – 3B – I|.

0 5 6 8
(f) If P = 3 2 and Q = 5 0 , then find the determinant of PQ.
4 6 1 3
(g) If A = 1 2 , then show that |A2 – 2A – 5I| = 0 where I is a unit matrix

3 1
of order 2 × 2.
(h) Construct a matrix A of order 2 × 2 whose elements aij = 3i – 5j. Also

determine |A|.
7. (a) If M = 3k – 2 and the value of its determinant is 71, find the value of
4 3
k.
(b) If B = 5 1 and |B| = 14, find the value of x.

–4 x
(c) If A = – 4 6 ,B= 4 8 and the determinant of A + B – 2I is – 10,

4 8 y 6
Find the value of y.
(d) If A = 1 2 ,B= 2 1 and |AB| = 24, find x.

3 x 3 2
(e) If A = 2 x ,B= 1 3 and |A2 – B2| = –16, find the value of x.
0 2 2 4
8. Show that |PQ| = |P| |Q|, when
–3 –4
(a) P = 3 1 and Q = – 1 3 (b) P = and Q = 5 7
5 2 0 2 –1 –2 3 6
4 2
(c) P = 5 – 3 and Q =
2 –4 –3 5
9. Show that the following two matrixes are inverse to each other.
(a) 3 1 and 2 – 1 (b)

2 3 and 8 – 3
5 2 –5 3 5 8 –5 2
(c) 5 3 and – 4 – 3
–7 –4 7 5
10. Find the values of x and y when the following two matries are inverse
to each other.
(a) A = x 1 and 2 – 1 (b) A= 1 2 and 5 x

5 2 –5 x y 5 –2 1
(c) P = 2x 7 and 9 y (d) M= 6 4 and 3y – 2
5 9 –5 4 x 3 –2 3
(e) A= x 2x – 9 and 3 5
–y 3 y x
11. (a) In what condition, the matrix has no inverse? Show that 2 6 has no
inverse. 3 9
(b) Show that the matrix 3 5 has its inverse.

2 7
(c) For what value of x, the matrix 6 3 has no inverse?
x 4
y–3 y–1
(d) For what value of y, the matrix does not have its inverse?
y 2y – 2
12. Show that the inverse of each of the following matrixes is the matrices.
(a) 0 1 (b) 0 –1 (c) 1 1 (d) 1 0

1 0 –1 0 0 –1 0 1
13. Find the inverse of the following matrices.
(a) 7 4 (b) 4 – 5 (c) 5 1

9 5 3 –4 3 2
(d) – 2 0 (e) –2 –5
–4 3 –3 –8
14. (a) A = 2 3 and B = 3 8 then find (AB)– 1.
3 4 2 5
(b) If A = 5 7 and B = 3 4 then show that A–1B–1 = (BA)– 1. .
3 4 7 9
15. Find the value of x and y by using inverse matrix method.
(a) 2 –3 x = 1 (b)
8 5 x = 2
1 1 y 2 7 4 y 1
(c) 2 1 x = 5 (d) 1 1 x = 6
3 –2 y 8 2 –1 y 3
(e) 2 1 x = 1
–3– 1 y 2
Section 'C'
16. Solve the following system of equations by matrix method if possible.
(a) 4x – 2y = 7 and 2x – y = 6 (b) 2x + 3y = 3 and 2x + 3y = 11
(c) 3x – 2y = 5 and x + y = 5 (d) x = 2y – 1 and y = 2x
(e) 2y = 3x – 2 and 5x – 3y = 5
(f) 4 (x – 1) + 5 (y + 2) = 10 and 5 (x – 1) – 3(y + 2) = – 6

5 4 x y x y
(g) x – y = 5 and x – y = – 2 (h) + = 1 and – = 1
2 3 6 4 2 4
2x + 4 40 – 3x 2x + y 3x – 5y
(i) =–y= (j) = =1
5 4 3 3
y x 4 1
(k) – = x + y = 1 (l) 3x + = 7 and x + = 3
4 2 y y
4 2 3x – 1 5x – 3
(m) + 2y = 8 and + 3y = 10 (n) =
x x 5 8
8y – 3 4y – 3 8 9 10 6
(0) = (p) – = 1 and + =7
7 3 x y x y
(q) 5x + 7y = 31xy and 7x + 5y = 29xy
(r) 7y – 2x = 22xy and 5x + 3y = 27xy
(s) 3xy – 10y = 6 and 5xy + 3 = 21y
(t) 2 – 4xy = –11x and 6 + xy = 6x
17. Solve the following by Cramer's rule.
(a) 3x – 2y = 5 and x + y = 5 (b) x = 2y – 1 and y = 2x

x y x y y x
(c) + = 1 and – = 1 (d) – =x+y=1
6 4 2 4 4 2
(e) 4 (x – 1) + 5 (y + 2) = 10 and 5 (x – 1) – 3(y + 2) = – 6

UNIT
4 CO-ORDINATE GEOMETRY
Review
Let us discuss on the following questions.
(i) What is the distance between two points A(x1, y1) and B(x2, y2)?
(ii) What do you mean by locus of a moving point?
(iii) When a point P(x, y) divides the line joining the points A(x1, y1) and B(x2, y2)
internally in the ratio of m1:m2 then what are the coordinates of internal point
P(x, y)?
(a) When P(x, y) divides the line joining the points A(x1, y1) and B(x2, y2)
externally in the ratio of m1: m2 then what are the coordinates of P(x, y)?
(b) If P(x, y) bisect the line AB, what are the coordinates of P(x, y)?
(iv) What is the slope or gradient of a line?
(v) Is 2x + 3y – 5 = 0 a first degree equation? Can you write it into three standard
forms?
x y
(vi) In a equation + = 1 what does 'a' and b represent?
a b
(vii) What is the equation of straight line joining the two points P(x1, y1) and
Q(x2, y2).
4.1 Angle between two lines

Two intersecting lines intersect at two angles, which are supplementary to each
other. For example, if angle between two intersecting lines is 30°, then the other
angle will be (180° – 30°) = 150°. Where, 30º is called an acute angle and 150° is
Y
called obtuse angle.
Angle between two straight lines when their B D
slopes are given:
Let, AB and CD be two straight lines having
equations y = m1x + c1 and y = m2x + c2 respectively. P a
AB and CD are intersecting at P. If lines AB and θ
CD intersect X-axis at A and C, then ∠XAB = θ1 θ1
θ2
and ∠XCD = θ2 then slope of AB = m1 = tanθ1 and X'
O
X
C A
slope of CD = m2 = tanθ2. Again, if ∠APC = θ be
the angle between the lines AB and CD, then Y'
θ1 = θ + θ2 [ Exterior angle of triangle is equal to the sum of two interior
opposite angles]
or, θ = θ1 – θ2
Taking, trigonometric ratio tan on both sides, we get
tanθ = tan(θ1 – θ2)
tanθ1 – tanθ2
or, tanθ =
1 + tanθ1.tanθ2
m – m2
or, tanθ = 1 ............. (i) [ tanq1 = m1 and tanq2 = m2 ]
1 + m 1m 2
Let, ∠APD = α then
θ + α = 180°
or, α = 180° – θ
Taking, tan on both sides, we get
tanα = tan (180° – θ)
tanα = –tanθ
m1 – m2
or, tanα = – ............. (ii)
1 + m 1m 2
Since, 'θ' be the angle between two lines AB and CD then combining equation
(i) and (ii) we get
m1 – m2
tanθ = ±
1 + m 1m 2
m – m2
or, θ = tan-1 ± 1
1 + m 1m 2
1 1
Also, cotθ = = m –m
tanθ
± 1 2
1 + m 1m 2

1 + m1.m2
cotθ = ±
m1 – m2
Note: The positive value of tanθ or cotθ gives the acute angle between the two lines.
Where as the negative value gives the obtuse angle.
Condition for parallelism:
We know that, A B
m1 – m2 C D
tanθ = ±
1 + m 1m 2
Let, two lines AB and CD are parallel then θ = 0°

m1 – m2
Now, tan0° = ±
1 + m 1m 2
m1 – m2
or, 0 = ±
1 + m 1m 2
or, 0 = ± m1 – m2
1 1 + m 1m 2
or, m1 – m2 = 0
∴ m1 = m2
Hence, two lines will be parallel to each other if m1 = m2 i.e. slopes are equal
Condition for perpendicularity:
When two lines AB and CD are perpendicular, then angle between them θ =
90°
m1 – m2 C
We have, tanθ = ±
1 + m 1m 2
m1 – m2
or, tan90° = ±
1 + m 1m 2
sin90° m1 – m2
or, =±
cos90° 1 + m 1m 2
m – m2 A B
or, 1 = ± 1 D
0 1 + m 1m 2
or, 1 + m 1m 2 = 0
or, m1m2 = –1
Hence, the two lines will be perpendicular to each other if m1m2 = – 1 i..e
product of their slopes is –1.
Angle between the lines a1x + b1y + c1 = 0 and a2x + b2y + c2 = 0
The given equation of the lines are
a1x + b1y + c1 = 0 .......... (i)
and a2x + b2y + c2 = 0 .......... (ii)
Coefficinet of x a
Slope of equation (i) (m1) = – =– 1
Coefficient of y b1
Coefficinet of x a
Slope of equation (ii) (m2) = – =– 2
Coefficient of y b2
If θ be the angle between two lines (i) and (ii) then

a1 a2
– +
m1 – m2 b1 b2
tanθ = ± = ±
1 + m 1m 2 a a
1+ – 1 . – 2
b1 b2
– a1 b2 + a2 b1
b1 b2
= ±
b1b2 + a1 a2
b1 b2
a2b1 + a1b2
tanθ = ±
a1a2 + b1b2
a2b1 – a1b2
or, θ = tan-1 ±
a1a2 + b1b2
Condition for parallelism
We have,
a2b1 – a1b2
tanθ = ±
a1a2 + b1b2
The two line will be parallel if θ = 0° i.e. tan0° = 0
a2b1 – a1b2
or, 0=±
a1a2 + b1b2
or, a2b1 – a1b2 = 0
or, a2b1 = a1b2
a1 b1
or, = is the required condition for parallel.
a2 b2
Condition for perpendicularity:

We have,
a2b1 – a1b2
tanθ = ±
a1a2 + b1b2
The two lines will the perpendicular to each other if θ = 90°

tan90° = sin90° = 1
or,
cos90° 0
a b – a1b2
or, tan90° = ± 2 1
a1a2 + b1b2
or, 1 = ± a2b1 – a1b2

0 a1a2 + b1b2
or, a1a2 + b1b2 = 0 is the required condition for perpendicular.
Equation of a line parallel to the line ax + by + c = 0
The given equation of line is ax + by + c = 0 .......... (i)
Coefficinet of x – a
Slope of the line (i) (m1) = – =
Coefficient of y b
Let, the equation of a line parallel to (i) be y = mx + c .......... (ii)
Slope of line (ii) (m2) = m
Since, the line representing equation (i) and (ii) are parallel so m1 = m2
or, – a =m
b
From equation (ii), y = – a x + c

b
–ax + bc
or, y =
b
or, ax + by – bc = 0
Let, –bc = k (constant) then the equation is ax + by + k = 0
Hence, the equation of the line parallel to ax + by + c = 0 is ax + by + k = 0

Equation of any line perpendicular to the line ax + by + c = 0
The given equation of line is ax + by + c = 0 .......... (i)
Slope of equation (i) (m1) = – a

b
Let, the equation of a line perpendicular to (i) be y = mx + c ........... (ii)

Slope of the the (ii) (m2) = m
Since, the lines representing by equation (i) and (ii) are perpendicular so
m1m2 = –1
or, – a . m = –1
b
or, m = b
a
Substituting m = b in equation (ii), we get

a
y = b x + c
a
bx + ac
or, y=
a
or, bx – ay + ac = 0
Let, ac = k (constant) then, the above equation is bx – ay + k = 0
Hence, the equation of the line perpendicular to ax + by + c = 0 is bx – ay + k = 0
Note: (i) We choose only the constant term in the given equation to get the
equation of any line parallel to the given line.
(ii) The equation of any line perpendicular to the given line, we interchange
the coefficient of x and y, sign of one of the variables x and y and the
constant term.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. If A (–2, 1), B(2, 3) and C(–2, –4) are three points, find the angle between
the straight lines AB and BC.
A(–2, 1)
Solution: Here,
A(–2, 1), B(2, 3) and C(–2, –4) are three points.
To find: Angle between AB and BC.
θ
Let the slope of line AB and BC be m1 and m2 B(2, 3) C(–2,–4)
respectively. Then
y2 – y1 3 – 1 2 1
Slope of AB (m1) = = = =
x2 – x1 2 + 2 4 2

y2 – y1 –4 – 3 –7 7
and, slope of BC (m2) = = = =
x2 – x1 –2 – 2 –4 4
Let, θ be the angle between AB and BC. Then by formula,
m1 – m2
tanθ = ±
1 + m 1m 2
1–7 2–7
or, tanθ = ± 2 4 =± 4
1 7 8+7
1+ . 8
2 4
=± –5× 8 =± –2 =± 2
4 15 3 3
or, θ = tan-1 ± 2 which is the required angle.

3
2. Find the acute angle and obtuse angle between the lines 7x – 4y = 0
and 3x – 11y + 5 = 0
0
Solution: Here,
=
5
The given equation of lines are 7x – 4y = 0 .............. (i)
y+
11
and 3x – 11y + 5 = 0 ............. (ii)
–
3x
To find: Acute angle and obtuse angle.
7x – 4y = 0
Slope of line (i) (m1) = – Coefficient of x = – 7 = 7
Coefficient of y –4 4
Slope of line (ii) (m2) = – Coefficient of x =– 3 = 3
Let, θ be the angle between line (i) and (ii) then by formula,
7– 3
m1 – m2 4 11 77 – 12
tanθ = ± =± =± 44 = ± 65 = ± (1)
1 + m 1m 2 7 3 65
1+ . 44 + 21
4 11 44
For acute angle, taking (+ve) sign
tanθ = 1
or, tanθ = tan45°
θ = 45°
For obtuse angle, taking (–ve) sign
tanθ = – 1 = tan(180° – 45°)
or, tanθ = tan135°
θ = 135°
Hence, the required acute angle and obtuse angles are 45° and 135° respectively.
3. Show that the lines 3x – 3y + 5 = 0 and 3y – 3x + 7 3 = 0 are parallel.
Solution: Here,
The given equation of lines are
3x – 3y + 15 = 0 ......... (i) and 3y – 3x + 7 3 = 0 .......... (ii)
To show : Given lines are parallel
Slope of line (i) (m1) = – Coefficient of x = – 3 = 1
Slope of line (ii) (m2) = – Coefficient of x = – (– 3) = 1

Coefficient of y 3 3
Since, slope of line (i) (m1) = Slope of line (ii) (m2)

Hence, two lines are parallel.
4. If the straight lines 2x + 3y + 6 = 0 and ax – 5y + 20 = 0 are perpendicular
to each other find the value of a.
Solution : Here,
ax – 5y + 20 = 0
The given equation of lines are
2x + 3y + 6 = 0 ............. (i)
and ax – 5y + 20 = 0 ............. (ii)
To find: The value of 'a'
Now, Slope of line (i) (m1) = – Coefficient of x = – 2
Coefficient of y 3 2x + 3y + 6 = 0
Slope of line (ii) (m2) = – a = a
–5 5
m1.m2 = –1

or, – 2. a = – 1
3 5
or, a = 15
2
Hence, the value of a is 15 .
2
5. Find the equation of a line parallel to 3x – 2y = 4 and passing through
the midpoint of the line segments joining the points (2, – 4) and (2, 4).
Solution: Here,
The given equation of line is 3x – 2y = 4 ............. (i)

Let, a line segment AB with the points A(2, –4) and B(2, 4)
To find: The equation of line parallel to the given line.
The midpoint of the line AB joining the points A(2, –4) and B(2, 4) is
2 + 2 , 4 – 4 = (2, 0)
2 2
Slope of line (i) (m1) = – Coefficient of x = –3 = 3

Since, the lines are parallel, so slope of EF = Slope of GH
Let, slope of EF = m = 3 E G
2
The equation of line passing through the
point (2, 0) and having slope m = 3 is
3x
B(2, 4)
2
–
y – y1 = m(x – x1) A(2, –4)
2y
or, y – 0 = 3 (x – 2)
4
2 F H
or, 2y = 3x – 6
or, 3x – 2y = 6 is the required equation line.
6. Find the equation of a straight line passing through the point (2, –4)
and perpendicular to the line 5x + 7y + 12 = 0.
Solution: Here,
The given equation of line is 5x + 7y + 12 = 0 ......... (i) (2, – 4)
Passing point (2, –4)

To find: The equation of straight line
Slope of line (i) (m1) = – Coefficient of x = – 5
Coefficient of y 7
5x + 7y + 12 = 0
The equation of straight line passing through the
point (2, –4) is
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
or, y + 4 = m(x – 2) ........... (ii)
Slope of line (ii) (m2) = m
m1.m2 = – 1
or, –5 .m = –1
7
or, m=7
5
Substituting m = 7 in equation (ii), we get
5
y + 4 = 7(x – 2)
5
or, 5y + 20 = 7x – 14
or, 7x – 5y = 34 is the required equation of line.
7. Find the equation of the straight lines which passes through the point
(2, 3) and making angle 45° with the line x – 3y – 2 = 0

A
Solution: Here, (2, 3)
The slope of given line x – 3y – 2 = 0 is 45° 45° C

B x – 3y – 2 = 0
1 1
Slope (m1) = –Coefficient of x = – =
Let, the slope of required lines AB and AC be (m2) = m, then

1–m
m1 – m2 3
tan45° = ± =±
1 + m 1m 2 1
1 + .m
1 – 3m 3
or, 1 = ±
3+m
or, 3 + m = ± (1 – 3m)
Now, taking (+ve) sign, we get

3 + m = 1 – 3m
or,
4m = 1 – 3
2
m=– =–1
4 2
Again, taking (–ve) sign, we get
3 + m = –(1 – 3m)
or, 3 + m = – 1 + 3m
or, –3m + m = –1 – 3
or, –2m = – 4
or, m=2

The equation of straight line passing through the point (2, 3) is
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y – 3 = m(x – 2) ............ (i)
Case I : When m = – 1 then from equation (i) we get
2
y – 3 = – 1 (x – 2)
2
or, 2y – 6 = –x + 2
or, x + 2y = 8
Case II: When m = 2 then from equation (i), we get
y – 3 = 2 (x – 2)
or, y – 3 = 2x – 4
or, 2x – y = 1
Hence, the required equation of straight lines are
x + 2y = 8 and 2x – y = 1
8. Find the equation of the perpendicular bisector of the line joining
the points (7, 2) and (3, –6).
Solution: Here, let, CD is the perpendicular bisector of the line AB and M is the
midpoint of AB.
By midpoint formula, the coordinates of M are C
x1 + x2 y1 + y2
x = and y =
2 2
x = 7 + 3 y = 2 – 6
2 2
A(7, 2) M B(3, –6)
x =5 y = –2
∴ M(5, –2)
y2 – y1 –6 – 2 – 8 D
Slope of line AB (m1) = = = =2
x 2 – x1 3–7 –4
Let the slope of line CD (m2) = m
Since, CD is perpendicular to AB so m1 × m2 = – 1
or, 2×m=–1
m=– 1
2
The equation of straight line passing through (5, –2) and having slope – 1 is
2
y – y1 = m(x – x1)

or, y + 2 = – 1 (x – 5)
2
or, 2y + 4 = –x + 5
or, x + 2y = 5 – 4
or, x + 2y = 1 is the required equation of the perpendicular bisector of given
line.
Exercise 4.1
Section 'A'
1. (a) Write the formula to find the angle between y = m1x + c1 and y = m2x +
c2.
(b) Write the condition of parallel and perpendicular of two straight lines.
(c) Find the slope of line having equation –3x – 8y = 1
(d) Find the midpoint and the slope of line joining the points (2, 3) and (4,
7).
2. (a) Obtain the slope of line which is parallel to the line 3x – 2y + 10 = 0.
(b) Find the slope of line which is perpendicular to the line 7x + 8y – 20 = 0
(c) If 'a' and 'b' be the slopes of two straight lines than find the angle between
two lines.
Section 'B'
3. Find the acute angles between the following pair of straight lines.
(a) x – y – 5 = 0 and x – 7y + 7 = 0
(b) 3x – y + 6 = 0 and y + 3 = 0
(c) 2y + 7 = 0 and y – 3x + 1 = 0
4. Find the obtuse angle between the following pair of straight lines.
(a) 3x – 4y = 10 and x – 2y + 7 = 0
(b) y – (2 + 3)x = 5 and y – (2 – 3) x = 10
(c) 2y + 3y + 4 = 0 and 3x + 2y – 1 = 0
5. Find the angle between the following pair of straight lines.
(a) x – 3y = – 2 3and x + 3y + 3 3 = 0
(b) 3x + 4y + 1 = 0 and 7x + y + 2 = 0
(c) x + 2y – 1 = 0 and 3x – y + 2 = 0

6. Prove that the following pair of straight lines are parallel to each
other .
(a) 3x + 7 – 4y = 0 and 3x – 4y + 9 = 0
(b) 2x – 3y = 5 and 2x – 3y – 7 = 0
(c) cy – dx = 3 and –3dx + 3cy + 8 = 0
7. (a) Show that the line joining the points (5, 7) and (–2, 3) is parallel to the
line 4x – 7y – 10 = 0.
(b) Prove that the line joining the points (5, –8) and (2, 1) is parallel to the
line joining the points (–1, 3) and (2, –6).
8. Prove that the following pair of straight lines are perpendicular to
each other.
(a) 2x + 2y = 11 and 5x – 5y + 3 = 0
(b) 5x = – 12y and 12x – 5y = 13
(c) px + qy + r = 0 and qx – py + k = 0
9. (a) Prove that the line joining the points P(2, –3) and Q(5, –2) is perpendicular
to the line 3x + y + 6 = 0
(b) Prove that the line joining the points (4, 3) and (8, 9) is perpendicular to
the line joining the points (5, –1) and (2, 1).
10. Find the value of 'm' when
(a) The pair of straight lines x + 3y = 7 and 2x + my + 8 = 0 are parallel.
(b) The pair of straight lines 5x + my – 6 = 0 and 5x – 3y – 8 = 0 are parallel.
(c) The line joining the points (3, 4) and (m – 3, 4) is parallel to the line
joining the points (3, 0) and (4, m).
11. Find the value of 'p' so that the following two straight lines
(a) 4x – py + 8 = 0 and 6x + 21y – 5 = 0 are perpendicular
(b) 5x – 3y + 5 = 0 and px – 7y + 2 = 0 are perpendicular
(c) 4x – 7y + 3 = 0 and 3x + py = 5 are orthogonal.
Section 'C'
12. Find the equation of a straight line,
(a) Passing through the point (5, –4) and parallel to the line 4x – 3y + 5 = 0
(b) Passing through the point (–1, 7) and parallel to the line 5x + 3y – 7 = 0
(c) Passing through the point (–3, –2) and parallel to the line joining the
points (4, –1) and (–1, 2).
13. Find the equation of a straight line
(a) Passing through the point (4, 6) and perpendicular to the line x – 2y = 2.
(b) Passing through the point (3, 4) and orthogonal to the line 5x – 7y = 13.

(c) passing through the midpoint of the line joining the points (3, 4) and (–1,
–6) and perpendicular to the line 6x – 7y + 8 = 0.
14. (a) Find the equation of the straight line parallel to the line 5x + 4y = 9 and
making x -intercept is –5.
(b) Find the equation of straight line parallel to the line joining the points
(3, 4) and (7, –1) and making y-intercept –3.
(c) Find the equation of straight line perpendicular to the line 5x – 6y = 8
and making x-intercept is 3.
(d) Find the equation of straight line perpendicular to the line joining the
points (3, –4) and (8, 4) and making y-intercept 5.
15. (a) Find the equation of the straight line passing through the point of
intersection of the lines x + y = 5 and x – y = 1 and parallel to the line 2x
+ 3y = 5.
(b) Find the equation of a line parallel to x – 3y = 4 and passing through the
centroid of the ∆ABC whose vertices are A(3, –4), B(–2, 1) and C(5, 0).
(c) Find the equation of straight line which is perpendicular to the line 3x –
4y + 5 = 0 and passes through the point of intersection of the lines 2x +
y = 5 and x – y = 1.
(d) Find the equation of the line passing through the point of intersection of
the lines x + 2y = 4 and x – 2y = 0 and perpendicular to the line 6x – 7y
+ 8 = 0.
16. (a) Find the equation of straight lines passing through the point (2, 3) and
making angle of 45° with the line x – 3y – 2 = 0.
(b) Find the equation of the straight lines passing through the point (3, –2)
and making angle of 60° with the line 3x + y + 1 = 0.
(c) Find the equation of straight lines passing through origin and making
angle of 60° with the line x + y + 3 = 0.
17. Find the equation of the perpendicular bisector (right bisector) of
the line segment joining the following two points.
(a) (4, –5) and (–8, 9) (b) (3, 5) and (9, 3)
(c) (4, –3) and (8, 5) (d) (4, –2) and (6, 2)
18. (a) If A(2, 3) and C(–6, 5) are the end points of diagonal AC of a square
ABCD, find the equation of other diagonal BD.
(b) B(2, 4) and D(8, 10) are the vertices of a rhombus ABCD, find the equation
of diagonal AC.
19. (a) If the line x + y = 1 passes through the point of intersection of the lines
a b
x + y = 3 and 2x = 3y + 1 and is parallel to the line x – y = 6 then find the
value of 'a' and 'b'.
(b) If the line y = mx + b passes through the point of intersection of the lines
x – 2y = 0 and 3x – y = 5 and perpendicular to the line 3x + y + 7 = 0, then
find the values of 'm' and 'b'.
20. (a) A(0, 2) and D(2, 1) are the two ends of a median AD of ∆ABC drawn
from A to BC. Find the equation of a straight line passing through the
centroid and perpendicular to AD.
(b) A(–1, 5) and D(4, 4) are the ends of a median AD of ∆ABC drawn from A
to BC. Find the equation of a straight line passing through the centroid
and perpendicular to AD. C
21. (a) In the adjoining figure, the point D divides the

line segment MN in the ratio of 2:1 and CD
perpendicular to MN. Find the equation of CD. 2 1
M(5, 4) D N(–3, 2)

A(3, 4)
(b) In the given figure, AT perpendicular to MN.
Find the equation of AT.
M (–2, 2) T N(3, –3)
4.2. Equation of a Pair of Straight Lines

Can you write the equation of straight line passing through origin?
Find the product of given pair of straight lines.
(i) 3x + 4y = 0 and x + y = 0
(ii) x – y = 0 and 2x – 3y = 0
(iii) 2x + y = 0 and 5x = y
(iv) 5x – 7y = 0 and 3x + 8y = 0
What are the nature of the product of above equations? Discuss in the
classroom.

General equation of second degree:
Let us consider two linear equations

a1x + b1y + c1 = 0 ...........(i)
and a2x + b2y + c2 = 0 ............ (ii)
The product of equation (i) and (ii), we get
(a1x + b1y + c1) (a2x + b2y + c2) = 0
or, a1x (a2x + b2y + c2) + b1y (a2x + b2y + c2) + c1(a2x + b2y + c2) = 0
or, a1a2x2 + a1b2 xy + a1c2x + a2b1xy + b1b2y2 +b1c2y +a2c1x + b2c1y + c1c2 = 0
or, a1a2x2 + (a1b2 + a2b1)xy + b1b2y2 + (a1c2 + a2c1) x + (b1c2 + b2c1)y + c1c2= 0 ... (iii)
When, a1a2 = a, b1b2 = b, c1c2 = c, a1b2 + a2b1 = 2h, a1c2 + a2c1 = 2g.
b1c2
+ b2c1 = 2f then equation (iii) becomes
ax2 + 2hxy + by2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 is the required general equation of second
degree in x and y. It represents a pair of straight lines.
Homogenous equation of second degree
Let, us consider two equations of straight lines passing through origin,
a1x + b1y = 0 ...... (i) and a2x + b2y = 0 ..... (ii)
Combining equation (i) and (ii), we get
(a1x + b1y) (a2x + b2y) = 0
or, a1x(a2x + b2y) + b1y (a2x + b2y) = 0
or, a1a2x2 + a1b2xy + a2b1xy + b1b2y2 = 0
or, a1a2x2 + (a1b2 + a2b1)xy + b1b2y2 = 0 ....... (iii)
Substituting a1a2 = a, b1b2 = b and a1b2 + a2b1 = 2h in equation (iii), we get
ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0 is the required homogenous equation of second degree in

x and y.
Therefore, an equation in x and y in which the sum of the power of x and y in
every term is 2 is called a homogenous equation of second degree.

Prove that homogenous equation of second degree
2 2
ax + 2hxy + by = 0 always represent a pair of straight lines and
passing through origin.
The given homogenous equation of second degree is
ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0
Multiplying the equation on both sides by a we get
a2x2 + 2ahxy + aby2 = 0
or, a2x2 + 2ahxy + h2y2 – h2y2 + aby2 = 0
or, (ax)2 + 2.ax. hy + (hy)2 – (h2 – ab)y2 = 0
or, (ax + hy)2 – ( h2 – ab. y)2 = 0
or, (ax + hy + h2 – ab.y) (ax + hy – h2 – ab.y) = 0
or, Either, OR, ax + hy – h2 – ab y = 0
ax + hy + h2 – ab.y = 0 or, y(h – h2 – ab) = –ax
or, y(h + h2 – ab) = –ax
or, y= –a x .......... (ii)
h – h2 – ab
or, y= –a x ..... (i)
h + h2 – ab
Hence, equation (i) and (ii) are the first degree in x and y and independent of
the constant term and hence represent the pair of lines through the origin.
Hence, ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0 always represents a pair of lines through the
origin.
Angle between a pair of lines represented by the equation
ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0.
Y
The homogenous equation of second
degree in x and y is x
m1
=
ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0 y
or, by2 + 2hxy + ax2 = 0 x
m2
Dividing both sides by 'b', we get y=
y2 + 2 h.xy + a x2 = 0 ............ (i) q

b b
X' X
O
Since, the homogenous equation of second
degree in x and y always represents a Y'
pair of lines passing through origin. Let,
the lines are
y = m1x and y = m2x

or, y – m1x = 0 ............. (ii)
and y – m2x = 0 ............. (iii)
Combining equation (ii) and (iii), we get
(y – m1x) (y – m2x) = 0
or, y2 – m2xy – m1xy + m1m2x2 = 0
or, y2 – (m1 + m2) xy + m1m2x2 = 0 ..... (iv)
Now, comparing equation (i) and (iv), we get
m1 + m2 = – 2h , m1m2 = a
b b
We know that,
m1 – m2 = (m1 + m2)2 – 4m1.m2

2
= – 2h – 4 × a
b b
4h – 4a
2
=
b2 b
4h2 – 4ab
=
b2
= 2 h2 – ab
b
Let, θ be the angle between two lines y = m1x and y = m2x
m1 – m2
By formula, tanθ = ±
1 + m1m2
2
b h – ab
2
or, tanθ = ± a
1+
b
2
b h – ab
2
or, tanθ = ± b+a
b
2 h2 – ab
or, tanθ = ±
a+b
± 2 h – ab
2
or, θ = tan-1 is the required angle between the pair of lines
a+b
represented by ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0
Again, the angle between the pair of lines represented by general equation of
second degree ax2 + 2hxy + by2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 is also,
θ = tan-1 ±2 h – ab
2

a+b
Condition for perpendicularity
If the pairs of lines represented by ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0 are perpendicular to
each other then, θ = 90°
We have, tanθ = ± 2 h – ab
2

a+b
or, tan90° = ± 2 h – ab
2

a+b
sin90°
= ± 2 h – ab
2
or,
cos90° a+b
1
= ± 2 h – ab
2
or,
0 a+b
a + b = 0 is the required condition for perpendicular.
Condition for coincident

If the pair of lines represented by ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0 are coincident to each
other, then, θ = 0°
We have, tanθ = ± 2 h – ab
2

a+b
or, tan0° = ± 2 h – ab
2

a+b
sin0°
or, = ± 2 h – ab
2
cos0° a+b
0
= ± 2 h – ab
2
or,
1 a+b
or, ± 2 h2 – ab = 0
or, h2 – ab = 0
Squaring on both sides, we get
h2 – ab = 0
or, h2 = ab is the required condition for coincident.
Can you find the angle between pair of lines represented by the equation
ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0 by any other methods ? Discuss in the class.

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. Find the single equation represented by the equation 3x + 2y = 0 and

4x – y = 2.
Solution: Here,
The given equations of lines are
3x + 2y = 0 .......... (i)
and 4x – y = 2
or, 4x – y – 2 = 0 .......... (ii)
Combining equation (i) and (ii), we get
(3x + 2y) (4x – y – 2) = 0
or, 3x(4x – y – 2) + 2y (4x – y – 2) = 0
or, 12x2 – 3xy – 6x + 8xy – 2y2 – 4y = 0
or, 12x2 + 5xy – 2y2 – 6x – 4y = 0 is the required single equation of pair of
lines.
2. Find the separate equation of the lines represented by the following

equations
a) x2 – 5xy + 4y2 = 0
b) x2 + 3xy + 2y2 – x – 4y – 6 = 0
c) x2 – 2xycosecθ + y2 = 0
Solution: Here,
a) The given equation is x2 – 5xy + 4y2 = 0
or, x2 – (4 + 1) xy + 4y2 = 0
or, x2 – 4xy – xy + 4y2 = 0
or, x (x – 4y) –y (x – 4y) = 0
or, (x – 4y) (x – y) = 0
Either, x – 4y = 0 .......... (i) or, x – 4y = 0 ........... (ii)
Hence, equation (i) and (ii) are the required separate equations.
b) The given equation of line is
x2 + 3xy + 2y2 – x – 4y – 6 = 0
or, x2 + (3y – 1) x + (2y2 – 4y – 6) = 0 .......... (i)
Comparing equation (i) with ax2 + bx + c = 0, we get

a = 1, b = 3y – 1 and c = 2y2 – 4y – 6
By quadratic formula,
– b ± b2 – 4ac
x =
2a
x = –(3y – 1) ± (3y – 1) – 4. 1.(2y – 4y – 6)

2 2
or,
2×1
– (3y – 1) ± 9y2 – 6y + 1 – 8y2 + 16y + 24
or, x=
2
– (3y – 1) ± y2 + 10y + 25
or, x=
2
– (3y – 1) ± (y)2 – 2.y.5 + (5)2
or, x=
2
x = –(3y – 1) ± (y + 5)
2
or,
2
or, 2x = –(3y – 1) ±(y + 5)
or, 2x + 3y – 1 = ±(y + 5)
Taking (+ve) sign, we get
2x + 3y – 1 = y + 5
or, 2x + 3y – y = 5 + 1
or, 2x + 2y = 6
x + y – 3 = 0 ........... (ii)
Similarly, taking (–ve) sign we get
2x + 3y – 1 = – (y + 5)
or, 2x + 3y – 1 = – y – 5
or, 2x + 3y + y – 1 + 5 = 0
or, 2x + 4y + 4 = 0
or, 2(x + 2y + 2) = 0
or, x + 2y + 2 = 0 ............. (iii)
Hence, equation (ii) and (iii) are the required separate equations.
(c) The given equation of pair of lines is
x2 – 2xycosecθ + y2 = 0
or, x2 – 2xycosecθ + y2 × 1 = 0
or, x2 – 2xycosecθ + y2(cosec2θ – cot2θ) = 0
or, x2 – 2xycosecθ + y2cosec2θ – y2cot2θ = 0
or, (x)2 – 2.x.ycosecθ + (ycosecθ)2 – (ycotθ)2 = 0
or, (x – ycosecθ)2 – (ycotθ)2 = 0
or, (x – y cosecθ + ycotθ) (x – ycosecθ – ycotθ) = 0
Either, x– y cosecθ + ycotθ = 0
x – (cosecθ – cotθ)y = 0 ............. (i)
OR, x – y cosecθ – ycotθ = 0
or, x – (cosecθ + cotθ)y = 0 ............. (ii)
Hence, equation (i) and (ii) are required separate equations.
3. Find the angle between the pair of lines represented by

x2 + 5xy + 6y2 = 0
Solution: Here,
The given equation of pair of lines is x2 + 5xy + 6y2 = 0 ..........(i)
Comparing equation (i) with homogenous equation ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0
We get,
5
a = 1, b = 6 and 2h = 5 ⇒ h =
2
Let, 'θ' be the angle between pair of lines then by formula,
tanθ = ± 2 h – ab
2
or,
a+b
5 2 – 1.6
±2
2
or, tanθ =
1+6
±2 25 – 6
or, tanθ = 4
1+6
± 2 25 – 24
or, tanθ = 4
7
1
±2×
2
or, tanθ =
7
1
tanθ = ±
7

Taking positive sign, we get Taking negative sign we get
1 1
tanθ = tanθ = –
7 7
or, θ = tan-1 1 or, θ = tan-1 – 1

7 7
Hence, tan-1 1 and tan-1 – 1 are the required angles between pair of lines.
7 7
4. If the pair of lines represented by an equation kx2 – 5xy – 6y2 = 0 are
perpendicular to each other, find the value of 'k'.
Solution: Here,
The given equation of pair of lines is kx2 – 5xy – 6y2 = 0 ......... (i)
Comparing equation (i) with ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0, we get
5
a = k, 2h = –5 ⇒ h = – and b = – 6
2
Since, the pair of lines represented by the given equation (i) are perpendicular
then
a+b=0
or, k + (–6) = 0
or, k – 6 = 0
∴ k = 6
Hence, k = 6
5. Prove that the lines represented by 9x2 –24xy + 16y2 = 0 are coincident.
Solution: Here,
The given equation of a pair of lines is 9x2 – 24xy + 16y2 = 0 ........ (i)
Comparing equation (i) with ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0, we get
a = 9, 2h = – 24 ⇒ h = – 12 and b = 16
h = –12
If the pair of lines represented by the given equation (i) are coincident then
h2 – ab = 0
Now, h2 – ab
= (–12)2 – 9 × 16
= 144 – 144
= 0
Since, h2 – ab = 0, hence, it is proved that the pair of lines represented by
9x2 – 24xy + 6y2 = 0 are coincident.
6. Find the single equation of a pair of straight lines through the origin
and perpendicular to the lines represented by x2 – 5xy + 4y2 = 0
Solution: Here,
The given equation of pair of lines is
x2 – 5xy + 4y2 = 0
or, x2 – (4 + 1) xy + 4y2 = 0
or, x2 – 4xy – xy + 4y2 = 0
or, x(x – 4y) – y(x – 4y) = 0
or, (x – 4y) (x – y) = 0
Either, x – 4y = 0 ............(i)
OR, x – y = 0 ............. (ii)
The perpendicular equation of (i) and (ii) are respectively,
4x + y + k1 = 0 ........... (iii)
and x + y + k2 = 0 ............ (iv)
The lines represented by equation (iii) and (iv) passes through origin (0,0)
then. From equation (iii), 4.0 + 0 + k1 = 0
or, k1 = 0
From equation (iv), 0 + 0 + k2 = 0
or, k2 = 0
Substituting k1 = 0 and k2 = 0 in equation (iii) and (iv) respectively. Then,
4x + y = 0 .............. (v)
and x + y = 0 .............. (vi)
Combining equation (v) and (vi), we get
(4x + y) (x + y) = 0
or, 4x(x + y) + y(x + y) = 0
or, 4x2 + 4xy + xy + y2 = 0
or, 4x2 + 5xy + y2 = 0 is the required single equation.
7. Find the single equation of the lines through origin and perpendicular
to the lines represented by ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0
Solution: Here,
The given equation of pair of lines is
ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0 .......... (i)
Let, y = m1x ........... (ii) and y = m2x .......... (iii) be the separate equations of the
given pair of lines.
Combining equation (ii) and (iii), we get
(y – m1x) (y – m2x) = 0
or, y(y – m2x) – m1x(y – m2x) = 0
or, y2 – m2xy – m1xy + m1m2x2 = 0
or, y2 – (m1 + m2) xy + m1m2x2 = 0 ............ (iv)
Dividing given equation (i) on both sides by b, we get
ax2 2hxy by2

or, + + =0
b b b
2h a
or, y2 + xy + x2 = 0 ......... (v)
b b
Equation (iv) and (v) are identical. So by comparing, we get

2h 2h a
– (m1 + m2) = , m1+ m2 = – and m1m2 = –
b b b
The perpendicular equation of (ii) and (iii) are respectively
m1y + x + k1 = 0 ............ (vi)
and m2y + x + k2 = 0 ............ (vii)
Since, equation (vi) and (vii) passes through (0, 0) then from equation (v) and
(vi)
k1 = 0 and k2 = 0
Substituting k1 = 0 and k2 = 0 in equation (vi) and (vii) we get
m1y + x = 0 .......... (viii)
and m2y + x = 0 .............. (ix)
Combining equation (viii) and (ix), we get
(m1y + x) (m2y + x) = 0
or, m1y (m2y + x) + x(m2y + x) = 0
or, m1m2y2 + m1xy + m2xy + x2 = 0
a
or, y2 + (m1 + m2) xy + x2 = 0
b

a
or, y2 + – 2h xy + x2 = 0
b b
or, ay – 2hxy + bx2 = 0
2
b
or, bx2 – 2hxy + ay2 = 0 is the required single equation of pair of lines
perpendicular to ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0 and passes through origin.

Exercise 4.2
Section 'A'
1. (a) What is the angle between pair of lines represented by ax2 + 2hxy +
by2 = 0 ? Write it.
(b) Write any two examples of homogenous quadratic equation.
2. (a) Write the condition for perpendicular (orthogonal) for the pair of lines
represented by homogenous equation ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0
(b) Write the condition for coincident for the pair of lines represented by
homogenous equation ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0.
(c) What are the pair of lines represented by the equation
(2x + 3y + 1) (4x – y) = 0?
Section 'B'
3. Find the single equation representing the following pair of lines.

(a) 3x – 2y = 0 and x + y = 0
(b) 5x + 6y = 0 and 2x – 7y = 0
(c) 2x + 3y + 2 = 0 and 3x – y = 7
(d) ax = by and bx + ay = 0
(e) (cosecθ – cotθ) x + y = 0 and (cosecθ + cotθ)x + y = 0
(f) y + x(secθ + tanθ) = 0 and y + x(secθ – tanθ) = 0
4. Find the separate equation of the straight lines represented by the
following equation.
(a) 4x2 + 5xy + y2 = 0 (b) 3x2 + 5xy + 2y2 = 0
(c) 3x2 – xy – 4y2 = 0 (d) 33x2 – 44xy + 11y2 = 0
5. Find the separate equation of the lines represented by the given
equations.
(a) x2 + x – y – y2 = 0 (b) x2 – y2 – 3x + 3y = 0
(c) 3x2 – 5xy – 2y2 – x + 2y = 0 (d) x2 – 6xy + 9y2 – x + 3y = 0
(e) xy – 5x – 4y + 20 = 0 (f) abx2 + a2x + b2x + ab = 0
6. Find the angle between the pair of lines represented by the following
equations.
(a) x2 – 3xy – 4y2 = 0 (b) 3x2 + 7xy + 2y2 = 0
(c) x2 – 2xy cosecα + y2 = 0 (d) x2 + 2xysecφ + y2 = 0
(e) x2 + 3xy + 2y2 + 5y + 4x + 3 = 0

7. Prove that the lines represented by the following equations are
perpendicular to each other.
(a) 3x2 + 8xy – 3y2 = 0 (b) –5x2 + 24xy + 5y2 = 0
(c) 11x2 + 2xy – 11y2 = 0 (d) (c – d) x2 + 2cdxy + (d – c)y2 = 0
8. Prove that the lines represented by the following equations are
coincident.
(a) x2 – 8xy + 16y2 = 0 (b)
4x2 – 12xy + 9y2 = 0
y2
(c) x2 + 6xy + 9y2 = 0 (d) x2 – xy + =0
4
9. Find the value of 'm' when the lines represented by the following
equations are perpendiculr to each other.
(a) mx2 – 5xy – 6y2 = 0 (b) my2 + 8x2 + 12xy = 0
(c) (m – 8)x2 – 9xy + 3my2 = 0 (d) (m + 2)x2 = 4xy – (2m + 5)y2
10. Find the value of 'p' when the lines represented by the following
equations are coincident
( a) 5x2 + 6xy – py2 = 0
(b) (10p – 1)x2 + (5p + 3) xy + (p –1 )y2 = 0
(c) (p + 1)x2 – 4pxy + 2y2 = 0 (d) 9x2 – 24xy+ py2 = 0
Section 'C'
11. (a) Find the equations of two lines represented by the equation
2x2 + 7xy + 3y2 = 0. Also, find the angle between them.
(b) Obtain the separate equations of the pair of lines represented by the
equation x2 + 9xy + 14y2 = 0. Also, find the angle between them.
12. Find the equation of a pair of straight lines represented by the given
equation.
(a) 2x2 – 7xy + 3y2 + 11x – 13y + 12 = 0
(b) 2x2 – 5xy – 3y2 + 3x + 19y – 20 = 0
13. Find the equation of the pair of lines represented by the equation
(a) x2 + 2xysecα + y2 = 0 (b) x2 – 2cotαxy – y2 = 0
(c) x2 + 2xy tanθ – y2 = 0 (d) x2 – 2xy cosecθ + y2 = 0
Also, find the angle between the pair of lines in each above cases.
14. (a) Find the two separate equations when the lines represented by
kx2 + 8xy – 3y2 = 0 are perpendicular to each other.
(b) Find the separate equations when the lines represented by
2x2 – 3xy + ky2 – x + 2y = 0 are perpendicular to each other.
(c) Find the two separate when the lines represented by
mx2 + 12xy + 9y2 = 0 are coincident equation.
15. Find the single equation of the pair of straight lines passing through
the origin and perpendicular to the lines represented by the equation.
(a) x2 + 2xy – 3y2 = 0 (b) 6x2 + 13xy + 6y2 = 0
(c) 2x2 – 7xy + 5y2 = 0 (d) 2x2 – 3xy – 5y2 = 0
16. (a) Find the equation of the straight lines passing through (–1, 4) and
parallel to the pair of lines 5x2 – 8xy – 4y2 = 0
(b) Find the single equation of the lines through (2, 3) and perpendicular to
the lines 3x2 – 8xy + 5y2 = 0
17. (a) If the angle between the lines represented by 2x2 + kxy + 3y2 = 0 is 45°,
find the value of k and then separate equation of lines.
(b) The angle between a pair of straight lines represented by the equation
x2 + xy – ky2 = 0 is 45°. Find the value of k.
18. (a) If α be the acute angle made by the straight lines represented by the
equation x2 + 2xysecθ + y2 = 0, prove that α = θ.
(b) Prove that angle between the lines represented by the equation (x2 + y2)
sin2α = (xcosθ – ysinθ)2 is 2α.


4.3 Conic Section
A vertex
Let us discuss on the following questions.
Semi-vertical angle
(i) What is the name of adjoining figure? θ generator
(ii) What is called the base of the given figure? axis
(iii) What is AO and OB called? Radius of base
B
O
Base area
The angle between vertical height or axis (AO) and
slant height or generator (AB) of cone is called semi-vertical angle. In the figure,
∠BAO = θ is called semi vertical angle. A is called vertex and OB is called radius
of the base.
A conic section (or simply conic) is a curve obtained as the
intersection of the surface of a cone with a plane. There are four
types of conic section they are
(i) circle (ii) ellipse (iii) parabola
(iv) hyperbola
Two equal right circular cone are connecting with each vertex so
formed solid figure is called double mapped right circular cone or
nappes. nappes
If the right circular cone is cut by a plane and perpendicular to the
axis of the cone, or parallel to the base of cone then so formed geometrical figure is
called circle.

If a plane intersects a cone at a given angle with the axis B C A
is greater than the semi-vertical angle and less than 90° α
q
then the section is called an ellipse. If the given angle
with the axis be 'θ' and semi-vertical angle be α than B' A'
α < θ < 90°.

C
If an intersecting plane, not passing through the B A
vertex, is parallel to one of the generator of the cone, α P

then the section is called a parabola. M
S
If the angle between intersecting plane and axis be q
N
'θ' is equal to semi vertical angle (α)
B' A'
i.e. ∠AMC = α, ∠PNC = θ
∴ ∠AMC = ∠PNC Q
i.e. α = θ R
If a plane intersects the double right, cone such that
the angle between the axis and the plane be less than the semi-vertical angle, then
the section is called a hyperbola.
B C A
B' A'
C'

Exercise 4.3
1. Which types of conic section is formed for the following condition.
(a) When the intersecting plane is parallel to the axis of cone.
(b) When the intersecting plane is perpendicular to the axis of cone.
(c) When the intersecting plane makes any angles with the axis of cone.
(d) When the intersecting plane is parallel to the generating line of cone.
(e) When the intersecting plane is parallel to the base of cone.
2. Which type of conic section are there in the given diagram.

(a) (b)

(c) (d)
3. Define the following basic terms used in conic section.

(a) vertex (b) Generator
(c) Semi-vertical angle (d) nappes (e) axis
4. Which type of conic section is formed for the following condition.

(a) If the angle between an intersecting plane and axis is 90°.
(b) If the angle between an intersecting plane and axis is greater than semi-
vertical angle.
(c) If the angle between an intersecting plane and one of the generator of
the cone is 0°.
(d) If the angle between the axis and the intersecting plane is less than the
semi-vertical angle.
5. Label the given diagram.
B C A

4.4 Circle
If a plane intersects a cone perpendicular to the axis, then the section is called a
circle.
B C
OR A
If a right circular cone is cut by an intersecting plane and

parallel to the base of cone then the section is called a
circle. In the adjoining figure, the shaded region is a circle.
We can also define a circle by a locus.
The locus of a moving point which moves so that its B' C' A'
distance from a fixed point is constant is called a circle.

The fixed point is known as the centre and the fixed distance is known as the radius
of the circle. In the given figure, O is called the centre of circle P
1 P
(fixed point) and P is a moving point such that OP = radius (r)
units. Let, P1, P2, P3, ..... be the positions of moving point P such O
that OP = OP1 = OP2 = OP3, = ..... = r units. P2
Equation of a circle with centre at origin and radius r units P3
Let, origin O(0, 0) be the centre of circle and r be its radius.
Y
Let P(x, y) be any point on the circumference of circle, then
OP = r units. P(x,y)
r
By using distance formula, X' X
O
OP2 = (x – 0)2 + (y – 0)2
or, r2 = x2 + y2

or, x2 + y2 = r2 Y'
∴ x2 + y2 = r2 ......... (i)
This relation is true for any point on the circumference of circle. Hence, equation (i)
is the required equation of circle when centre is at (0, 0) and radius 'r'.
Equation of circle with centre at (h, k) and radius 'r' units
Let, P(h, k) be the centre and 'r' be the radius of a Y
circle. Let, A(x, y) be any point on the circumference A(x,y)
of the circle, then AP = r. r
By using distance formula P (h,k)
AP = (x – h) + (y – k)
2 2 2
or, r2 = (x – h)2 + (y – k)2

or, (x – h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2 .......... (ii) X' X
O
This relation is true for every point on the
Y'
circumference of circle. Hence, equation (ii) is the
required equation of circle when centre is at (h, k) and radius 'r'.
General equation of circle
Since, the equation of circle, with centre (h, k) and radius 'r' is
(x – h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2
or, x2 – 2xh + h2 + y2 – 2yk + k2 – r2 = 0
or, x2 + y2 – 2hx – 2ky + h2 + k2 – r2 = 0
or, x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 ............ (i)
where, g = –h, f = –k and c = h2 + k2 – r2
The equation (i) is the required general equation of circle.
This equation of circle has the following characteristics.
(i) It is second degree in x and y.
(ii) Coefficient of x2 = Coefficient of y2
(iii) Coefficient of xy = 0
Thus, the general equation of second degree ax2 + 2hxy + by2 + 2gx + 2fy + c
= 0 will represent a circle if a = b and h = 0.
∴ Centre of circle (h, k) = (–g, –f)
Radius of circle (r) = g2 + f2 – c
OR
Radius of circle (r) = h2 + k2 – c

Equation of circle in a diameter form
Let,O be the centre and A(x1, y1) and B(x2, y2) be the two end points of diameter AB
of a circle AQBPA.
Let, P(x, y) be any point on the circumference of the circle, then
P(x,y)
y – y1
Slope of AP (m1) = and
x – x1
y – y2 A(x1,y1)
O
B(x2,y2)
Slope of BP (m2) =
x – x2
Since, APB is the angle in a semi-circle Q

∴ ∠APB = 90° i.e. AP⊥BP so
m1 × m2 = –1
y – y1 y – y2
or, × =–1
x – x1 x – x2
or, (y – y1) (y – y2) = – (x – x1) (x – x2)

or, (x – x1) (x – x2) + (y – y1) (y – y2) = 0 is the required equation of circle in
diameter form.

Y
Some necessary condition

(i) When a circle touches P(h,k)
on x-axis then r = k r k
Y X' X
O
Y'
(ii) When a circle touches
on y-axis then r = h r (h,k)
k
X' h X
O
Y'
Y
(iii) When a circle touches

on both the axes then r = h = k r (h,k)
k r
X' h X
Y'
Y
(iv) When a circle passing

through origin then
r2 = h2 + k2 r (h,k)
r
X
O
(v) Let A and B be the centres of two different circles. P

When they touch externally at P as shown in figure. R r
A B
Then, AB = R + r

(vi) A and B be the centres of inner and outer circles respectively.

When the two circles touch internally
Let, PA = r and PB = R then P B
A
AB = PB – PA = R – r
∴ AB = R – r
(vii) A and B the centres of two different circles.

N R B
When they intersect with each other as in figure. A
r M

Let, AM = r and BN = R then
AB < R + r
(viii) A and B be the centres of two different circles.

When they are disjoint as shown in the figure. P
A B
Q
Let, AP = r, BQ = R then
AB > R + r
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. Find the equation of circle with centre at (0, 0) and radius is 4 units.
Solution: Here,
Radius (r) = 4 units, centre = (0, 0)
4
The equation of circle is
(0,0)
x2 + y2 = r2
or, x2 + y2 = 42
or, x2 + y2 = 16 is the required equation of circle.
2. Find the equation of the circle centre at (4, 1) and radius 5 units.
Solution: Here, Y
Centre (h, k) = (4, 1)
Radius (r) = 5 units 5
The equation of circle is (4,1)
(x – h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2
or, (x – 4)2 + (y – 1)2 = 52 X'
O X
or, x – 8x + 16 + y – 2y + 1 – 25 = 0
2 2
or, x2 + y2 – 8x – 2y – 8 = 0 is the required Y'

equation of circle.
3. Find the equation of circle when the coordinates of the two ends of
its diameter are (3, 4) and (2, –7).
Solution: Here,
Let, (3, 4) = (x1, y1), (2, –7) = (x2, y2)
(3,4) (2,–7)
Now, the equation of the circle in diameter form is
given by
(x – x1) (x – x2) + (y – y1) (y – y2) = 0
or, (x – 3) (x – 2) + (y – 4) (y + 7) = 0

or, x(x – 2) – 3(x – 2) + y(y + 7) – 4(y + 7) = 0
or, x2 – 2x – 3x + 6 + y2 + 7y – 4y – 28 = 0
or, x2 + y2 – 5x + 3y – 22 = 0 is the required equation of circle.
4. Find the equation of circle having centre at (–3, 5) and touching the
y-axis. Y
Solution: Here,
Centre of circle (h, k) = (–3, 5) and the circle touches
the y-axis so radius (r) = |h| = |–3| = 3 units.
(–3, 5)
Now, The equation of circle is
(x – h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2
X' X
or, (x + 3)2 + (y – 5)2 = 32 O
or, x2 + 6x + 9 + y2 – 10y + 25 – 9 = 0 Y'
or, x2 + y2 + 6x – 10y + 25 = 0 is the required
equation of circle.
5. Find the centre and the radius of circle whose equations are
(a) x2 + y2 + 4x – 6y + 4 = 0 (b) 9x2 + 9y2 – 36x + 6y = 107
(c) (3x – 5)2 + (3y + 2)2 = 36
Solution: Here,
(a) The given equation of circle is
x2 + y2 + 4x – 6y + 4 = 0 ......... (i)
Comparing equation (i) with general equation of circle
x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0, we get
2g = 4 2f = – 6 and C = 4
g = 2 f = –3
By formula, centre of circle (h, k) = (–g, –f) = (–2, 3)
and radius of circle (r) = g2 + f2 – c
= (–2)2 + (–3)2 – 4
= 4+9–4
= 9 = 3 units
(b) The given equation of circle is
9x2 + 9y2 – 36x + 6y = 107
Dividing the equation on both sides by 9, we get
6y 107
x2 + y2 – 4x + =
9 9
2 107
or, x2 + y2 – 4x + y– = 0 ........ (i)
3 9
x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0, we get
2 107
2g = – 4 2f = c = –
3 9
1
g = –2 f= ,
3
∴ By formula,
Centre of circle (h, k) = (–g, –f) = 2, – 1

3
and radius (r) = g2 + f2 – c
(2)2 + – 1 + 107
2
=
3 9
1 107
= 4+ +
9 9
36 + 1 + 107 144
= = = 4 units
9 9
(c) The given equation of circle is (3x – 5)2 + (3y + 2)2 = 36
9x2 – 30x + 25 + 9y2 + 12y + 4 – 36 = 0
9x2 + 9y2 – 30x + 12y – 7 = 0
Dividing both sides by 9, we get
30 12 7
or, x2 + y2 – x – y – =0
9 9 9
10 4 7
or, x2 + y2 – x – y – = 0 ........... (i)
3 3 9
x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0. We get,
10 4 7
2g = – 2f = – and c = –
3 3 9
5 2
g=– f=–
3 3
By formula,
Centre of circle (h, k) = (–g, –f) = 5 , 2 and radius (r) =

g2 + f2 – c
3 3
–5 + –2 + 7
2 2
=
3 3 9

= 25 + 4 + 7
9 9 9
25 + 4 + 7
=
9
36
= = 2 units
9
6. Find the equation of the circle which touches the x-axis at the point
(4, 0) and passes through the point (3, 1).
Solution: Here,
Let, P(h, k) be the centre of circle and 'r' be its Y
radius. Since, the circle touches the x-axis, so
radius (r) = k and also h = 4
P(h,k)
∴ Centre of circle (h, k) = (4, k)
Now, the equation of circle is
(3,1)
(x – h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2 X'
O X
(4,0)
or, (x – 4) + (y – k) = k ....... (i)
2 2 2
Since, the circle passes through the point (3, 1) Y'
So, it must satisfy equation (i)

(3 – 4)2 + (1 – k)2 = k2
or, 1 + 1 – 2k + k2 = k2
or, 2 – 2k = 0
∴ k = 1
Substituting k = 1 in equation (i), we get
(x – 4)2 + (y – 1)2 = 12
or, x2 – 8x + 16 + y2 – 2y + 1 = 1
or, x2 + y2 – 8x – 2y + 16 = 0 is the required equation of circle.
7. Find the equation of circle passing through the point (4, 3) and
concentric with the circle having equation x2 + y2 + 6x – 8y – 11 = 0.
Solution: Here,
The given equation of circle is
x2 + y2 + 6x – 8y – 11 = 0
The equation of circle concentric with the given circle is,
x2 + y2 + 6x – 8y + k = 0 .......... (i)
Since, it passes through the point (4, 3) it should satisfy equation (i) we get
(4)2 + (3)2 + 6 × 4 – 8 × 3 + k = 0
or, 16 + 9 + 24 – 24 + k = 0
∴ k = –25
Substituting k = – 25 in equation (i), we get
x2 + y2 + 6x – 8y – 25 = 0
is the required equation of circle which is concentric with the given circle.
8. Find the equation of a circle which passes through the point (2, 3)
and (–1, 2) and has its centre lies on the line 2x – 3y + 1 = 0.
Solution: Here,
Let, P(h, k) be the centre of circle. Since, the centre (h, k) lies on the line
2x – 3y + 1 = 0 so it must satisfy the equation
2x – 3y + 1 = 0 (2,3) (–1,2)
or, 2h – 3k + 1 = 0
3k – 1
∴ h = ........... (i) P(h,k) 2x – 3y + 1 = 0
2
We have,
The equation of circle is
(x – h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2 .......... (ii)
Since, the circle passes through the points (2, 3) and (–1, 2). So from equation
(ii), we get
(2 – h)2 + (3 – k)2 = r2 .......... (iii)
and (– 1 – h)2 + (2 – k)2 = r2 .............. (iv)
Equating equation (iii) and (iv), we get
(2 – h)2 + (3 – k)2 = (–1 – h)2 + (2 – k)2
or, 4 – 4h + h2 + 9 – 6k + k2 = 1 + 2h + h2 + 4 – 4k + k2
or, 13 – 4h – 6k = 5 + 2h – 4k
or, 13 – 5 – 4h – 2h – 6k + 4k = 0
or, 8 – 6h – 2k = 0
or, 2(4 – 3h – k) = 0
or, 4 – 3h – k = 0
or, –3h = k – 4
k–4
or, h = .......... (v)
–3
Equating equation (i) and (v), we get
3k – 1 k – 4
=
2 –3
or, –9k + 3 = 2k – 8
or, –9k – 2k = –8 –3
or, –11k = –11
∴ k=1
3k – 1 3 × 1 – 1 2
From equation (i) h = = = =1
2 2 2

∴ Centre of circle (h, k) = (1, 1)
Substituting h = 1 and k = 1 in equation (iii), we get
(2 – 1)2 + (3 – 1)2 = r2
or, 1 + 4 = r2
or, r2 = 5
∴ r= 5 units
Again, substituting (h, k) = (1, 1) and r = 5 units in equation (ii), we get
(x – 1)2 + (y – 1)2 = ( 5 )2
or, x2 – 2x + 1 + y2 – 2y + 1 = 5
or, x2 + y2 – 2x – 2y – 3 = 0
Hence, x2 + y2 – 2x – 2y – 3 = 0 is the required equation of circle.
9. Obtain the equation of circle passing through the points (2, –2), (6, 6)
and (5, 7).
Solution: Here,
Let, (h, k) be the centre of circle and 'r' be its radius.
The equation of circle is (x – h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2 ........ (i) (2, –2)
Since, the circle passes through the points (2, –2), (6, 6)
and (5, 7) so must satisfy equation (i) (h,k) (6,6)
∴ (2 – h)2 + (–2 – k)2 = r2 ....... (ii)
(5,7)
(6 – h)2 + (6 – k)2 = r2 ......... (iii)
and (5 – h)2 + (7 – k)2 = r2 ......... (iv)
Equating equation (ii) and (iii), we get
(2 – h)2 + (–2 – k)2 = (6 – h)2 + (6 – k)2
or, 4 – 4h + h2 + 4 + 4k + k2 = 36 – 12h + h2 + 36 – 12k + k2
or, 8 – 4h + 4k = 72 – 12h – 12k
or, 4k + 12k = 72 – 8 – 12h + 4h
or, 16k = 64 – 8h
or, 16k = 8(8 – h)
or, 2k = 8 – h
∴ h = 8 – 2k .......... (v)
Similarly, equating equation (iii) and (iv) we get
(6 – h)2 + (6 – k)2 = (5 – h)2 + (7 – k)2

or, 36 – 12h + h2 + 36 –12k + k2 = 25 – 10h + h2 + 49 – 14k + k2
or, 72 – 12h – 12k = 74 – 10h – 14k
or, 72 – 74 – 12h + 10h – 12k + 14k = 0
or, –2 – 2h + 2k = 0
or, 2(–1 – h + k) = 0
or, –1–h+k=0
∴ h = k – 1 ............. (vi)
Equating equation (v) and (vi), we get
8 – 2k = k – 1
or, 8 + 1 = k + 2k
or, 9 = 3k
k = 3
From equation (vi) h = 3 – 1 = 2
Substituting, h = 2 and k = 3 in equation (ii), we get
(2 – 2)2 + (–2 – 3)2 = r2
or, 0 + 25 = r2
∴ r = 5 units
Substituting (h, k) = (2, 3) and r = 5 units in equation (i) we get
(x – 2)2 + (y – 3)2 = 52
or, x2 – 4x + 4 + y2 – 6y + 9 = 25
x2 + y2 – 4x – 6y + 13 – 25 = 0
or, x2 + y2 – 4x – 6y – 12 = 0
Hence, x2 + y2 – 4x – 6y – 12 = 0 is the required equation of straight line.
Exercise 4.4
Section 'A'
1. (a) What is the equation of circle having centre (0, 0) and radius is 'a' units
? Write it.
(b) Write the equation of circle having centre (p, q) and radius 'r' units.
(c) What is the equation of circle, if two end points A(x1, y1) and B(x2, y2) of
diameter AB are given?

(d) Write the centre and radius of circle whose equation is
x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0
2. (a) Write the equation of circle having centre (0, 0) and radius 2 units.
(b) What is the radius of circle having equation (x – 6)2 + (y – 8)2 = 72?
3. (a) In the given figure, M is the centre of circle and AB is P
a diameter then what is the value of ∠APB.
(b) In the equation of circle (x – h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2. What A B
M
does h and k represents ? Write it.
Section 'B'
4. Find the equation of circle, when centre and radius of circle are given
as
S.N. Centre Radius (units)
a. (0, 0) 6
b. (3, 0) 5
c. (0, 4) 4
d. (2, –1) 3
e. (–4, 1) 4
f. (2, 3) 5
g. (a, a) a 2
5. Find the equation of the circle with the following conditions.

(a) Centre at (0, 0) and passing through (3, 4)
(b) Centre at (4, – 1) and passing through (–1, 3)
(c) Centre at (4, 2) and passing through origin.
(d) Centre at (2, 3) and passing through (–2, 0).
6. Find the equation of the circle with the following condition.
(a) Centre at (4, 2) and touching x-axis.
(b) Centre at (–2, 5) and touching y-axis.
(c) Radius is 5 units, touching both the positive axes.
(d) Centre lies in the fourth quadrant, touching both the axes having
diameter 5 units.
7. Find the equation of circle when the coordinates of the two ends of
the diameter are:
(a) (3, 2) and (4, – 2) (b) (–7, –4) and (–3, 0)
(c) (3, 6) and (7, – 2) (d) (a, 0) and (0, –a)
8. Find the coordinates of the centre and radius of the circle from the
following equation of circle.
(a) x2 + y2 = 36 (b) (x – 2)2 + (y – 4)2 = 9

(c) (x + 2)2 + (y – 3)2 = 50 (d) (x – a)2 + (y – b)2 = c2
(e) (x + 5)2 + y2 = 121 (f) x2 + (y – 3)2 = 12
(a) x2 + y2 + 4x – 5 = 0 (b) x2 + y2 – 20y + 75 = 0
1
(c) x2 + y2 – 4x – 6y – 12 = 0 (d) x2 + y2 + 5x + 3y – = 0
2
(e) 6x – 8y – x2 – y2 = 0 (f) x2 + y2 – 8x + 3 = 0
Section 'C'
(a) 3x2 + 3y2 + 6x – 9y – 3 = 0 (b) 4x2 + 4y2 – 8x + 24y + 32 = 0
(c) 2x2 + 2y2 – 2x + 6y = 45 (d) (3x – 5)2 + (3y + 2)2 = 36
11. (a) If (2, 4) is one end point of a diameter of the circle with equation
x2 + y2 – 2x – 2y = 8, find the coordinates of other end.
(b) The coordinates of an end point of the diameter of circle
x2 + y2 – 4x – 6y + 11 = 0 is (8, 4), find the coordinates of the other end.
12. (a) The equation of two diameters of a circle passing through the points
(3, 1) are x + 2y – 1 = 0 and 2x – y – 7 = 0. Find the equation of circle.
(b) Find the equation of the circle having the centre as the point of
intersection of the lines x – y = 4 and 2x + 3y + 7 = 0 and passing through
the point (2, 4).
(c) Find the equation of the circle whose equation of two of the diameters
are x + y = 6 and x + 2y = 4 and having diameter 20 units.
(d) A circle has radius 5 units and the equations of its two diameters are
2x – y = 5 and x – 3y + 5 = 0. Find the equation of the circle and show
that it passes through the origin.
13. (a) Find the equation of circle of centre (1, 3) and passing through the point
of intersection of two lines 3x + 2y = 4 and 4x – 3y = 11.
(b) Find the equation of circle of centre (3, 2) which passes through the
midpoint of the line segment joining (5, 1) and (–1, 7).
14. (a) Find the equation of a circle which is concentric with the circle
x2 + y2 – 8x + 12y + 15 = 0 and passing through the point (5, 4).

(b) Find the equation of circle concentric with the circle x2 + y2 – 4x + 6y + 4
= 0 and whose radius is 5 units.
15. (a) Find the equation of the circle passing through the points (4, 1) and (6,
5) and having its centre on the line 4x + y = 16.
(b) Find the equation of the circle which passes through the points (3, –2)
and (–2, 0) and its centre lies on the line 2x – y – 3 = 0
16. Find the equation of the circle which passes through the following points.
(a) (5, 7), (6, 6) and (2, –2) (b) (–4, –2), (2, 6) and (2, –2)
(c) (2, –1), (2, 3) and (4, – 1) (d) (1, –1), (3, 1) and (3, –3)
17. (a) Find the equation of circle whose centre is (4, 5) and its passes through
the centre of circle x2 + y2 + 4x + 6y – 12 = 0
(b) Find the equation of circle of center (4, 2) whose radius is twice the
radius of another circle of equation x2 + y2 – 6x – 4y – 12 = 0.
(c) In the given figure, the circle A with x2 + y2 – 4x + 6y – 12 = 0
A
centre X passes through the centre B
Y of the circle B. If the equation of
X Y
circle B is x2 + y2 – 4x + 6y – 12 = 0
(–4,5)
and the coordinates of X are (–4, 5),
then find the equation of circle A.
18. (a) Find the equation of circle which touches the x-axis at a point (3, 0) and
passing through the point (2, 1).
(b) Find the equation of circle which touches the y-axi at the point (0, 4) and
passes through the point (3, 1).
19. (a) If the line x + y = 1 cuts a circle x2 + y2 = 1 at two points, find the distance
between the two points.
(b) If the lines x + y = 3 cuts the circle x2 + y2 – 2x – 3 = 0 at two points, find
the distance between the two points.
20. (a) Find the equation of a circle whose centre lies on second quadrant, radius
4 units touching x-axis and equation of a diameter is 2x + y + 2 = 0.
(b) If the diameter of the circle 4x2 + 4y2 + px – 20y – 3 = 0 is 8 units, find
the value of p.
(c) The centre of a circle having equation x2 + y2 – 10x + py + 13 = 0 is
(5, –2). Find the value of P and also the radius of circle.

UNIT
5 TRIGONOMETRY
Review
The basic trigonometric formulae which the students have already learned in class
9 are equally important for class 10 also.
A
Basic trigonometric formulae:

p h h
1. (i) sinq = h , cosecq = p p
b h
(ii) cosq = h , secq = b
θ
p b C
(iii) tanq = b , cotq = p B b
sinq cosq cosq cosecq

2. (i) tanq = = (ii) cotq = =
cosq cosecq sinq secq
3. (i) sin2q + cos2q = 1 (ii) sec2q – tan2q = 1 (iii) cosec2q – cot2q = 1
Values of Trigonometric ratios of some Standard Angles:

Angles
0º 30º 45º 60º 90º 120º 135º 150º 180º
Ratios
sin 0 1 1 3 1 3 1 1 0
2 2 2 2 2 2
3 1 1 1 1
cos 1
2
0 –2 – – 3 –1
2 2 2 2
tan 0 1 1 3 ∞ – 3 –1 1 0
–
3 3
cosec ∞ 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 ∞
3 3
sec 1 2 2 2 ∞ –2 – 2 2 –1
–
3 3
cot ∞ 3 1 1 0 1 –1 – 3 ∞
–
3 3

CAST table
(90 + q), (180 – q) q, (90 –q) , (360° + q)
S A
(sin and cosec + ve) (All + ve)
T C
(180 + q), (270 – q) (cos and sec + ve)
(tan and cot + ve) (270 + q), (360 – q)
Trigonmetircal Ratios of (90º ± q), (180º ± q), (270º ± q ), (360º ± q), and (± q)
Angles
(90º–q ) (90º+q) (180º–q) (180º+ q) (–q) (270º–q) (270º+q) (360º–q)
Ratios
sin cos q cos q sin q –sin q – sin q –cos q –cos q – sin q
cos sin q –sin q –cos q –cos q cos q –sin q sin q cos q
tan cot q –cot q –tan q tan q –tan q cot q –cot q –tan q
cot tan q –tan q –cot q cot q –cot q tan q –tan q –cot q
sec cosec q –cosec q –sec q –sce q sec q –cosec q cosec q sec q
cosec sec q sec q cosec q –cosec q –cosec q –sec q –sec q –cosec q
Compound angles formulae
Sin(A + B) = sinA . cosB + cosA . sinB sin(A – B) = sinA . cosB – cosA . sinB
cos(A + B) = cosA . cosB – sinA.sinB cos(A – B) = cosA.cosB + sinA.sinB
tanA + tanB tanA – tanB

tan(A + B) = tan(A – B) =
1 – tanA . tanB 1 + tanA tanB
cotA . cotB – 1 cotA . cotB + 1
cot(A + B) = cot(A – B) =
cotB + cotA cotB – cotA

5.1 Multiple Angles
Let A be an angle. Then, 2A, 3A, 4A ….. etc. are called multiple angles of A. In this
section, we will discuss about the trigonometrical ratios of angles 2A and 3A in
terms of A. The formulae of multiple angles are derived with the help of compound
angle formulae.
Trigonometric Ratios of angles 2A in terms of A.
1. sin2A = sin(A + A)
= sinA . cosA + cosA . sinA [∵ sin (A + B) = sinA . cosB + cosA . sinB]
= 2sinA . cosA
\ sin2A = 2sinA . cosA … (i)
2sinA . cos2A 2tanA
Sin2A = 2sinA . cosA = cosA =
sec2A
\ sin2A = 2tanA … (ii)
1 + tan2A
2sin2A . cosA 2cotA
Sin2A = 2sinA . cosA = =
sinA cosec2A
\ sin2A = 2cotA … (iii)
1 + cot2A
2. cos2A = cos(A + A)
= cosA.cosA – sinA.sinA [ ∵ cos (A+B) = cosA.cosB – sinA.sinB]
\ cos2A = cos2A – sin2A … (i)
Cos2A = cos2A – sin2A
= cos2A – (1 – cos2A) = cos2A – 1 + cos2A
\ cos2A = 2cos2A – 1 … (ii)
Cos2A = cos2A – sin2A
= 1 – sin2A – sin2A
\ cos2A = 1 – 2sin2A … (iii)
Cos2A = 2cos2A – 1
2
= –1
sec2A
2
= –1
1 + tan2A
2– 1 – tan2A
=
1 + tan2A
\ cos2A = 1 – tan A … (iv)
2

1 + tan2A
Cos2A = 1 – 2sin2A
2
= 1–
cosec2A
2
= 1–
1 +cot2A
1 + cot2A – 2
=
1 + cot2A
\ cot2A – 1 .... (v)
cos2A =
cot2A + 1
3.
Tan2A = tan(A + A)
=
tanA + tanA
1 – tanA . tanA
[∵ tan (A+B) = 1 tanA + tanB
– tanA . tanB
]
\ tan2A = 2tanA
1 – tan2A
4.
cot2A = cot(A + A)
=
cotA × cotA – 1
cotA + cotA
[∵ cot (A+B) = cotA × cotB – 1
cotA + cotB
]
\ cot2A = cot A – 1
2

2cotA
Trigonometric Ratios of angles 3A interms of A
1. sin3A = sin(2A + A)
= sin2A . cosA + cos2A . sinA
= 2sinA . cosA . cosA + (1 – 2sin2A) . sinA
= 2sinA (1 – sin2A) + sinA – 2sin3A
= 2sinA – 2sin3A + sinA – 2sin3A
\ sin3A = 3sinA – 4sin3A
2. cos3A = cos(2A + A)
= cos2A . cosA – sin2A . sinA
= (2cos2A – 1)cosA – 2sinA . cosA . sinA
= 2cos3A – cosA – 2(1 – cos2A) . cosA
= 2cos3A – cosA – 2cosA + 2cos3A
\ cos3A = 4cos3A – 3cosA
3. tan3A = tan(2A + A)
tan2A + tanA
=
1 – tan2A . tanA
2tanA
+ tanA
1 – tan2A
=
2tanA
1– . tanA
1 – tan2A
2tanA + tanA – tan3A
=
1 – tan2A – 2tan2A
\ 3tanA – tan3A
tan2A = 1 – 3tan2A
cot3A – 3cotA
4. cot3A =
3cot2A – 1
Multiple angles formulae
2tanA
1. sin2A = 2sinA.cosA 2. sin2A =
1 + tan2A
2cotA
3. sin2A = 4. cos2A = cos2A – sin2A
1 + cot2A
5. cos2A = 2cos2A – 1 6. cos2A = 1 – 2sin2A
1 – tan2A cot2A – 1
7. cos2A = 8. cos2A =
1 + tan2A cot2A + 1
9. 2cos2A = 1 + cos2A 10. 2sin2A = 1 – cos2A
2tanA cot2A – 1
11. tan2A = 12. cot2A =
1 – tan2A 2cotA
13. sin3A = 3sinA – 4sin3A 14. cos3A = 4cos3A – 3cosA
3tanA – tan3A cot3A – 3cotA
15. tan3A = 16. cot3A =
1 – 3tan2A 3cot2A – 1
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
4
1. If sinq = , find the value of sin2q, cos2q and tan2q.
5
Solution :
4
Here, sinq =
5
4 2 3
∴ cosq = 1 – sin2q = 1– = .
5 5
4 3 24
Now, sin2q = 2sinq . cosq = 2 × × =
5 5 25
Cos2q = 1 – 2sin2q
4 2
= 1 – 2 ×
5

32 – 7
= =1–
25 25
24
sin2q 25 – 24
Tan2q = = =
cos2q –7 7
11 25 6
2. If cos2A = , show that cosA =
25 5 2
Solution :
11
Here , cos2A =
25
11
or, 2cos2A – 1 =
25
11
or, 2cos2A = +1
25
36
or, cos2A =
50
36
or, cosA =
50
6
∴ cosA =
5 2
3: Prove that :
cos2A 1 – tanA cosA – sinA

(a) = =
1 + sin2A 1 + tanA cosA + sinA
1 – cos2 q + sin2 q
(b) = tan q
1 + cos2 q + sin2 q
(c) 1 + tanα. tan2α = sec2α.
Solution:
cos2A
(a) L.H.S. =
1 + sin2A
1 – tan2A
1 + tan2A
=
2tanA
1+
1 + tan2A
1 – tan2A
=
1 + tan2A + 2tanA

1 – tan2A
=
(1 + tanA)2
1 – tanA
=
1 + tanA
= Middle part (M.P.) proved.
1– sinA
1 – tanA cos A cosA – sinA
Again, = =
1 + tanA sinA cosA + sinA
1+
cosA
\ L.H.S = M.P. = R.H.S. proved.
1 – cos2θ + sin2θ
(b) L.H.S. =
1 + cos2θ + sin2θ
2sin2θ + 2sinθ . cosθ 2sinθ(sinθ + cosθ)
= = = tanq= R.H.S. proved.
2cos2θ + 2cosθ . sinθ 2cosθ(cosθ + sinθ)
(c) L.H.S. = 1 + tanα. Tan2α
sin sin2
=1+ .
cos cos2
cos2 . cos + sin2. sin
=
cos . cos2
cos(2α – ) cos
= = = sec2α. = R.H.S. proved
cos . cos2 cosα . cos2α
4. Express cos5q in terms of cosq

Solution:
cos5q = cos(2q + 3q)
= cos2q . cos3q – sin2q . sin3q
= (2cos2q – 1) (4cos3q – 3 cosq) – 2sinq . cosq (3sinq – 4sin3q)
= 8cos5q – 6cos3q – 4cos3q + 3cosq – 6sin2q . cosq + 8sin4q . cosq
= 8cos5q – 10cos3q + 3cosq – 6(1 – cos2q) . cosq + 8cosq (1 – cos2q)2
= 8cos5q – 10cos3q + 3cosq – 6cosq + 6cos3q + 8cosq (1 –2cos2q + cos4q)
= 8cos5q – 4cos3q – 3cosq + 8cosq – 16cos3q + 8cos5q
= 16cos5q – 20cos3q + 5cosq
1 1
5. If cosA = 2 a + show that:
a
1 1 1 1
(a) cos2A = 2 a2 + 2 (b) Cos3A = 2 a3 + 3
a a
Solution :
(a) cos2A = 2 cos2A – 1
2
1 1 –1
= 2 × 2 a+ a
1 2
1
=2× a+a –1
4
1 1 1
= a2 + 2a . a + a2 – 1
2
1 1
= a2 + 1 + 2a2 – 1
2
1 1
\ cos2A = a2 + a2
2
(b) Cos3A = 4cos3A – 3cosA
1 3 1
1 1
= 4 × 2 a+ a –3× a+a
2
1 1 3
3 1
=4× a+a – a+a
8 2
3 1
= 1 a3 + 3a . 1 a + 1 + 13 – 2 a + a
2 a a a
1 3 3 1 1. 1 –3 1
= a + a+a + a+a
2 2 2 a 3 2
1 1
\ cos3A = a3 + a3
2
6. If 2tanA = 3tanB, then prove that
sin2B
tan (A – B) = 5 – cos2B
Solution :
Here, 2tanA = 3tanB
3
or, tanA = 2 tanB.
L.H.S. = tan (A – B)
tanA – tanB
= 1 + tanA . tanB
3
tanB – tanB
2 3tanB – 2tanB
= = 2 + 3tan2B
3
1 + tanB . tanB
2
sinB
tanB cosB sinB . cosB sinB . cosB
= 2 + 3tan2B = = 2cos2B + 2sin2B = 2cos2B + 3 – 3cos2B
sin2B
2+3
sinB . cosB cos2B
= 3 – cos2B

2sinB . cosB sin2B sin2B sin2B
= 6 – 2cos2B = 6 – (1 + cos2B) = 6 – 1 – cos2B = 5 – cos2B
7. Prove the following :
cosθ – 1 + sin2θ
(a) = tan q
sinq + 1 + sin2θ
(b) (1 + sin2A + cos2A)2 = 4cos2A (1 + sin2A)
(c) tan(B + 45°) + tan(B – 45°) = 2 tan2B
1
(d) cos6A – sin6A = 4 cos 2A(4 – sin22A)
1
(e) cos4A = 8 (3 + 4cos2A + cos4A)
(f) cosec2q + cot4q = cotq – cosec4q
(g) 3 cosec20º – sec20º = 4
(h) cos3α × cos3α + sin3α . sin3α = cos32α

(i) (2cosq + 1) (2cosq – 1) (2cos2q – 1) = 2cos4q + 1
Solution:
cosθ – 1 + sin2θ
(a) L.H.S. =
sinθ – 1 + sin2θ
cosθ – sin2θ + cos2θ + 2sinθ . cosθ
= sinθ – sin2θ + cos2θ + 2sinθ . cosθ
cosθ – (sinθ + cosθ)2

=
sinθ – (sinθ + cosθ)2
cosθ – sinθ - cosθ
= sinθ – sinθ – cosθ
sinθ
= cosθ = tanq = R.H.S. proved.
(b) L.H.S. = (1 + sin2A + cos2A)2

= (1 + cos2A + sin2A)2

= (2 cos2A + 2sinA.cosA)2
= [2cosA (cosA + sinA)2
= 4cos2A (cos2A + 2cosA . sinA + sin2A)
= 4cos2A (1 + sin2A)
= R.H.S. Proved.

(c) L.H.S. = tan(B + 45°) + tan(B – 45°)
tanB + tan45° tanB – tan45°
= 1 – tanB . tan45° + 1 + tanB . tan45°
tanB + 1 tanB – 1 (tanB + 1)2 – (1 –tanB)2

= 1 – tanB + 1 + tanB = (1 + tan B) (1 – tan B)
tan2B + 2tanB + 1 – tan2B + 2tanB – 1
= 1 – tan2B
2 × 2 tanB
= 1 – tan2B = 2tan2B
= R.H.S. proved
(d) L.H.S. = cos6A – sin6A
= (cos2A)3 – (sin2A)3
= (cos2A – sin2A) (cos4A + cos2A . sin2A + sin4A)
= cos2A [(cos2A + sin2A)2 – 2cos2A . sin2A + cos2A.sin2A]
= cos2A (1 – cos2A . sin2A)
1
= cos2A 1 – sin22A
4
1
= cos2A (4 – sin22A)
4
= R.H.S. proved
1
(e) R.H.S. = (3 + 4cos2A + cos4A)
8
1
= [3 + 4(2cos2A – 1) + 2cos22A – 1]
8
1
= [3 + 8cos2A – 4 + 2(2cos2A – 1)2 – 1]
8
1
= (8cos2A – 2 + 8cos4A – 8cos2A + 2)
8
1
= × 8cos4A
8
= cos4A = L.H.S. proved.
(f) L.H.S. = cosec2q + cot4q
1 cos4θ
= sin2θ + sin4θ

1 cos4θ
= sin2θ + 2sin2θ . cos2θ
2cos2θ + 2cos22θ – 1
= 2sin2θ . cos2θ
2cos2θ(1 + cos2θ) – 1
= 2sin2θ . cos2θ
2cos2θ . 2cos2θ 1
= 2si –
n2θ . cos2θ 2sin2θ . cos2θ
2cos2θ 1
= 2si –
nθ . cosθ sin4θ
= cotq – cosec4q
= R.H.S. proved
(g) L.H.S. = 3 cosec20º – sec20º
3 1
= –
sin 20° cos20°
3 cos 20° – sin20°
=
sin 20° . cos20°
3 1
cos20° – sin20°
2 2
=
1
sin20° . cos20°
2
sin60° . cos20°– cos60° . sin20° 4 sin (60°–20°)

= 1 1 =
× × (2sin 20° . cos20°) sin 40°
2 2
4sin40°
= = 4 = R.H.S. proved.
sin40°
(h) L.H.S. = cos3α . cos3α + sin3α . sin3α
= cos3α (4cos3α – 3cosα) + sin3α (3sinα – 4sin3α)
= 4cos6α – 3cos4α + 3sin4α – 4sin6α
= 4(cos6α – sin6α) – 3(cos4α – sin4α)
=4[cos2α–sin2α)3+3cos2α.sin2α(cos2α–sin2α)]
–3(cos2α–sin2α) (cos2α+sin2α)
= 4(cos32α + 3cos2α . sin2α . cos2α) – 3cos2α
= 4cos32α + 3 . (2sinα . cosα)2. cos2α – 3cos2α
= 4cos32α + 3sin22α . cos2α – 3cos2α
= 4cos32α + 3cos2α (1 – cos22α) – 3cos2α
= 4cos32α + 3cos2α – 3cos32 α – 3cos2 α
= cos32α
= R.H.s. proved.
(i) L.H.S. = (2cosq + 1) (2cosq – 1) (2cos2q – 1)
= (4cos2q – 1) (2cos2q – 1)
= [2(2cos2q) – 1] (2cos2q – 1)
= [2(1 + cos2q) – 1] (2cos2q – 1)
= (2 + 2cos2q – 1) (2cos2q – 1)
= (2cos2q + 1) (2cos2q – 1)
= 4cos22q – 1
= 2(2cos22q) – 1
= 2(1 + cos4q) – 1
= 2 +2 cos4q – 1
= 2 cos4q + 1
= R.H.S. proved.
Exercise 5.1
1. (a) Find the value of sin2A, cos2A and tan2A when
3 5 3
(i) sinA = (ii) cosA = (iii) tanA =
5 13 4
(b) Find the value of sin3A, cos3A and tan3A when
1 1 1
(i) sinA =
(ii) cosA = (iii) tanA =
2 2 3
7 3
2. (a) If cos2A = then show that sinA =
25 5
– 119 5
(b) If cos2q = then show that cosq =
169 13
24 3
(c) If tan2q = then show that tanq =
7 4

3. Using formulae of sin2A, cos2A and tan2A, prove the followings:
(a) sinA = ± 1 – cos2A (b) cosA = ± 1 + cos2A

2 2
(c) tanA = ± 1 – cos2A (d) cotA = ± 1 + cos2A

1 + cos2A 1 – cos2A
2cotA 2tanA
(e) sin2A = (f) sin2A =
1 + cot2A 1 + tan2A
1 – tan2A cot2A – 1
(g) cos2A = (h) cos2A =
1 + tan2A cot2A + 1
4. Prove the following identities:
1 + cos2A 1 – cos2A
(a) = cotA (b) = tanA
sin2A sin2A
1 – cos2A sin2A
(c) = tan2A (d) = tanA
1 + cos2A 1 + cos2A
sin2A
(e) = cotA
1 – cos2A
1 – sin2θ 1 – tanθ cosθ – sinθ
(f) = =
cos2θ 1 + tanθ cosθ + sinθ
cos2A 1 – tanA cosA – sinA
(g) = =
1 + sin2A 1 + tanA cosA + sinA
1 + sin2A cotA + 1 cosA + sinA
(h) = =
cos2A cotA – 1 cosA – sinA
cosθ cosθ
(i) – = tan2θ (j) tanq + cotq = 2 cosec 2q
cosθ – sinθ cosθ + sinθ
(k) tanq – cotq = – 2cot2q
4tanA sin3A cos3A
(l) tan2A + sin2A = (m) – = 2
1 – tan4A sinA cosA
cosθ – sinθ
(n) sec2q – tan2q = (o) cos4A – sin4A = cos2A
cosθ + sinθ
cotA – tanA sin3A + cos3A 1
(p) = cos2A (q) =1– sin2A
cotA + tanA sinA + cosA 2
(r) (sinq + cosq)2 = 1 + sin2q

cosθ + sinθ cosθ – sinθ 1 – cos2A + sin2A
(s) – = 2tan2q (t) = tanA
cosθ – sinθ cosθ + sinθ 1 + cos2A + sin2A
1 + sin2A + cos2A sinθ + sin2θ
(u) = cotA (v) = tanq
1 + sin2A – cos2A 1 + cos2θ + cosθ

(w) cosec2A – sec2A = 4cosec2A . cot2A (x) 1 + tanA . tan2A= sec2A
(y) (1 + tanq – secq) (1 + tanq + secq) = sin2q . sec2q
(z) sin8q = 8sinq . cosq . cos2q . cos4q
5. Prove the followings :

c
1 – tan2 4 – A
(a) cos2(45° – q) – sin2(45° – q) = sin2q (b) = sin2A
2 
c
1 + tan 4 – A
1 + tan2(45° – A)
(c) = cosec2A (d) 2sin2 (45° – q) = 1 – sin2q
1 – tan2(45° – A)
(e) 2cos2 (45° – q) – 1 = sin2q

cosA – 1 + sin2A
(a) (sinq + cosq)2 – (sinq – cosq)2 = 2sin2q (b) = tanA
sinA – 1 + sin2A
1 + sin2A 1 + tanA 2 1 – sin2A
(c) = (d) = tan(45° – A)
1 – sin2A 1 – tanA cos2A
(e) (1 + sin2q + cos2q)2 = 4cos2q (1 + sin2q)

(f) (1 – sin2q + cos2q)2 = 4cos2q (1– sin2q)
(g) 1 + cos22q = 2(cos4q + sin4q) (h) (sec2A + 1) sec2 A– 1 = tan2A

1 1
(i) – = cot4q
tan3θ + tanθ cot3θ + cotθ
1 1
(j) – = cot2q
tan3θ – tanθ cot3θ – cotθ
7. Prove the following identities :

(a) tan(A + 45º) + tan(A – 45º) = 2tan2A
2cos2A
(b) cot(A+ 45º) – tan(A – 45º) =
1 + sin2A
(c) tan(A + 45º) – tan(A – 45º) = 2sec2A
1 1
(d) cos6q + sin6q = (1 + 3cos22q) = (5 + 3cos4q)
4 8
1 2
(e) cos6q – sin6q = (2cos2q – 1) 1 – sin 2θ
4

1
(f) cos8q + sin8q = 1 – sin22q + sin42q (g) 2 + 2 + (2 + 2cos8A) = 2cosA
8
1 1
(h) sin4A = (3 – 4cos2A + cos4A) (i) cos4A = (3 + 4cos2A + cos4A)
8 8
cos3θ – cos3θ sin3θ + sin3θ
(j) cos4q = 1 – 8sin²q + 8sin4q (k) + =3
cosθ sinθ
sec8θ – 1 tan8θ
(a) cosec2q + cot4q = cotq – cosec4q (b) =
sec4θ – 1 tan2θ
1
(c) 3 – = 4 (d) cosec10º – 3 sec10º = 4
sin20° cos20°
(e) 4(cos310º + sin320º) = 3(cos10º + sin20º)
3
(f) cos320º+sin350º = (cos20º + sin50º)
4
1
(g) sinA . sin(60° – A) . sin(60° + A) = sin3A
4
(h) 4cosq . cos(60° + q) . sin(30° + q) = cos3q
1
(i) cosA . cos(120° – A) . cos (120° + A) =
cos3A
4
(j) tanA + 2tan2A + 4tan4A + 8cot8A = cotA
(k) 4cos3q . sin3q + 4sin3q . cos3q = 3sin4q
(l) cos3α . cos3 α + sin3 α . sin3α = cos32α
(m) cos2 q + sin2 q . cos2β = cos2β + sin2β . cos2 q
3
(n) cos2 (q – 120º) + cos2 q + cos2 (q + 120º) =
2
3
(o) sin2 q + sin2(q – 120º) + sin2 (q + 120º) =
2
(p) sin2A – cos2A . cos2B = sin2B – cos2B . cos2A
2sinA 2sin3A 2sin9A
(q) + + = tan27A – tanA
cos3A cos9A cos27A
3
(r)
cos3q + cos3(120° + q) + cos3 (240° + q) = cos 3q
4
9. Express
(a) sin3q in terms of sinq (b) cos 3q in terms of cos q
(c) cot 3q in terms of cotq (d) tan 3q in terms of tanq

(e) cos4q in terms of cosq
1 1
10. (a) If cosA = = x + , show that
2 x
1 2 1 1 3 1
(i) cos 2A = x + 2 (ii) cos 3A = x + 3
2 x 2 x
1 1
(b) If sinA = a+ , show that
2 a
1 2 1 –1 3 1
(i) cos 2A = – a + 2 (ii) sin 3A = a + 3
2 a 2 a
11. (a) If 2tanA = 3tanB, then prove that
sin2B 5sin2B
(i) tan (A – B) = (ii) tan (A + B) =
5 – cos2B 5cos2B – 1
b
(b) If tana = , show that a cos2a + bsin2a = a.
a
1 1
(c) If tanq = and tanb = , prove that cos2q = sin4b
7 3
1 – tan4
(d) If tanq = sec2a, then show that sin2q =
1 + tan4

5.2 Sub-Multiple Angles
A A A
Let A be an angle. Then , , ... etc. are called sub-multiple angles of A. In this
2 3 4 A
section, we will discuss about the trigonometric ratios of angle A interms of and
A 2
.
3
A
Trigonometric Ratios of angles A in terms of .
2
A A
1. sinA = sin +
2 2
A A A A
= sin . cos + cos . sin [∵sin(A + B) = sinA . cosB + coA . sinB]
2 2 2 2
A A
= 2sin . cos .
2 2
A A
\ sinA = 2sin . cos
2 2
A A A
2tan . cos2 2tan
A A 2 2 2
sinA = 2sin . cos = =
2 2 A A
cos sec2
2 2
A
2tan
2
\ sinA =
A
1 + tan2
2
A A
2. cosA = cos +
2 2
A A A A
= cos . cos – sin . sin
2 2 2 2
A A
\ cosA = cos2 2 – sin2 2 … (i)
A A
CosA = cos2 – sin2
2 2
A A A A
= cos2 – 1 – cos2 = cos2 – 1 + cos2
2 2 2 2
A
\ – 1 … (ii)
cosA = 2cos2
2
A A
CosA = cos2 – sin2
2 2
A A
= 1 – sin2 – sin2
2 2

A
\ cosA = 1 – sin2 … (iii)
2
A
CosA = 2cos2 – 1
2
2
= –1
A
sec2
2
2
= –1
A
1 + tan2
2
A
2 – 1 – tan2 2
=
A
1 + tan2 2
A
1 – tan2 2
\ cosA = ... (iv)
A
1 + tan2 2
A
CosA = 1 – 2sin2
2
2
=1–
A
cosec2 2
2
= 1 –
A
1 + cot2 2
A
1 + cot2 2 – 2
=
A
1 + cot2 2

A
cot2 2 – 1
\ cosA = cosA = … (v)
A
cot2 + 1 2
A A
A A tan 2 + tan 2
3. tanA = tan + = A A
2 2
1 – tan 2 . tan 2
A
2tan 2
\ tanA =
A
1 – tan2 2
A A
4. cotA = cot +
2 2

A A
cot 2 × cot 2 – 1
= A
A
cot 2 + cot 2
A
cot2 2 –1
\ CotA =
A
2cot 2
A
Trigonometric Ratios of angle A in terms of
3
2A A
1. sinA = sin +
3 3
2A A 2A A
= sin . cos + cos . sin
3 3 3 3
A A A A A
= 2sin . cos . cos + 1 – 2sin2 . sin
3 3 3 3 3
A A A A
= 2sin . cos2 + sin – 2sin3
3 3 3 3
A A A A
= 2sin 1 – sin2 + sin – 2sin3
3 3 3 3
A A A A
= 2sin – 2sin3 + sin – 2sin3
3 3 3 3
A
∴ sinA = 3sin – 4sin3 A
3 3
2A A
2. cosA = cos +
3 3
2A A 2A A
= cos . cos + sin . sin
3 3 3 3
A A A A A
= 2cos2 – 1 . cos – 2 sin . cos × sin
3 3 3 3 3
A A A A
= 2cos3 – cos – 2cos 1 – cos2
3 3 3 3
A A A A
= 2cos3 – cos – 2cos + cos3
3 3 3 3
A A
= 4cos 3
– 3cos
3 3
∴ cosA = 4cos3 A – 3cos3 A
3 3
Similarly,
A A A A
3tan 3 – tan3 3 cot3 3 – 3 cot 3
3. tanA = 4. cotA = A
A 3cot2 3 –1
1– tan2 3

Comparative study of trigonometric ratios of multiple and sub-multiple
angles.
Multiple Angle Sub-multiple angle
1. sin2A = 2sinA . cosA A A
1. sinA = 2sin . cos
2 2
A
2tanA 2tan 2
2. sin2A = 2. sinA =
1 + tan2A A
1 + tan2 2
A
2cotA 2cot 2
3. sin2A = 3. sinA =
1 + cot2A A
1 + cot2 2
A A
4. cos2A = cos2A – sin2A 4. cosA = cos2 – sin2
2 2
5. cos2A = 2cos2A – 1 A
5. cosA = 2cos2 – 1
2
A
6. cos2A = 1 – 2sin2A 6. cosA = 1 – 2sin2
2
A
1 – tan2 2
1 – tan2A 7. cosA =
7. cos2A = A
1 + tan2A 1 + tan2 2
A
cot2 2 – 1
cot2A –1 8. cosA =
8. cos2A = A
cot2 A+1 cot2 2 + 1
A
9. 2cos2A = 1 + cos2A 9. 2cos2 = 1 + cosA
2
A
10. 2sin2A = 1 – cos2A 10. 2sin = 1 – cosA
2
2
A
2tanA 2tan 2
11. tan2A = 11. tanA =
1 – tan2A A
1 – tan2 2
cot2A – 1
12. cot2A = A
2cotA cot2 2 – 1
12. cotA = A
13. sin3A = 3sinA – 4sin3A 2cot 2
14. cos3A = 4cos3A – 3cosA A A
13. sinA = 3sin – 4sin3
3 3
A A
3tanA – tan3A 14. cosA = 4cos – 3cos
3
15. tan3A = 3 3
1 – 3tan2A A A
3 tan 3 – tan3 3
15. tanA = A
cot3A – 3cotA 1 – 3tan2 3
16. cot3A = A A
3cot2A – 1 cot3 3 – 3cot 3
16. cotA =
A
3cot2 3 – 1
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
θ 4
1. Find the value of sin q, cos q and tan q when sin =
2 5
Solution :
θ 4
Here, sin =
2 5
θ θ 4 2
3
cos = 1 – sin2 = 1– =
2 2 5 5
θ θ
Now, sinq = 2sin . cos
2 2
4 3 24
= 2 × × =
5 5 25
θ
cosq = 1 – 2sin2
2
4 2
=1–2
5
32
=1–
25
–7
=
25
24
sinθ 25 24
tanq = = =
cosθ – 7 – 7
25
2. If cos30°= 3 show that sin15° = 3 – 1

2 2 2
Solution:
Here, cos30º = 3
2
= 3 [∴ cosq = 1 – 2sin2 ]
30° θ
or, 1 – 2sin2
2 2 2
or, 2sin215º = 1 – 3
2
2 – 3
or, sin215º =
4
2– 3 2
or, sin15º = ± ×
4 2
4–2 3 3+1–2 3
or, sin15º = ± =
8 8
( 3 )2 – 2 . 3 . 1 + 12
or, sin15º = ±
8

( 3 – 1)2
or, sin15º = ±
8
–1
or, sin15º = ± 3
2 2
Since, 15º lies in first quadrant where the value of sin15º is +ve
–1
∴ sin15º = 3
2 2
1 1° –1
3. If cos315º = , show that cos157 2 = 2 2+ 2
2
Solution :
1
Here, Cos315º =
2
1 315° θ
or, 2cos2 –1=
∴ cosθ = 2cos2 – 1
2 2 2
315° 1
or, 2cos2 =1+
2 2
315° 2+ 1
or, cos2 = 2 2
2
315° 2+ 1 2
or, cos2 =2 2 × 2
2
315° 2+ 2
or, cos =±
2 4
315°
or, cos = ± 2 + 2
2 2
315° 315°
Since, lies in second quadrant, where the value of cos is –ve
2 2
1° –1
\ cos 157 = 2 + 2
2 2
A 1 1 –1 3 1
4. If sin = p + show that sinA = p + 3
3 2 p 2 p
Solution :
A 1 1
Here, sin = p+
3 2 p
A A
Now, sinA = 3sin – 4sin3
3 3
3
1 1 1
=3× p+ – 4 1 p +
2 p 2 p
3 1 1 1 1 1
=p + –4× p3 + 3p . p+ +
2 p 8 p p p3
3 1 3 1 1 –1 1 1
– × 3=
1 1
=p + – P3 – p+ p3 –
2 p 2 2 p 2 p 2 2 p3
–1 1
= p3 + = R.H.S. proved.
2 p3

5. Prove the following:
Solution:
A 1 + sinA
(a) tan 45° + 2 =
1 – sinA
A
L.H.S. = tan 45° + 2
A
sin 45° +
= 2
A
cos 45° + 2
A A
sin45° . cos 2 + cos45° . sin 2
=
A A
cos45° . cos – sin45° . sin
2 2
1 A 1 A
cos + . sin
= 2 2 2 2
1 A 1 A
cos – . sin
2 2 2 2
A A
cos+ sin
2 2
= A A
cos – sin
2 2
A A 2
cos 2 + sin 2
= A A 2
cos 2 – sin 2
A A A A
cos 2 + 2sin 2 . cos 2 + sin2 2
=
A A A A
cos2 2 – 2cos 2 . sin 2 + sin2 2
= 1 + sinA
1 – sinA
= R.H.S. Proved
sin2A cosA A
(b) . = tan
1 + cos2A 1 + cosA 2

sin2A cosA
L.H.S. = .
1 + cos2A 1 + cosA
2sinA . cosA cosA
= .
2cos2A 1 + cosA
A A
2sin . cos
2 2
= A
2cos 2
2

A
sin
2 A
= A = tan 2 = R.H.S. proved
cos
2
A A 2cosA
(c) cot + 45° – tan – 45° =
2 2 1 + sinA
A A 2cosA
L.H.S. = cot 2 + 45° – tan 2 – 45° = 1 + sinA
A A
cot 2 . cot45° – 1 tan 2 – tan45°
= A – A
cot + cot45° 1 + tan . tan45°
2 2
A A
cot 2 – 1 tan 2 – 1
= A – A
cot +1 1 + tan
2 2
A A
1 – tan 2 tan 2 – 1
= A– A
1 + tan 1 + tan
2 2
A A
1 – tan 2 – tan 2 + 1
= A
1 + tan
2
A
2 1 – tan
= 2
A
1 + tan 2
A
sin
2
21– A A A
cos 2 cos – sin 2
= 2 = 2
A A A
sin cos + sin
1 +
2 2 2
A
cos
2
A A A A
2 cos – sin cos + sin
= 2 2 2 2
A A × A A
cos + sin2 cos + sin
2 2 2
A A
2 cos – sin2 2
= 2 2
A A A A
cos + 2cos . sin + sin2
2
2 2 2 2
2cosA
=
1 + sinA
= R.H.S. proved

1 θ θ
(d) cot 2 – tan 2 = cot q
2
1 θ θ
L.H.S = cot 2 – tan 2
2
θ θ
1
sin cos
2 2
= –
2 sin θ cos θ
2 2
θ
1
cos2 – sin2 θ
2 2
=
2 sin θ .cos θ
2 2
cos q cosθ
= θ θ = sinθ = cotq = R.H.S. proved
2sin . cos
2 2
Exercise 5.2
1. Find the value of sinA, cosA and tanA when
A 3 A 5 A 4
(a) sin = (b) cos = (c) tan =
2 5 2 13 2 3
2. Find the value of sinA, cosA and tanA when
A 1 A 1 A
(a) sin = (b) cos
= (c) tan = 1
3 2 3 2 3
A 1 1
(a) If cos = , show that sinA = 3 . (b) If tan = , show that tanq = 3
θ
3.
2 2 2 2 3
A 3 117 θ 2 – 22
(c) If sin = , show that sinA = (d) If cos = , show that cosq =
3 5 125 3 3 27
q 1 37
(e) If tan = , prove that tanq =
3 5 55
4. (a) If cos30º = 3 , show that

2
–1 +1
(i) sin15º = 3 (ii) cos15º = 3 (iii) tan15º = 2 – 3
2 2 2 2
1
(b) If cos45º = , show that
2
1° 1 1° 1 1° 3–2 2
(i)
sin22 = 2 – 2 (ii) cos22 = 2 + 2 (iii) tan22 =
2 2 2 2 2
(c) If cos330º = 3 , prove that

2

–1 3 +1
(i) sin165º = 3 (ii) cos165º = –
2 2 2 2
θ 1 1 1 1
5. (a) If cos = p + , show that cosq = p + 2 2
2 2 p 2 p
θ 1 1 1 1
(b) If cos = a + , show that cosq = a3 + 3
3 2 a 2 a
θ 1 1 1 1
(c) If sin = b + , show that cosq = – b2 + 2
2 2 b 2 b
θ 1 1 1 1
(d) If sin = x + , show that sinq = – x3 + 3
3 2 x 2 x
1 + cosA A 1 – cosA A
(a) = cot (b) = tan
sinA 2 sinA 2
sinθ θ sin 
(c) = tan (d) = cot
1 + cosθ 2 1 – cos 2
1 + cosA A 1 – cos 
(e) = cot2 (f) = tan2
1 – cosA 2 1 + cos 2
β sin2θ θ θ
(g) cosecβ + cotβ = cot (h) = cos2 – sin2
2 2sinθ 2 2
A A
cos3 – sin3
2 2 1 2sinA + sin2A A
(i) = 1 + sinA (j) = cot2
A A 2 2 sinA – sin2A 2
cos – sin
2 2
θ θ
cot + tan
A A 2 2
(k)
cot – tan = 2cotA (l) = secθ
2 2 θ
cot – tan
θ
2 2
A A
cos – sin
2 2 θ θ
(m) = secA – tanA (n) 1 – sinθ = cos + sin
A A 2 2
cos + sin
2 2
secA + 1 A
(o) = 2cos2
secA 2
θ θ θ θ 1  A
(p) sin . cos3 + cos . sin3 = sinθ (q) 1 – 2sin2 – = sinA
2 2 2 2 2 4 2
 θ  θ
2tan – 1 – tan2 –
(r) 4
= cosq (s) 2 4 4 = sin θ
 θ  θ 2
1 +tan2 – 1 + tan2 –
4 2 4 4
  θ θ
(t) cos2 – θ – sin2 – = sin
4 4 4 4 2
7. Prove the followings:

1 + cosθ + sinθ θ 1 – cosθ + sinθ θ
(a) = cot (b) = tan
1 – cosθ + sinθ 2 1 + cosθ + sinθ 2
θ
sinθ + sin
(c) 2 θ
= tan (d)
sin2θ
×
cosθ
= tan
θ
θ 2 1 + cos2θ 1 + cosθ 2
1 + cosθ + cos
2
A 1 + sinA
(e) tan 45° + = secA + tanA =
2 1 – sinA
A 1 – sinA
(f) tan 45° – = secA – tanA =
2 1 + sinA
θ θ
(g) sec 45° + 2 × sec 45° – 2 = 2secq
θ θ
(h) cot 2 + 45° – tan 2 – 45° = 2(secq – tanq)
c θ c θ
(i) tan 4 + 2 + tan 4 – 2 = 2secq
θ
sin 2 – 1 + sinθ θ
(j) θ = cot 2
cos – 1 + sinθ
2
  3
(k) cos6 2 + sin6 2 = 1 – 4 sin2α
–β
(l) (cosα + cosβ)2 + (sinα + sinβ)2 = 4cos2 2
–β
(m) (cosα – cosβ)2 + (sinα – sinβ)2 = 4sin2 2

5.3 Transformation of Trigonometric Formulae
The sum or difference form of sine and cosine ratios can be transformed into
the product form and the product form can also be transformed into the sum or
difference form.
Transformation of products into sum or difference
We know that
sin (A + B) = sinA . cosB + cosA . sinB … (i)
sin (A – B) = sinA . cosB – cosA . sinB … (ii)
cos (A + B) = cosA . cosB – sinA . sinB … (iii)
cos (A – B) = cosA . cosB + sinA . sinB … (iv)
Now adding (i) and (ii) we get

Sin (A + B) + sin (A – B) = 2sinA . cosB
\ 2sinA . cosB = sin(A + B) + sin(A – B)
Subtracting (ii) from (i), we get

Sin (A + B) – sin (A – B) = 2cosA . sinB
\ 2cosA . sinB = sin(A + B) – sin(A – B)
Adding (iii) and (iv), we get

Cos(A + B) + cos (A – B) = 2cosA . cosB
\ 2cosA . cosB = cos(A + B) + cos(A – B)
Subtracting (iii) from (iv), we get
cos(A – B) – cos (A + B) = 2sinA . sinB
\ 2sinA . sinB = cos(A – B) – cos(A + B)
Transformation of sum or difference into product.
From the above formula, we have

sin (A + B) + sin (A – B) = 2sinA . cosB … (i)
sin (A + B) – sin (A – B) = 2cosA . sinB … (ii)
cos (A + B) + cos (A – B) = 2cosA . cosB … (iii)
cos (A – B) – cos (A + B) = 2sinA . sinB … (iv)
Let A + B = C and A – B = D
C+D C–D
then A= and B =
2 2
Now, substituting the values of A, B, A + B and A – B in (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv), we get
C+D C–D
sinC + sinD = 2 sin . cos
2 2

C+D C–D
sinC – sinD = 2 cos . sin
2 2
C+D C–D
cosC + cosD = 2 cos . cos
2 2
C+D C–D
cosD – cosC = 2 sin . sin
2 2
C+D C–D
or, cosC – cosD = – 2 sin . sin
2 2
Transformation formulae in Tabular form
Transformation of product into sum or difference.
2sinA.cosB = sin(A + B) + sin (A – B)
2cosA.sinB = sin(A + B) – sin (A – B)
2cosA.cosB = cos(A + B) + cos (A – B)
2sinA.sinB = cos(A – B) – cos (A + B)
Transformation of sum or difference into product

C+D C–D
sinC + sinD = 2 sin . cos
2 2
C+D C–D
sinC – sinD = 2 cos . sin
2 2
C+D C–D
cosC + cosD = 2 cos . cos
2 2
C+D C–D
cosC – cosD = – 2 sin . sin
2 2
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. Express the following products into sum or difference.

(a) sin28° . cos16° (b) sin5q . cos7q (c) 2cos40°. Cos80°
Solution:
(a) sin28º . cos16º (b) sin5q . cos7q
1 1
= (2sin28º.cos16º) = (2cos7q . sin5q)
2 2
1 1
= [sin (28º + 16º) +sin (28º – 16º)] = [ sin (7q + 5q) – sin (7q – 5q)]
2 2
1 1
= (sin44º + sin12º) = (sin12q – sin2q)
2 2
(c) 2cos40º . cos80º
= 2cos80º . Cos40º
= cos (80º + 40º) + cos (80º – 40º)
= cos120º + cos40º
1
= cos40º –
2
2. Express the followings into product form
(a) sin50° + sin40° (b) cos140° + cos50°
(c) sin70° – cos80° (d) cos50° – cos70°
Solution:
(a) Sin50º + sin40º
50° + 40° 50° – 40°
= 2 sin . cos
2 2
= 2sin45º . cos5º
1
=2× cos5º
2
= 2 cos5º

(b) Cos140º + cos50º
140° + 50° 140° – 50°
= 2cos . cos
2 2
= 2cos95º . cos45º
1
= 2cos95º .
2
= 2 cos95º
(c) Sin70º – cos80º
= sin70º – cos (90 – 10º)
= sin70º – sin10º
70° + 10° 70° – 10°
= 2cos . sin
2 2
= 2cos40º . sin30º
1
= 2cos40º.
2
= cos40º
(d) Cos50º – cos70º

= – (cos70º – cos50º)
70° – 50°
= – – 2 sin70° + 50° . sin
2 2
= 2sin60º. Sin10º
= 2 × 3 sin10º
2
= 3 sin10º
(a) Sin100º – sin40º – sin20º = 0
(b) 2sin (45° + q) . cos (45 – q) = 1 + sin2q

sin(80° + A) – sin(80° – A)
(c) = tanA.
cos(80° + A) + cos(80° – A)
Solution:
(a) L.H.S. = sin100º – sin40º – sin20º
= 2 cos 100° + 40° . sin 100° – 40° – sin20º

2 2
= 2cos70º. Sin30º – sin20º
1
=2× cos (90º – 20º) – sin20º
2
= sin20º – sin20º
= 0 = R.H.S. proved
(b) L.H.S. = 2 sin (45° + q). cos (45° –q)
= sin (45° + q + 45° – q) + sin (45° + q – 45° + q)
= sin90º + sin2q
= 1 + sin2q = R.H.S. proved
(c) L.H.S. = sin(80° + A) – sin(80° – A)

cos(80° + A) + cos(80° – A)
2cos 80° + A + 80° – A . sin 80° + A – 80° + A

2 2
= = cos80° × sinA
80° + A + 80° – A 80° + A – 80° + A cos80° × cosA
2cos 2 . cos 2
= sinA = tanA = R.H.S. proved
cosA
(a) sinq + sin3q + sin5q + sin7q = 4cosq . cos2q . sin4q
(b) sin 9θ . sin3θ + sin5θ . sin θ = sin4q .sin2q

2 2 2 2
cosA – cos2A + cos3A

(c) = cot2A
sinA – sin2A + sin3A
cos2A . cos3A – cos2A . cos7A
(d) = sin7A + sin3A
sin4A . sin3A – sin2A . sin 5A sinA
A+B
(e) (sinA – sinB)2 + (cosA + cosB)2 = 4cos2
2
(f) 8cos40º . cos100º . cos160º = 1
(g) sin10º . sin30º . sin50º . sin70º = 1

16
sin2A – sin2B
(h) = tan (A + B)
sinA . cosA – sinB . cosB
(i) sin2q. cos3q = 1 (2cosq – cos3q – cos5q)

16
Solution:
(a) L.H.S. = sinq + sin3q + sin5q + sin7q
= (sin7q + sinq) + (sin 5q + sin3q)
7θ + θ 7θ – θ 5θ + 3θ 5θ – 3θ
= 2 sin . cos + 2sin . cos
2 2 2 2
= 2sin4q . cos3q + 2sin4q.cosq

= 2sin4q (cos3q + cosq)
3θ + θ 3θ – θ
= 2sin4q.2cos . cos
2 2
= 4cosq.cos2q . sin4q = R.H.S. proved
9θ 3θ 5θ θ
(b) L.H.S. = sin .sin + sin . sin
2 2 2 2
1 9θ 3θ 5θ θ
= 2sin .sin + 2sin . sin
2 2 2 2 2
9θ 3θ 9θ 3θ 5θ θ 5θ θ
= 1 cos – – cos + + cos – – cos +
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
= 1 (cos3q – cos6q + cos2q – cos3q)

2
–1
= (cos6q – cos2q)
2
6θ + 2θ 6θ – 2θ
= – 1 × – 2sin . sin
2 2 2
= sin4q.sin2q = R.H.S. proved
(c) L.H.S. = cosA – cos2A + cos3A

sinA – sin2A + sin3A
= cos3A + cosA – cos2A

sin3A + sinA – sin2A

3A + A 3A – A
2cos . cos – cos2A
2 2
=
3A + A 3A – A
2sin . cos – sin2A
2 2
= 2cos2A . cosA – cos2A
2sin2A. cosA – sin2A
= cos2A(2cosA – 1)
sin2A(2cosA – 1)
= cot2A = R.H.S. proved
(d) L.H.S. = cos2A . cos3A – cos2A . cos7A

sin4A . sin3A – sin2A . sin5A
= 2cos3A . cos2A – 2cos7A . cos2A

2sin4A . sin3A – 2sin5A . sin2A
= cos(3A + 2A) + cos(3A – 2A) – cos (7A + 2A) – cos(7A – 2A)

cos(4A – 2A) – cos(4A + 3A) – cos(5A – 2A) + cos(5A + 2A)
= cos5A + cosA – cos9A – cos5A

cosA – cos7A – cos3A + cos7A
= cosA – cos9A
cosA – cos3A
= cos9A – cosA
cos3A – cosA
9A + A 9A – A
– 2sin . sin
2 2
=
3A + A 3A – A
– 2sin . sin
2 2
= sin5A . sin4A
sin2A . sinA
sin5A . 2sin2A . cos2A

=
sin2A . sinA
2sin5A . cos2A
=
sinA
sin(5A + 2A) + sin(5A – 2A)
=
sinA
sin7A + sin3A
=
sinA
= R.H.S. proved

(e) L.H.S. = (sinA – sinB)2 + (cosA + cosB)2
A+B 2 2
= 2cos . sin A – B + 2cos
A+B
. cos A – B
2 2 2 2
= 4cos2A + B . sin2 A – B + 4cos2A + B . cos2 A – B
2 2 2 2
A+B A–B
= 4cos2 sin2 + cos2 A – B
2 2 2
A+B
= 4cos2
2
= R.H.S. proved
(f) L.H.S. = 8cos40º . cos100º . cos160º
= 4cos40º (2cos160º . cos100º)
= 4cos40º [cos (160° + 100°) + cos (160° – 100°)]
= 4cos40º (cos260º + cos60º)
1
= 4cos260º . cos40º + 4 × cos40º
2
= 2(2cos260º. Cos40º) + 2cos40º
= 2[cos(260 + 40º) + cos (260–40º)] + 2cos40º
= 2(cos300º + cos220°) + 2cos40º
= 2cos (90° × 3 + 30°) + 2cos (90° × 2 + 40°) + 2cos40º
1
= 2sin30º – 2cos40º + 2cos40º = 2 ×
2
=1
= R.H.S. proved
Alternate method
L.H.S. = 8cos40º . cos100º . cos160º
= 8cos40º . cos(60º + 40°) . cos(120° + 40º)
= 8cos40º.(cos60° . cos40°–sin60°. sin40°)(cos120°. cos140°– sin120° . sin40°)
1 1
= 8cos40º cos40° – 3 sin 40° – cos40° – 3 sin 40°
2 2 2 2
1 3
= – 8cos40º cos240° – sin240°
4 4
8
= – cos40°(cos240° – 3 + 3cos240°)
4
= – 2(4cos340° – 3cos40°)

= – 2 × cos120° [∴ 4cos3 – 3coA = cos3A]
1
= – 2 × – =1
2
= R.H.S. proved
(g) L.H.S. = sin10º . sin30º . sin50º . sin70º
1 1
= .
sin10º (2sin70º . sin50º)
2
2
1
= sin10º [cos (70° – 50°) – cos (70° + 50°)]
4
1
= sin10º (cos20º – cos120º)
4
1 1
= sin10º . cos20º +
sin10º
4 8
1 1 1
= × (2cos20º . sin10º) + sin10º
4 2 8
1 1
= [sin (20° + 10º) – sin(20° – 10°)] + sin10º
8 8
1 1 1
= sin 30º – sin 10º + sin 10º
8 8 8
1 1
= ×
8 2
1
= = R.H.S. Proved
16
Alternate method
L.H.S. = sin10º . sin30º . sin50º . sin70º
1
= sin10º . sin(60º – 10º) . sin(60° + 10°)
2
1
= sin10º(sin60° . cos10° – cos60° . sin10°)(sin60° . cos10° + cos60° . sin10°)
2
1 3 1 3 1
= sin10º cos10° – sin10° cos10° + sin10°
2 2 2 2 2
1 3 1
= sin10º cos210° – sin210°
2 4 4
1
= × sin10°(3 – 3sin210º – sin210º)
8
1
= (3sin10º – 4sin310º)
8
1
= sin30° [∴ 3sinA – 4sin3A = sin 3A]
8
1 1 1
= × = = R.H.S. Proved
8 2 16
sin2A – sin2B
(h) L.H.S. =
2sin2A – 2sin2B
=
2sinA . cosA – 2sinB . cosB
1 – cos2A – 1 + cos2B
=
sin2A – sin2B
– (cos2A – cos2B)
=
sin2A – sin2B
2A + 2B
= – – 2sin . sin2A – 2B = sin(A + B) . sin(A – B)
2 2 cos(A + B) . sin(A – B)
2A + 2B 2A – 2B
2cos . sin
2 2
= tan (A + B) Proved
1
(i) R.H.S. = (2cosq – cos3q – cos5q)
16
1
= {2cosq – (cos5q + cos3q}
16
1 5θ + 3θ
= 2cosθ – 2cos . sin 5θ – 3θ
16 2 2
1
= (2cosθ – 2cos4θ . cosθ)
16
1
= × 2cosq (1 – cos4q)
16
1
= cosq (2sin22q)
8
1
= cosq (2sinq . cosq)2
4
1
= cosq 4sin2q . cos2q
4
= sin2q . cos3q
= L.H.S. proved
1 1 2
5. If sin2A + sin2B = and cos2A + cos2B = show that tan (A + B) =
3 2 3
Solution :
1
Here, sin2A + sin2B =
3
2A + 2B 2A – 2B 1
or, 2sin . cos =
2 2 3
1
or, 2 sin (A + B) . cos (A – B) = …………….. (i)
3
1
And, cos2A + cos2B =
2
2A + 2B 2A – 2B 1
or, 2cos . cos =
2 2 2
1
or, 2cos (A + B) . cos(A – B) = …………….. (ii)
2
Dividing (i) by (ii) we get

1
2sin(A + B) . cos (A – B) 3
=
2cos(A + B) . cos (A – B) 1
2
2
\ tan (A + B) = proved.
3
 9 3 5
6. Prove that : 2cos . cos + cos + cos =0
13 13 13 13
Solution :
 9 3 5
L.H.S. = 2cos . cos + cos + cos
13 13 13 13
9  9  3 5
= cos + + cos – + cos + cos
13 13 13 13 13 13
10 8 3 5
= cos + cos + cos + cos
13 13 13 13
3 5 3 5
= cos  – + cos  – + cos + cos
13 13 13 13
3 5 3 5
= – cos – cos + cos + cos
13 13 13 13
= 0 = R.H.S. Proved.
Alternative Method:
 9 3 5
= 2cos . cos + cos + cos
13 13 13 13
9  9  3 5
= cos + + cos – + cos + cos
13 13 13 13 13 13
10 8 + 3 5
= cos + cos cos + cos
13 13 13 13
10 3 8 5
= cos + cos + cos + cos
13 13 13 13
10 3 10 3 8 5 8 5
+ – + –
13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13
= 2cos . cos + 2cos . cos
2 2 2 2
13 7 13 3
= 2cos . cos + 2cos . cos
26 26 26 26
13 7 3
= 2cos cos + cos
26 26 26
 7 3
= 2cos cos + cos
2 26 26
7 3
= 2 × 0 cos + cos
26 26
= 0 = R.H.S. proved

Exercise 5.3
1. Express each of the following of a sum or difference :
(a) 2sin25º. Cos5º (b) 2cos65º. Sin25º (c) cos35º. Cos25º

(d) sin100º . sin 80º (e) 2sin 5q . cos3q (f) 2 sin7q.cos9q
(g) 2sin5q . cos7q (h) sin9A.sin12A
2. Express each of the following as a product :
(a) sin70º + sin20º (b) sin55º – sin25º (c) cos9q + cos3q

(d) cos11q – cos7q (e) sin9q – sin11q (f) cos110º – cos40º
(g) cos40º + cos140º (h) sin35º + sin115º
(a) 2sin8A.cos3A = sin11A + sin5A

1
(b) sin3q. Cos9q = (sin12q – sin6q)
2
1 1
(c) cos55º . cos65º = cos10° –
2 2
1 1
(d) sin80º . sin20º = – cos100°
2 2
(e) 2sin (45° + q) . cos (45° – q) = 1 + sin2q.

(a) sin70º + sin20º = 2 cos25º

(b) sin20º – sin50º = – 2cos35° sin15º
(c) cos8q – cos10q = 2 sin9q.sinq (d) cos100 + cos20º = cos40º
(e) sin105º + sin15º = 3 (f) sin75º – sin15º =

1
2 2
1
(g) cos105º + sin75º =
2
(h) sin(150° + A) + sin (150° – A) = cosA
(i) cos (45° + q) + cos (45° – q) = 2 cos q (j) cos20º + cos100º + cos140º = 0
(k) cos70º + cos50º – cos10º = 0 (l) sin70º + cos100º – cos40º = 0

sin + sinβ +β sin5θ + sin3θ

(a) = tan (b) = tan4q
cos + cosβ 2 cos5θ + cos3θ
cos75° + cos15° cos80° – sin10°
(c) = 3 (d) = tan35º
sin75° – sin15° cos80° + cos10°
cos(45° + A) + cos(45° – A) sin2A + sin2B tan(A + B)

(e) = 1 (f) =
sin(45° + A) + sin(45° – A) sin2A – sin2B tan(A – B)
sin(80° + A) – sin(80° – A)
(g) = tanA
cos(80° + A) + cos(80° – A)
cosA – cosB A+B A–B
(h) = – tan . tan
cosA + cosB 2 2
sinθ + sinβ θ+β θ–β
(i) = tan . cot
sinθ – sinβ 2 2
(a) sin7A . sin3A + sin11A . sinA = sin8A . sin4A
(b) sin3A . cosA + cos4A . sin2A = sin5A . cosA
(c) cos39º . sin18º + cos15º . sin6º = sin24º . cos33º

9A 3A 5A A
(d) sin . sin + sin . sin = sin4A . sin2A
2 2 2 2
(e) sin7A + sin5A + sin3A + sinA = 4cosA . cos2A . sin4A
(f) cosA + cos3A + cos5A + cos7A = 4cosA . cos2A . cos4A
(g) cos30º + cos50º + cos70º + cos90º = 2cos10.cos20º
(h) cos30º – cos50º + cos70º – cos90º = 2 3 sin10º . cos20º
(i) sin50º + sin40º + sin20º + sin10º = sin70º + sin80º

 9 3 5
(j) 2cos . cos + cos + cos = 0
13 13 13 13
(sin9θ + sin3θ) + (sin7θ + sin5θ)

(a) = tan6q
(cos9θ + cos3θ) + (cos7θ + cos5θ)
sin2θ + sin3θ + sin5θ + sin6θ
(b) = tan4q
cos2θ + cos3θ + cos5θ + cos6θ
sinA + sin2A + sin4A + sin5A
(c) = tan3A
cosA + cos2A + cos4A + cos5A
(sin4θ + sin2θ) (cos4θ – cos8θ) (cosθ – cos3θ) (sin8θ + sin2θ)
(d) = 1 (e) =1
(sin7θ + sin5θ) (cosθ – cos5θ) (cos4θ – cos6θ) (sin5θ – sinθ)
sin5A + sin2A – sinA cosA – cos2A + cos3A
(f) = tan2A (g) = cot2A
cos5A + cos2A + cosA sinA – sin2A + sin3A
sin4A + sin3A + sin2A sin8θ . cosθ – sin6θ . cos3θ
(h) = tan3A (i) = tan2 q
cos4A + cos3A + cos2A cos2θ . cosθ – sin4θ . sin3θ
sin2θ . sinθ + sin6θ . cos3θ cos4θ . cos3θ – cos5θ . cos2θ
(j) = tan5 q (k) = tan2 q
cos2θ . sinθ + cos6θ . sin3θ cos4θ . sin3θ – cos5θ . sin2θ
cos2θ . cos3θ – cos2θ . cos7θ sin7θ + sin3θ
(i) =
sin4θ . sin3θ – sin2θ . sin5θ sinθ
(a) sin20º . sin40º . sin80º = 3 (b) 8cos20º . cos40º . cos80º = 1

8
(c) cos10º . cos50º . cos70º = 3 (d) 8sin10º . sin50º. sin70º = 1

8
(e) sin20º . sin30º . sin40º . sin80º = 3
16
(f) 16cos10º . cos30º . cos110°. cos130º = 3
(g) 16cos40º . cos60º . cos100º . cos160º = 1 (h) Cos12º . cos24º. cos48° . cos84º = 1
16
(i) Sin6º . sin42º . sin66º . sin78º = 1 (j) tan20º . tan40º . tan80º = 3
16
A–B
(a) (cosA + cosB)2 + (sinA + sinB)2 = 4cos2
2
(b) (cos2B – cos2A)2 + (sin2A – sin2B)2= 4sin2(A – B)

 θ  θ 1
(c) sin2 + – sin2 – = sin q
8 2 8 2 2
3
(d) cos2A + cos2 (A + 120º) + cos2 (A – 120º) =
2
3
(e) sin2A + sin2 (A + 120º) + sin2 (A – 120º) =
2
cos2θ – sin2
(f) = cot (α + q)
sin . cos + sinθ . cosθ
sin2A – sin2B
(g) = tan (A + B)
1
(h) cos3 q.sin2 q = (2cos q – cos3 q – cos5 q)
16
1
(i) sin4 q.cos2 q = (cos6 q – 2cos4 q – cos2 q + 2)
32
2c 4c 8c 14c
(j) cos . cos . cos . cos = 1
15 15 15 15 16

c 3c 5c 7c 1
(k) 1 + cos 1 + cos 1 + cos 1 + cos =
8 8 8 8 8
(l) 16 cos3q = 16 cos5q + 2 cosq – cos3q – cos5q
1 1
10. (a) If cosA + cosB =
and sinA + sinB = , prove that
2 4
A+B 1 3
(i) tan = (ii) cos (A + B) = .
2 2 5
A+B b
(b) If sinA + sinB = a and cosA + cosB = b, then prove that cot =
2 a
5.4 Conditional Trigonometric Identities

Let us consider a trigonometric relation sec²q – tan²q = 1
It is true for any value of q. So, it is said to be trigonometric identity. An identity
which is true on the particular condition is called a conditional identity. The
condition given in this section is the sum of three angles in a triangle is 180º or pc.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. If A + B + C = πc then show that

(a) cotA . cotB + cotB . cotC + cotA . cotC = 1
(b) tan2A + tan2B + tan2C = tan2A . tan2B . tan2C
Solution:
(a) Here, A + B + C = pc
or, A + B = pc – C
Now, cot (A + B) = cot (pc – C) = – cotC

cotA . cotB – 1
or, = – cotC
cotA + cotB
or, cotA . cotB – 1 = –cotC . cotA – cotB . cotC
\ cotA . cotB + cotB . cotC + cotA . cotC = 1 proved
(b) Here, A + B + C = pc
A + B = pc – C
or, 2A + 2B = 2pc – 2C [multiplying both sides by 2]
Now, tan (2A + 2B) = tan (2pc – 2C) = – tan2C

tan2A + tan2B
or, = – tan2C
1 – tan2A . tan2B
or, tan2A + tan2B = – tan2C + tan2A . tan2B . tan2C
\ tan2A + tan2B + tan2C = tan2A . tan2B . tan2C Proved.
2. If A + B + C = pc, prove that Sin2A + sin2B + sin2C = 4sinA. sinB. sinC
Solution :
Here, A + B + C = pc
A + B = pc – C
Now, sin (A + B) = sin (pc – C) = sinC
And cos (A + B) = cos (pc – C) = – cosC
L.H.S. = sin2A + sin2B + sin2C
2A + 2B 2A – 2B
= 2sin . cos + sin2C
2 2
= 2sin(A + B) . cos (A – B) + sin2C
= 2sinC . cos (A – B) + 2 sinC . cosC
= 2sinC {cos(A – B) + cosC}
= 2sinC {cos (A – B) – cos (A + B)}
= 2sinC × 2sinA . sinB
= 4sinA . sinB . sinC
= R.H.S. proved.
3. If A + B + C = 180º, prove that cos2A – cos2B – cos2C = – 1 + 4cosA. sinB. sinC

Solution :
Here, A + B + C = 180º
or, A + B = 180º – C
Now, sin (A + B) = sin (180º – C) = sinC
And cos (A + B) = cos (180º – C) = – cosC
L.H.S. = cos2A – cos2B – cos2C
2A + 2B 2A – 2B
= – 2sin . sin – cos2C
2 2
= – 2sin(A + B) . sin (A – B) – cos2C
= – 2sinC . sin (A – B) – 1 + 2 sin2C
= –1 – 2sinC {sin(A – B) – sinC}
= – 1 – 2sinC {sin (A – B) – sin (A + B)}
= – 1 + 2sinC (sin(A + B) – sin (A – B) }
= –1 + 2sinC × 2 cosA . sinB
= –1 + 4cosA . sinB . sinC
= R.H.S. proved.
4. If A, B and C are the vertices of ∆ABC, then prove that
cos2A + cos2B – sin2C = – 2cosA . cosB. cosC
Solution:
Here, A + B + C = 180º
or, A+B = 180º – C
Now, sin (A + B) = sin (180º – C) = sinC
And cos (A + B) = cos (180º – C) = – cosC
L.H.S. = cos2A + cos2B – sin2C
1 + cos2A 1 + cos2B
= + – sin2C
2 2
1 1 1 1
= + cos2A + + cos2B – sin2C
2 2 2 2
1
= 1 + (cos2A + cos2B) – sin2C
2
1 2A + 2B 2A – 2B
=1+ × 2 cos . cos – sin2C
2 2 2
= 1 + cos (A + B) . cos(A – B) – sin2C

= 1 – cosC . cos(A – B) – 1 + cos2C
= – cosC {cos(A–B) – cosC}
= – cosC {cos (A–B) + cos (A + B)}
= – cosC × 2cosA . cosB
= – 2cosA . cosB . cosC
= R.H.S. proved
Alternate method
Here, A + B + C = 180º
A + B = 180º – C
Now, cos(A + B) = cos(180º – C)

or, cosA . cosB – sinA . sinB = – cosC
or, cosA . cosB + cosC = sinA . sinB
Now squaring on both sides, we get
or, (cosA . cosB + cosC)2 = (sinA . sinB)2
or, cos2A . cos2B + 2cosA . cosB . cosC + cos2C = (1 – cos2A) (1– cos2B)
or, cos2A . cos2B + 2cosA . cosB . cosC + 1 – sin2C
= 1 – cos2A – cos2B + cos2A . cos2B
∴ cos2A + cos2B – sin2C = –2cos A cosB cos C. Proved.
5. If A + B + C = pc, prove that
A B C
– SinA + sinB + sinC = 4cos . sin . sin
2 2 2
Solution : Here, A + B + C = pc
A + B = pc – C
A B c C
or, + = – [Dividing both sides by 2)
2 2 2 2
A B c C C
Now, sin + = sin – = cos
2 2 2 2 2
A B c C C
cos + = cos – = sin
2 2 2 2 2
L.H.S. = – sinA + sinB + sinC
= – (sinA – sinB) + sinC
A+B A–B
= – 2cos . sin + sinC
2 2
A B A B
= – 2cos + . sin – + sinC
2 2 2 2
C A B C C
= – 2sin . sin – + 2sin . cos
2 2 2 2 2
C A B C
= – 2sin sin – – cos
2 2 2 2
C A B A B
= –2sin sin – – sin +
2 2 2 2 2
C A B A B
= 2sin sin + – sin –
2 2 2 2 2
C A B
= 2sin × 2cos . sin
2 2 2
A B C
= 4cos . sin . sin = R.H.S. proved
2 2 2

A B C A B C
6. If A + B + C = 180º, prove that sin2 – sin2 + sin2 = 1 – 2 cos × sin × cos
2 2 2 2 2 2
Solution :
Here, A + B + C = 180º
Or, A+B = 180º – C
C
Or, A + B = 90° – [Dividing both sides by 2)
2 2 2
A B C C
Now, sin + = sin 90° – = cos
2 2 2 2
A B C C
cos + = cos 90° – = sin
2 2 2 2
L.H.S. = sin 2A – sin 2B + sin 2C
2 2 2
C
= 1 – cosA – 1 – cosB + sin2
2 2 2
1 1 1 1 C
= – cosA – + cosB + sin2
2 2 2 2 2
1 2C
=– (cosA – cosB) + sin
2 2
1 A+B A–B C
=– × – 2sin . sin + sin2
2 2 2 2
A B A B C
= sin + . sin – + sin2
2 2 2 2 2
C A B C
= cos . sin – + 1 – cos2
2 2 2 2
C C A B
= 1 – cos . cos – sin –
2 2 2 2
C A B A B
= 1 – cos . sin + – sin –
2 2 2 2 2
C× A B
= 1 – cos 2cos . sin
2 2 2
A B C
= 1 – 2cos . sin . cos
2 2 2
= R.H.S. proved
Alternate method
Here, A + B + C = 180º
or, A + C = 180º – B
We dividing both sides by 2, we get
A C 180° B
+ = –
2 2 2 2

A C B
Now, cos + = cos 90° –
2 2 2
A C A C B
or, cos . cos – sin . sin = sin
2 2 2 2 2
A C B A C
or, cos . cos – sin = sin . sin
2 2 2 2 2
Now, squaring on both sides, we get

2 2
A C B A C
cos . cos – sin = sin . sin
2 2 2 2 2
or, cos 2A . cos 2C – 2cos
A
. sin
B
. cos
C
+ sin2
B
= sin2
A
. sin2
C
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2A 2C A B C 2B A C
or, 1 – sin 1 – sin – 2cos . sin . cos + sin = sin2 . sin2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
A C A C A B C B A C
or, 1 – sin2 – sin2 + sin2 . sin2 – 2cos . sin . cos + sin2 = sin2 . sin2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2A 2B 2C A B C
or, – sin + sin – sin = –1 + 2cos . sin . cos
2 2 2 2 2 2
A B C A B C.
∴ sin2 – sin2 + sin2 = 1 – 2cos . sin . cos
2 2 2 2 2 2
Proved
Note: For the question having square always take cos on both sides.
7. If A + B + C = 180º, prove that

sinA . cosB . cosC + cosA . sinB . cosC + cosA . cosB . sinC = sinA . sinB . sinC
Solution :
Here, A + B + C = 180º
or, A + B = 180º – C
Now, sin(A + B) = sin (180º – C)= sinC
Cos(A + B) = cos (180º – C) = – cosC
L.H.S. = sinA . cosB . cosC + cosA . sinB . cosC + cosA . cosB . sinC
= cosC (sinA . cosB + cosA . sinB) + cosA . cosB . sinC
= cosC . sin (A + B) + cosA . cosB . sinC
= cosC . sinC + cosA . cosB . sinC
= sinC (cosC + cosA . cosB)

= sinC {cosA . cosB – cos(A + B)}
= sinC (cosA . cosB – cosA . cosB + sinA . sinB)
= sinA . sinB . sinC
= R.H.S. proved
8. If A + B + C = pc, prove that

sin A + sin B + sin C = 1 + 4sin  – A . sin  – B . sin  – C
c c c

2 2 2 4 4 4
= 1 + 4 sin B + C . sin C + A . sin A + B
Solution: 4 4 4
R.H.S. = 1 + 4 sin B + C . sin C + A . sin A + B
4 4 4
= 1 + 4sin  – A . sin  – B . sin  – C
c c c

4 4 4
c – A c – B c – C
= 1 + 2 2sin . sin . sin
4 4 4
= 1 + 2 cos – A –  + B – cos – A +  – B . sin c – C

c c c c

4 4 4
c – C
= 1 + 2cos B – A . sin – 2cos2 – A – B . sin c – C
4 4 4 4
= 1 + sin B – A +  – C – sin
c B – A – + C
4 4
– sin 2 – A – B – p + C
c
2c – A –B + c – C c
– sin
4 4
= 1 + sin B + B – sin  – A – A –  – sin3 –  – sin  –  + 2C
c c c c c c

4 4 4 4
B –A  C
= 1 + sin – sin – sin + sin
2 2 2 2
B A C
= 1 + sin + sin – 1 + sin
2 2 2
= sin A + sin B + sin C . L.H.S. proved
2 2 2
Alternate method
L.H.S.
= sin A + sin B + sin C
2 2 2
B 
= 1 + sin + sin + sin C – sin
A
2 2 2 2
A+B A–B C+ C–
= 1 + 2sin . cos + 2cos . sin
4 4 4 4
–C A–B +C –C
= 1 + 2sin . cos – 2cos . sin
4 4 4 4
–C A–B +C
= 1 + 2sin × cos 4 – cos 4
4
–C
= 1 + 2sin × – 2sin A – B +  + C . sin A – B –  – C
4 8 8
–C
= 1 – 4sin . sin  – B – B +  . sin A –  –  + A
4 8 8
= 1 – 4sin  – C . sin  – B . sin A – 
4 4 4
= 1 + 4sin –A
. sin  – B . sin –C
= midle part proved
4 4 4
A+B
= 1 + 4sin B + C . sin C + A . sin
4 4 4
C +A
= 1 + 4sin A + B . sin B + C . sin = R.H.S.proved
4 4 4
Exercise 5.4
1. If A + B + C = c, prove that:
(a) tanA + tanB + tanC = tanA . tanB . tanC
(b) cotA . cotB + cotB . cotC + cotC . cotA =1
A B B C A C
(c) tan . tan + tan . tan + tan . tan = 1
2 2 2 2 2 2
A B C A B C
(d) cot + cot + cot = cot . cot . cot
2 2 2 2 2 2
(e) tan2A + tan2B + tan2C = tan2A . tan2B . tan2C
(f) cot2A . cot2B + cot2B . cot2C + cot2C . cot2A = 1
c
2. If A + B + C = then prove that:
2
(a) tanA . tanB + tanB . tanC + tanC . tanA = 1
(b) cotA + cotB + cotC = cotA . cotB . cotC
3. If A + B + C = 180º, prove that :
A B C
(a) sinA + sinB + sinC = 4cos . cos . cos
2 2 2
A B C
(b) sinA – sinB + sinC = 4sin . cos . sin
2 2 2
A B C
(c) sinB – sinA + sinC = 4cos . sin . sin
2 2 2
A B C
(d) sinA – sinB – sinC = – 4cos . sin . sin
2 2 2
A B C
(e) cosA + cosB + cosC = 1 + 4sin . sin . sin
2 2 2
A B C
(f) cosB + cosC – cosA = 4sin . cos . cos – 1
2 2 2
A B C
(g) cosA – cosB – cosC = 1 –
4sin . cos . cos
2 2 2
4. If A + B + C = 180º, show that:
(a) sin2A + sin2B + sin2C = 4sinA . sinB . sinC
(b) sin2A – sin2B + sin2C = 4cosA . sinB . cosC
(c) cos2A + cos2B + cos2C = – 1 – 4 cosA . cosB . cosC
(d) cos2A + cos2B – cos2C = 1 – 4 sinA . sinB . cosC
5. If A, B and C are the three angles of a triangle ABC then prove that:
A B C A B C
(a) sin2 + sin2 + sin2 = 1 – 2 sin . sin . sin
2 2 2 2 2 2
A B C A B C
(b) sin2 – sin2 + sin2 = 1 – 2 cos . sin . cos
2 2 2 2 2 2
B C
(c) cos2 A + cos2 + cos2 2 = 2 + 2 sinA . sinB . sin C
2 2 2 2 2
A B C A B C
(d) cos + cos
2 2 – cos = 2cos . cos . sin
2
2 2 2 2 2 2
A
(e) cos2 C + cos2 B – cos2 2 = 2sin A . cosB . cosC
2 2 2 2 2
6. If A + B + C = 180º, show that:
(a) sin2A + sin2B + sin2C = 2 + 2cosA . cosB . cosC
(b) sin2A – sin2B + sin2C = 2sinA . cosB . sinC
(c) cos2A + cos2B + cos2C = 1 – 2cosA . cosB . cosC
(d) cos2B + cos2C – cos2A = 1 – 2cosA . sinB . sinC
7. If A, B and C are the angles of a triangle, show that:
(a) sin(B + C – A) + sin(C + A – B) + sin(A + B – C) = 4sinA . sinB . sinC
(b) cos(B + C – A) + cos(C + A – B) + cos(A + B – C) = 1 + 4cosA . cosB . cosC
(c) cosA + cosB + cosC =2
sinB . sinC sinC . sinA sinA . sinB
(d) cosA . sinB . sinC + cosB . sinC .sinA + cosC.sinA.sinB = 1+ cosA.cosB.cosC

(e) sinA.cosB.cosC + sinB.cosA.cosC + sinC.cosA.cosB = sinA.sinB.sinC
A C
(f) sin + sin B + sin = 1 + 4sin – A . sin  – B . sin – C
c c c
2 2 2 4 4 4
A C
+ cos B + cos = 4cos – A . cos  – B . cos – C
c c c
(g) cos
2 2 2 4 4 4
= 4cos B + C . cos C + A . cos A + B
4 4 4
(h) cos4A + cos4B + cos4C = –1 + 4cos2A . cos2B . cos2C

(i) sin2A + sin2B + sin2C = 8sin A . sin B . sin C
sinA + sinB + sinC 2 2 2
(j) cos22A + cos22B + cos22C = 1 + 2cos2A . cos2B . cos2C
8. If A + B + C =  then prove the followings :

c
(a) cos2A + cos2B + cos2C = 1 + 4sinA . sinB . sinC

(b) cos2A + cos2B – cos2C + 1 = 4cosA . cosB . sinC
(c) sin2A + sin2B – sin2C = 4sinA . sinB . cosC
(d) sin2B + sin2C – sin2A = 4sinB . sinC . cosA
5.5 Trigonometric Equations
Let us consider the following relations

Sec2q – tan2q = 1 … (i)
sinq = 3 … (ii)
2
Let us consider q = 30º, 45º and 60º. Then putting these values of q in relation (i),
we get
1 2 1 2 4 1 3
Sec230º – tan230º = – =3– = =1
3 3 3 3
Sec 45º – tan 45º = – ( 2 ) – (1) = 2 – 1 = 1
2 2 2 2
Sec260º – tan260º = (2)2 – ( 3 )2 = 4 – 3 = 1

Here, relation (i) is true for every value of q. Such relations which satisfy every
value of the variable are called identities. So relation (i) is an identity.
Again putting the value of q in relation (ii), we get
1 1
Sin30º = , sin45º = , sin60º = 3
2 3 2
Here, relation (ii) is true only when q = 60º.
Such relations which satisfy some particular values of the variable are called
equations. Relation (ii) is an equation. Here relation (ii) involves the trigonometric
ration (ie. sinq), so, it is called a trigonometric equation.
Solution of trigonometric equations
We know that a trigonometric ratios of a certain angle has one and only one value.
But if the value of trigonometric ratio is given, the angle is not unique. To illustrate
the above fact, let us observe the graph of y = sinq and find the values of q when
1
y = sinq =
2

Y
0.1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
X' O 30º 60º 90º 120º 150º 180º 210º 240º 270º 300º 330º 360º
X
-0.2
-0.4
-0.6
-0.8
-1
Y'
y = sinx
1
From the above graph, when sinq = , then the corresponding values of q are 30º, 150º
2
and so on.
180° – θ θ
Rules for finding angles :
S A
1. At first, we determine the quadrant where the angle falls.
(360°+ θ)
For this we use the CAST table.
T C
(180° – θ) (360° – θ)
Quadrant
I II III IV
Ratios
Sin and cosec +ve +ve –ve –ve
Cos ans sec +ve –ve –ve +ve
Tan and cot +ve –ve +ve –ve
2. Find the least positive angle of the trigonometric function in the first quadrant for the given
relation.
For example
1
(i) For sinq = , the least positive angle in the first quadrant is 45º
2
1
(ii) For cosq = – , the least positive angle in the first quadrant for
2
1
cosq = is 60º
2
1
(iii) For tanq = – , the least positive angle in the first quadrant for tanq =
3
1
is 30º
3
(iv) For sinq = –1, the least positive angle in the first quadrant for sinq = 1
is 90º
3. When q is the least positive angle in the first quadrant then the angle in the
second quadrant = (180º – q)
The angle in the third quadrant = (180º + q)
The angle in the fourth quadrant = (360º – q)
To find the angle more them 360º we use (360º + q) and so on.
Note: To find the angle in the second, third and fourth quadrant, we add or
subtract the least positive angles of first quadrant in even multiple of 90º.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. Solve (0° ≤ q ≤ 360º)

(a) 3 sinq = 1 (b) 2cosq + 3 = 0 (c) 3 tanq – 3 = 0
Solution
(a) Here, 2 sinq = 1
1
or, sinq = (Here, sinq is positive. So, q lies in 1st and 2nd quadrants)
2
or, sinq = sin45º, sin(180º – 45º)
\ q = 45º, 135º
(b) Here, 2cosq + 3 = 0
– 3
or, cosq = (Here cosq is negative. So q lies in 2nd and 3rd quadrant)
2
or, cosq = – cos30º
or, cosq = cos(180º – 30º), cos (180º + 30º)
\ q = 150º, 210º
(c) Here, 3 tanq – 3 = 0
or, tanq = 3 (Here, tanq is positive. So q lies in 1st and 3rd quadrants)
or, tanq = tan60º, tan (180º + 60º)
\ q = 60º, 240º
2. Solve (0° ≤ q ≤ 180º)
(a) 4sin2q – 3 = 0 (b) 9 tan2q – 3 = 0
Solution:
(a) Here, 4sin2q – 3 = 0
3
or, sin2q =
4
or, sinq = ± 3
2
Taking +ve sign,
sinq = 3
2
or, sinq = sin60º, sin (180 – 60º)
\ q = 60º, 120º
Taking –ve sign
sinq = – 3
2
or, sinq = – sin60°
or, sinq = sin(180º + 60º), sin (360º – 60º)
\ q = 240º, 300º
But 0º ≤ q ≤ 180º
Hence, q = 60º, 120º
(b) 9 tan2q – 3 = 0
1
or, tan2q =
3
1
or, tanq = ±
3
Taking +ve sign,
1
tanq =
3
or, tanq = tan30º, tan (180 + 30º)
\ q = 30º, 210º
Taking –ve sign
–1
tanq =
3
or, tanq = – tan30º
or, tanq = tan (180º – 30º), tan (360º – 30º)
\ q = 150º, 330º
But, 0º ≤ q ≤ 180º

3. Solve : (0° ≤ q ≤ 180°)
(a) sin2q + cosq = 0 (b) tanq = cot5q
Solution :
(a) Here, Sin2q + cosq = 0
or, 2sinq.cosq + cosq= 0
or, cosq (2sinq + 1)= 0
Either, cosq = 0
or, cosq = cos90º
\ q = 90º
or, 2sinq + 1 = 0
–1
or, sinq = 2
or, sinq = – sin30º
or, sinq = sin (180º + 30º), sin (360º – 30º)
\ q = 210º, 330º
But 0º ≤ q ≤ 180º
\ q = 90º
(b) Here, tanq= cot5q
or, tanq= tan (90º – 5q)
or, q= 90º – 5q
or, 6q= 90º
\ q= 15º
4. Solve (0° ≤ q ≤ 360°)
(a) (3sinq – 4) (2sinq + 3 ) = 0
(b) (2secq + 3) (tanq + 3 ) = 0
Solution :
(a) Here, (3sinq – 4) (2sin q + 3 ) = 0
Either, 3sinq – 4 =0
4
or, sinq = 3 (Rejected) [since value of sinq and cosq lies from – 1 to +1]
or, 2sinq + 3 = 0
– 3
or, sinq =
2
or, sinq = – sin60º
or, sinq = sin(180º + 60º), sin(360º – 60º)
Hence, q = 240º, 300º

(b) (2secq + 3) (tanq + 3 ) = 0
Solution :
Here, (2secq + 3) (tanq + 3 ) = 0
Either, 2secq + 3 = 0
–3
or, secq = 2
–3
\ q = sec–1 2
or, tanq + 3 = 0
or, tanq= – 3
or tanq= – tan60º
or, tanq= tan (180º – 60º), tan (360º – 60º)
\ q= 120º, 300º
–3
Hence, q = sec–1 2 , 120º, 300º
5. Solve (0° ≤ q ≤ 360°)
(a) 2sin2q + 3cosq = 3 (b) tan2q – 3secq + 3 = 0
(c) secq . tanq = 2 (d)
3 sinq + cosq = 2
(e) cosq – 3 sinq = 2 (f) sin2q + sin4q = cosq + cos3q
Solution :
(a) 2sin2q + 3cosq = 3
Here, 2sin2q + 3cosq = 3
or, 2(1 – cos2q) + 3cosq – 3 = 0
or, 2 – 2cos2q + 3cosq – 3 = 0
or, 2cos2q – 3cosq +1 = 0
or, 2cos2q – 2cosq – cosq + 1 = 0
or, 2cosq (cosq – 1) – 1 (cosq – 1) = 0
or, (cosq – 1) (2cosq – 1) = 0
Either, cosq – 1 = 0
or, cosq = 1
or, cosq = cos0º, cos (360º – 0º)
\ q = 0º, 360º
or, 2cosq – 1 = 0
1
or, cosq = 2
\ q = 60º, 300º
Hence, q = 0º, 60º, 300º, 360º
(b) tan2q – 3secq + 3 = 0
Here, tan2q – 3secq + 3 = 0
or, sec2q – 1 – 3secq + 3 = 0
or, sec2q – 3secq + 2 = 0
or, sec2q – 2secq – secq + 2 = 0
or, secq (secq – 2) –1 (secq –2) = 0
or (secq – 1) (secq – 2) = 0
Either, secq – 1 = 0
or, secq = 1
or, secq = sec0º, sec (360º – 0º)
\ q = 0º, 360º
or, secq – 2 = 0
or, secq = 2
or, secq = sec 60º, sec (360º – 60º)
\ q = 60º, 300º
Hence, q = 0º, 60º, 300º, 360º
(c) secq . tanq = 2
Here, secq.tanq = 2
1 sinθ
or, . = 2
cosθ cosθ
or, sinq = 2 (1 – sin2q)
or, 2 sin2q + sinq – 2 = 0
or, 2 sin2q + 2sinq – sinq – 2 =0
or 2 sinq (sinq + 2 ) – 1 (sinq + 2 ) = 0
or (sinq + 2 ) ( 2 sinq – 1) = 0
Either, sinq + 2 = 0
or, sinq = – 2 (rejected)
OR, 2 sinq – 1 = 0
1
or, sinq =
2
or, sinq = sin45º, sin(180º – 45º)
\ q = 45º, 135º

(d) 3 sinq + cosq = 2
Here, 3 sinq + cosq = 2 … (i)
Here, (coefficient of sinθ) + (coefficient of cosθ)
2 2

= ( 3) + (1) = 3 + 1 = 2
2 2
Now, dividing equation (i) on both sides by 2, we get

1
sinq . 3 + cosq . = 2
2 2 2
1
or, sinq . cos30º + cosq . sin30º =
2
or, sin (q + 30º) = sin45º, sin(180 – 45)
or, q + 30º = 45º, 135º
\ q = 15º, 105º
(e) cosq – 3 sinq = 2
Here, Cos q – 3 sinq = 2
3 sinq – cosq = – 2 … (i)
Here, (coefficient of sinθ)2 + (coefficient of cosθ)2
= ( 3) + (-1) = 3 + 1 = 2
2 2
Now, dividing both sides of equation (i) by 2, we get

cosq – 2
3 sinq – =
2 2 2
or, sinq . cos30º – cosq . sin30º = –1
or, sin (q – 30º) = – sin90º
or, sin (q – 30º) = sin (360º – 90º)
or, q – 30º = 270º
\ q = 300º
Hence, q = 300º
(f) sin2q + sin4q = cosq + cos3q
Here, sin2q + sin4q = cosq + cos3q
or, 2sin 2q + 4q . cos 4q – 2q = 2cos 3q + q . cos 3q – q
2 2 2 2
or, 2sin 3q . cosq = 2cos2q . cosq
or, 2sin3q . cosq – 2cos2q . cosq = 0
or, 2cosq (sin3q – cos2q) = 0
Either, 2cosq = 0

or, cosq = 0
\ q = 90º, 270º
or, sin3q – cos2q = 0
or, sin3q = cos2q
or, sin3q = sin (90°– 2q)
or, 3q = 90° – 2q
or, 5q = 90º
\ q = 18º
Hence, q = 18º, 90º, 270º

Exercise 5.4
1. Find the value of q. (0° ≤ q ≤ 360°)
1
(a) sinq = (b)
2 cosq = 1 (c) 3 tanq = 1
2
(d) 2sinq + 3 = 0 (e) 3cotq – 3 = 0 (f) 2sinq + 2 = 0
(g) 5tanq + 5 = 0 (h) 4sin2q – 3 = 0 (i) 3sec2q – 4 = 0
(j) 4cos2q – 1 = 0 (k) 3 tan2q – 9 = 0 (l) 4cosec2q – 3 = 5
2. Find the value of q (0° ≤ q ≤ 180º)
(a) (2sinq – 1) (sinq – 1) = 0 (b) ( 3 tanq – 1) (tanq + 3 ) = 0
(c) (2cosq + 3 ) ( 2 cosq – 1) = 0 (d) (10sinq + 5) (2cosq + 1) = 0
(e) sinq (4sin2q – 1) = 0 (f) 7sin2q + 3cos2q – 4 = 0
(g) 4sec2q – 7tan2q = 3 (h) 6cos2q + 4sin2q = 5
(i) 4sin2q + 2cos2q = 3 (j) 4cos2q + 4sinq = 5
(k) 2 3 cos2q = sinq (l) 4cos2q – 4cosq + 1 = 0
(m) tan2q – 3secq + 3 = 0 (n) cosecq – 2sinq = 1
(o) 2sinq + cotq – cosecq = 0 (p) tan2q + (1 – 3 ) tanq – 3 = 0

1
(q) cot2q + 3 + cotq + 1 = 0 (r) secq . tanq = 2
3

(s) 3cotq – tanq = 2 (t) 4cos2q + 4cosq – 3 = 0
2 2
3. Solve (0° ≤ q ≤ 180°)
(a) sin3q = cos6q (b) sec7q = cosec2q (c) tan15q = cot3q
(d) cot5q = tanq (e) 4cosq = 3secq (f) 2sinq = cosecq
(g) tanq + cotq = 2 (h) sinq + sin2q = 0 (i) sinq – cosq = 0
(j) 2 sinq = tanq (k) 1+ cos2q = cosq (l) sinq – tanq = 0

1
(m) cosq (2sinq – 1) = 0 (n) sinq . cos45º + cosq . sin45º =
2
1
(o) cosq . cos30º – sinq . sin30º = (p) sinq.cos30º – cosq.sin30º = 1
2
4. Solve (0 ≤ q ≤ 360°)
(a) sinq + cosq = 1 (b) 3 sinq + cosq = 2
(c) sinq + 3 cosq = 1 (d) 3 sinq – cosq = 3

1 1
(e) cosq – sinq = (f) cosq – sinq = 1
2 3
(g) 3 sinq – cosq = 2 (h) secq – 3 tanq = 1
(i) tanq + 3 secq = 3 (j) cosecq + cotq = 3
(k) cotq – cosecq = – 3 (l) 3 cos2q + sin2q = 2
5. Solve the following equation : (0º ≤ q ≤ 360º)
(a) sin4q + sin2q = cosq (b) cos3q + cosq = cos2q
(c) sin3q + sinq = 2sinq (d) cos3q + cosq = 2cosq
(e) cos3q + cos2q + cosq = 0 (f) cosq + sinq = cos2q + sin2q
(g) sin2q + sin4q = cosq + cos3q

5.6 Height and Distance
As we know that trigonometry is the branch of mathematics that deals with the
measurement of different parts of a triangle by means of a right angled triangle.
It is used not only to measure the sides and angles of a triangle, but it is used to
measure the distance between two points, height of objects, breadth of the river etc
which are impossible to measure practically. Thus when the actual measurement
of the height of an object or distance between two points is not easy or even not
possible, as an application of a trigonometry, a technique is used to find them with
the help of the angle(S) subtended at a point by the object (S) whose distance or
height is to be determined. The instruments like theodolites or sextants are used
to measure the angles and then method of solution of triangle is used to find the
required height or distance. This method is mostly used in surveying, map-making,
aviation, navigation and astronomy etc.
A (Object)
Angle of elevation
ht
In the adjoining figure, O is the observer and A is sig
of
ne
the position of the object, A is obviously at a higher Li
level than O. OA is the line of sight and OB is the

θ
horizontal line through the observation point O. O Horizental B
Observer
Then ∠AOB is called the angle of elevation.
Hence when an observer observes on object lying at the higher level, the angle
formed by the line of sight with the horizontal ground or a line parallel to the
ground is called an angle of elevation of that point. Angle of elevation is also called
altitude.
Observer
O C
Angle of dispersion θ
In the adjoining figure, O is the observer and A is
the position of the object. Here the object A is at Li
ne
a lower level than the observer O. OA is the line of
si
gh
of sight and OC is the line parallel to the ground t
AB. Then ∠COA is called the angle of depression.

In the figure, OC and AB are parallels. So ∠COA B A (Object)
=∠OAB = q

Thus when an observer observes an object lying in lower level, the angle formed
by the line of sight with horizontal line parallel to the ground is called angle of
depression or angle of declination.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. Two men are on the opposite side of a tower of 80m high. They
observed the angle of elevation of the top of the tower and found to
be 30º and 60º. Find the distance between them.
Solution:
Here, AD = 80m is the height of tower. ∠ABD = 30º and ∠ACD = 60º are the
angles of elevation made by two men to the top of the tower and BC = distance
between the men = ? A
In right angled Δ ABD.
AD
80 m
Tan 30º =
BD 30° 60°
1 80 B D C
or, =
3 BD
\ BD = 138.56m.
Again, in right angled ΔADC
AD
Tan 60º =
DC
80
or, 3 =
DC
\ DC = 46.18m.
Now, BC = BD + DC
= 138.56m + 46.18m
= 184.75m
Hence, distance between the two men (BC) = 184.75m.
2. The angles of elevation of the top of a tower at two places due east
of its foot are 45º and 30º. If the two places are 180m apart, find the
height of the tower.
Solution:
Here, AB = height of tower = ?
DC = 180m is the distance between two points of observation.
∠ADB = 45º and ∠ACB = 30º are the angles of elevation of the top of the tower.
N
Now, In right angled Δ ABD,
AB A W E
Tan 45º =
BD
AB S
or, 1 = ?
BD
\ BD = AB. 45° 30°
Again, in right angled ΔABC B D C
←180 m→
AB
Tan 30º =
BC
1 AB
or, =
3 BD + DC
1 AB
or, = [∵ BD = AB]
3 AB + 180
or, AB + 180 = 3 AB
\ AB = 245.9 m.
Hence, height of tower (AB) = 245.9 m.
3. A flagstaff is fixed on the top of a building. Find the length of the

flagstaff if the angles of elevation of the tops of the flagstaff and the
building are observed from a point at a distance of 25m from the
building are 60° and 45º respectively. A
Solution:
?
Here, BC = 25m is the distance between the observer and the
building D
AD = height of flagstaff = ?, BD = height of building

∠DCB = 45º and ∠ACB = 60º are the angles of elevation.
Now, in right angled ΔDCB. 60° 45°
BD B 25 m C
Tan 45º =
BC
BD
or, 1 =
25
\ BD = 25m.
Again, in right angled ΔABC
AB
Tan 60º =
BC
or, 3 = AD + BD
25
or, 25 3 = AD + 25
\ AD = 18.25 m.
Hence, length of the flagstaff (AD) = 18.25m.

4. From the top of a cliff, the measure of the angle of depression of the
top and the bottom of a building are found to be 30º and 45º. If the
height of the cliff is 100m, find the height of the building.
Solution: Here, AB = 100 m is the height of cliff. ∠FAD = 30° and ∠FAC = 45° are
the angles of depression of the top and bottom of the building from the top of
cliff. A F
30° 45°
DC = height of building = ?
In right angled DABC, 30° D

E
100 m
AB
tan 45° =
BC
?
100 45°
or, 1=
BC B C
\ BC = 100m
Here, BC = ED = 100 m
Again, In right angled DAED,

AE
tan 30° =
CD
1 AE
or, =
3 100
\ AE = 57.73 m
Now, DC = EB = AB – AE = (100 – 57.73) m = 42.27 m
Hence, height of building (DC) = 42.27 m
5. The angle of depression and elevation of the top of a pole 25m high
from the top and bottom of the tower are 60° and 30° respectively.
Find the height of the tower.
Solution: Here, AD = Height of the tower = ?, CE = 25m is the height of pole.

∠FAC = 60º is the angle of depression and ∠CDE = 30º is the angles of
elevation from the top and bottom of the tower to the top of pole.
A F
Now, In right angled ΔCDE. 60°
CE
Tan 30º =
DE
1 60° C
25 ? B
or, =
3 DE
\ DE = 43.3m 25 m
Here, DE = BC = 43.3m 30°

D E

Again, in right angled ΔABC
AB
Tan 60º =
BC
AB
or, 3 =
43.3
or, AB = 75m
Here, CE = BD = 25m
AD = AB + BD = (75 + 25)m = 100m.
Hence height of the tower (AD) = 100m.
6. There are two posts of height 90m and 30m respectively. From the
foot of the second, the elevation of the top of the first is found to be
60º. Find the angle of elevation of the top of the second from the foot
of the first.
Solution:
Here, AB = 90m and CD = 30m are the heights of two posts.
∠BDA = 60º is the angle of elevation from the foot of second to the top of the
first post.
& let ∠CBD = q is the angles of elevation from the foot of the first to the top of
the second post.
A
Now, In right angled Δ ABD.
AB
Tan 30º =

BD
90 C
or, 3 =
90 m
BD
90
or, BD = = 30 3 m
30 m
3
Again, In right angled ΔBCD q=? 60°
30
tanq = B D
30 3
1
or, tanq =
3
or, tanq = tan30º
\ q = 30º
Hence, ∠CBD = 30º
Which is the required angle of elevation.
7. Two posts are 180m apart and height of one is double the height of other. From the
midpoint of the line joining their feet, an observer finds the angle of elevation of their
tops to be complementary. Find the height of the longer post.
Solution:
Here, DE = x m. is the height of shorter post

AB = 2xm is the height of longer post.
BE = 180m is the distance between two posts.
∠ACB = q and ∠DCE = (90° – q) are the angles of elevation.
Here, BC = CE = 90m A
Now, In right angled ΔCDE
DE
Tan (90° – q) =
x CE
or, cotθ = … (i) D
90
2x m
Again, In right angled ΔABC,
AB
tanθ = ?
BC
2x θ 90° – θ
or, tanθ = … (ii)
90 B C E
Now, multiplying (i) and (ii) we get 180 m
x 2x
cotθ . tanθ = ×
90 90
or, 2x2 = 8100
or, x2 = 4050
∴ x = 63.63m
Now, AB = 2x = 2 × 63.63 = 127.27m
Hence height of longer post (AB) = 127.27m.
8. AB is a vertical pole with its foot B on a level ground. C is a point
on AB such that AC:CB = 3:2. If the parts AC and CB subtend equal
angles at a point on the ground which is at a distance of 20m from the
foot of the pole, find the height of the pole.
Solution: A
Here, AC:CB = 3:2

3x
Let AC = 3xm and CB = 2xm
C
∠ADC = ∠CDB = q
2x
Now, In right angled ΔCBD θ
D
B θ
CB 2x x
Tanq = = = ………. (1) 20 m
BD 20 10
Also, In right angled ΔABD,
AB
tan2q =
BD
2tanq 5x
or, =
1 – tan2q 20
2× x
or, 10 = x
x 2 4
1–
10

20 1
or, =
100 – x2 4
or, 100 – x2 = 80
or, x2 = 20
or, x = 2 5m
Hence, height of the pole (AB) = 5x = 5 × 2 5 m = 22.36m

9. A ladder 10m long reaches a point 10m below the top of a vertical flagstaff. From
the foot of the ladder, the angle of elevation of the top of the flagstaff is 60°. Find the
height of flagstaff.
Solution: A
Here, BD = 10m is the length of ladder
In the figure, ∠CAD = 30º
10 m
Also, ∠BAD = ∠ADB = 30º [∠AB = BD]
B 10
m
Then, ∠BDC = ∠ADC – ∠ADB = 60º – 30º = 30º
60°
Now, In right angled ΔBCD C
D
BC
Sin30º =
BD
1 BC
or, =
2 10
\ BC = 5m
Hence, height of flagstaff (AC) = AB + BC
= (10 + 5)m
= 15m.
10. The angle of elevation of a bird from a point 400 ft above a pond is 30°. From the
same point, the angle of depression of its image in the pond is found to be 60°. Find
the height of the bird from the water surface.
Solution:
Here, AE = height of the bird from the water surface.
∠ACB = 30º is the angle of elevation.
∠BCA' = 60º is the angle of depression of the image A' of the bird.
Now, In right angled ΔABC
AB
tan30º =
BC
1 AB
or, =
3 BC

A
or, BC = 3 (AE – 400) … (1)
Again, In right angled ΔBCA' C 30°
B ?
60°
BA' 400 ft
Tan 60º = D E
BC
BE + EA'
or, 3 =
3 (AE – 400)
or, 3(AE – 400) = BE + AE [∴ AE = A'E]
or, 2AE = 1200 + 400
A'
\ AE = 800ft.
Hence, height of the bird from the water surface = 800ft.
Exercise 5.6
1. (a) A man of height 1.5m observes the angle of elevation of the top of the
pole situated infront of him and finds to be 60º. If the height of the pole is
121.5m, find the distance between the pole and the man.
(b) From the top of the building the angle of elevation of the top of the tower is
found to be 30º. The distance between the building and the tower is 120m.
Find the height of the building, if the height of the tower is 100m.
(c) From the top of the building the angle of depression of the top of the pole
having height 10m is 60º. If the distance between the building and the pole
is 50m, find the height of the building.
(d) The upper part of a tree broken by the wind makes an angle of 60º with the
horizontal ground at a distance of 15m from the foot of the tree. Find the
height of the tree before it was broken.
(e) The upper part of a tree broken by the wind is 20m long. It touches the
ground at the distance of 10m from the bottom of the tree. Find the angle
made by the broken part of the tree with the ground and the height of the
tree before it was broken.
2. (a) The angle of elevation of the top of the tower of height 100m from the
opposite side of the tower are found to be 45º and 60º respectively. Find the
distance between the two points of observation on the ground.
(b) Two students are on the opposite side of a house of height 100m. They
observed the angle of elevation of the top of the tower and found to be 30º
and 60º. Find the distance between them.
(c) A man on the top of a tower of height 100m, observes the angles of
depression of two houses on the opposite sides of the tower to be 30º and
45º. Find the distance between the two houses.

(d) The angles of elevation of the balloon flying 200m high on the sky from the
two places on the opposite sides are 45º and 60º. Find the distance between
the two places.
(e) A cloud is observed above a river from opposite bank and the angles of
elevation are found to be 45º and 60º. The cloud is vertically above the line
joining the points of observation and the river is 80m wide. Find the height
of the cloud.
3. (a) A man observes the angle of elevation of the top of tower from a place to be
30º. On walking 50m towards the tower, the angle of elevation is found to
be 45º. Find the height of the tower.
(b) The angles of elevation of the top of a school building from the two places
on the same side are 60º and 45º. If the distance between two places is
100m, find the height of the school building.
(c) The angle of elevation of a tower observed from a point is 45º. On walking
200m away from that point the angle changes to 30º. Find the height of the
tower.
(d) From the top of a tower 100m high, the angles of depression of two places
due east are 60º and 45º. What is the distance between two places ?
(e) From an aeroplane, vertically above a straight road, the angles of
depression of two places on the road are observed to be 30º and 45º. If the
distance between the two places is 600m, find the height of the aeroplane.
(f) From the top of a tower, a man observes that the angles of depression of
two consecutive km stones in a straight road in front of him are 60º and 45º
respectively. Find the height of the tower.
(g) From the top of a cliff 200m high, the angles of depression of two boats due
west of the cliff are 45º and 30º. Find the distance between the two boats.
(h) From the top of a tower 192ft high, the angle of depression of two vehicles
on a road at the same level as the base of the tower and on the same side
3 1
of it are xº and y° where tan xº = and tan yº = . Calculate the distance
4 3
between the vehicles.
(i) The shadow of a tower on the ground is found to be 45m longer when the
sun's altitude is 45º than when it is 60º. Find the height of the tower.
(j) The shadow of a tower standing on a level plane is found to be 60m longer
when the sun's altitude is 30º then when it is 45º. Prove that the height of
the tower is 30(1 + 3 )m.
(k) The shadow of a tower on the level ground increases in length by y metres
when the altitude changes from 45º to 30º. Calculate the value of y, given
that the height of the tower is 25metres.
(l) From a point on the bank of river, it is observed that the angle subtended
by a house on the opposite bank is 45º, By retiring 50m from the bank, the
angle is found to be 30º. Find the height of the house and breadth of river.
(m) A flagstaff stands on the top of a pole. The angles of elevation of the top of
the pole and the top of the flagstaff at a point 40m away from the foot of
the pole are 45º and 60º respectively. Find the height of the flagstaff.
(n) A statue of height 7m stands on the top of a tower. The angle subtended
by the tower and the statue at a point on the ground are 45º and 15º
respectively. Find the height of the tower.
(o) A column and a flagstaff on its top subtend angles of 45º and 15º respectively
at a point on the ground. If the length of this flagstaff is 4.6m, find the
height of the column and the distance of the point on the ground from the
base of the column.
(p) A man, 2m high, observes that the top of a statue standing on a tower has
an elevation of 60º and the bottom has an elevation 45º at his eye. The
distance of the bottom of the tower from the man is 60m. Find the height
of the tower and the statue.
(q) The angle of elevation of the top of an incomplete house from a distance of
100m from its base is found to be 45º. What height should it be raised so
that the elevation may changes to 60º ?
4. (a) From the top of 200m high cliff the angles of depression of the top and
bottom of a tower are observed to be 45º and 60º respectively. Find the
height of the tower.
(b) From the top of a 100m high tower, the angles of depression of the top and
the bottom of a tree are 30º and 45º. How high is the tree ?
(c) From the top of a tower the angle of depression of the foot of a 20m high
column on the ground is 60º and the angle of depression of the foot of the
tower observed from the top of the column is 30º. What is the height of the
tower ?
(d) The angles of elevation of the top of a rock from the top and bottom of a
200m high tower are 30º and 45º respectively. Find the height of the rock.
(e) From the top of a 15m high clock-tower an observer finds the angle of
elevation of the top of a tree to be 45º and the angle of depression of the foot
of the tree to be 30º. Find the height of the tree.
(f) From the top of a 200m high island, the angle of elevation of the top of a
mountain is found to be 45º and the angle of depression of its foot is 30º.
Find the height of the mountain.
(g) A pole is 50m high. From the foot and the top of the pole the angles of
elevation of a clock-tower situated in front of the pole are found to be 60º
and 45º respectively. Find the height of the clock-tower and its distance
from the pole.
(h) A house is 25m high. The angle of elevation of the top of a tower which is
in front of the house is 30º from its top and 45º from its foot.
(i) What is the height of the tower ?
(ii) What is the distance between the house and the tower ?
(i) From the roof of a house 30 meters high, the angle of elevation of the top of
a tower is 45º and the angle of depression of its foot is 30º. Find the height
of the tower.
(j) When the top of the building is seen from the top and bottom of a tower,
the angles of depression and elevation are 60º and 30º respectively. If the
height of the tower is 160m, find the height of the building.
(k) There are two columns of heights 9m and 3m respectively. From the foot of
the second the elevation of the top of the first is found to be 60º. Find the
angle of elevation of the top of the second from the foot of the first.
(l) The height of a tree is twice that of a house, both of which lie on the same
horizontal ground. The angles of elevation of the top of the tree from
the bottom and the top of the house are complementary. If the distance
between the tree and the house is 20m, find the height of the tree.
5. (a) Two poles stand on the either side of the road. At the point mid-way
between the them, the angles of elevation of their tops are 45º and 60º.
Find the length of the shorter pole if the longer pole is 15m.
(b) Two houses of equal height stand on either side of road which is 50m. wide.
At a point on the road-way between the house the elevation of the tops of
the houses are 60º and 30º. Find their height and the position of the point.
(c) A ladder 25m long stands against a house at one side of a road at an angle
of 30º with the house. When it is turned so that is rests against another
house on the other side of the road, it makes an angles of 45º with the
house. Find width of the road.
(d) Two pillars are of equal height. A boy standing midway between them
observes the elevation of either pillar to be 45º. After walking 20m towards
one of them he observes its elevation to be 60º. Find the height of pillar and
the distance between them.
(e) A rope dancer was walking on a loose rope tied to the top of two equal posts
of height 20m. when he was 5m above the ground, it was found that the
stretched pieces of the rope made angles of 30º and 60º with the horizontal
line parallel to the ground. Find the length of rope.
6. (a) A man 1.8m high stands at a distance of 2.4m from the lamp post and it is
observed that his shadow is 3.6m long. Find the height of the lamp post.
(b) A ladder 10m long reaches a point 10m below the top of a vertical flagstaff.
From the foot of the ladder, the angle of elevation of the top of the flagstaff
is 60°. Find the height of the flagstaff.
(c) The angles of elevation of the top a tower as observed from the distance of
36m and 16m from the foot of the tower on the same side are found to be
complementary. Find the height of the tower.

(d) The angles of elevation of the top of a tree from two points at distance
of 16m and 9m from its base on the ground on the opposite sides are
complementary. Find the height of the tree.
(e) A vertical pole is divided at a point in the ratio of 1:9 from the base. If the
two parts of the pole subtend equal angles at a point 20m from the foot of
the pole, find the height of the pole.
(f) AB is a vertical pole with its foot B on a level ground. C is a point on AB
such that AC:CB = 3:2. If the parts AC and CB subtend equal angles at a
point on the ground, which is at a distance of 18m from the foot of the pole,
find the height of the pole.
(g) A man of 1.68m high observed the angles of elevation of the top of a house
and its window from a place and found to be 45º and 30º respectively. If the
height of the window from the ground is 11.68m, calculate the height of
the house.
(h) A poster hanging on a wall has a vertical height 3.66 m. From a point
5m away from the wall on the same plane, the angle of elevation of the
bottom edge of the poster was found to be 45º. What will be the angle of
elevation of the top of the poster if it is observed from the same point on
the horizontal plane ?
(i) The angle of elevation of the top of a tower is 45º from a point 10m above
the water level of a lake. The angle of depression of its image in the lake is
60º. Find the height of the tower above water level.
(j) A tower subtends an angle of 60º at a point on the same level of the foot of
the tower. At a second point 20m above the first, the angle of depression of
the foot of the tower is 45º. Find the height of the tower.
(k) An aeroplane flying horizontally at a height of 750m above the ground is
observed at an elevation of 60º. If after 5 seconds, the elevation is observed
to be 30º, find the speed of the aeroplane in km per hour.
(l) From the top of a cliff at the seashore a man finds the angle of depression of
a ship coming towards it to be 30º. After 20 minutes, the angle of depression
is observed to be 45º. If the height of the cliff is 2km, find th speed of the
ship.
(m) When the kite is at a height of 500m from the ground its string makes an
angle of 60º with the ground. When the speed of the wind decreases, the kite
500
falls down to the height of m from the ground. Find the angle made by
3
the string of the kite with the ground.
(n) The shadow of a tower is 50 m long in the sun. At the same time, the
shadow of a pole 5 m in the length is 5 3 m long. Find the altitude of the
sun and the height of tower.

UNIT
6 VECTORS
Review
Discuss the following questions in a group.
 Define magnitude of a vector with formula.
 Define direction of a vector with formula.
 Find the magnitude and direction of the following vectors.
(i) a = (3, 3) (ii) b = (–3 3, 3)
(iii) c = (–5, –5 3) (iv) d = (1, – 3)
 A vector AB displaces A(3, 5) to B(6, –3). Find the magnitude and direction of
AB.
 Define following vectors with one example of each.
(i) Row vector (ii) Column vector
(iii) Position vector (iv) Null or zero vector
(v) Unit vector (vi) Negative vector
(vii) Parallel vectors
 Find the unit vector of the following vectors:
(i) a = (3, 4) (b) b = (3 3, 3)
 Show that A 1, 1 and B 2, 1 are the initial point and terminal point of a
5 5
unit vector AB.

 Define triangle law of vector addition with figure.
 Define parallelogram law of vector addition with figure.
6.1 Product of the vectors

There are two types of product of vectors.
(i) Scalar product or dot product
(ii) Vector product or cross product B
Scalar Product or Dot Product
The scalar product or dot product of two vectors a and b is defined b
as the product of their magnitudes multiplied by the cosine of the θ
O A
a
angle made by the two vectors.
Symbolically, we write scalar product as a.b = |a||b|cosθ = abcosθ.
Where θ is the angle between the two vector a and b.
Case I
When the two vector a and b are perpendicular to each other, then the angle
between them θ = 90°. B
Now, a.b = |a|.|b| cosθ = abcos90° = 0
∴ a.b = 0
b
Thus, when the two vectors are perpendicular to each other,
their scalar product is zero. A
O
a
Conversely, when a.b = 0, then
|a||b|cosθ = 0
or, cosθ = 0
cosθ = cos90°
∴ θ = 90°
Hence, when the dot product of two vectors is zero, then they are perpendicular
(orthogonal) to each other.
Case II b
When the two vectors a and b are like parallel, then angle O B
between them θ = 0°. Now,
O A
a.b = |a|b| cosθ = abcos0° = ab.1 = ab a
∴ a.b = ab.
Case III
When the two vectors a and b are unlike parallel, then angle between them θ
= 180°, Now,
180°
a.b =|a|b| cosθ = abcos180° = ab × (–1) = –ab. a b
∴ a.b = –ab. A B
O
Properties of scalar product

For two vectors a and b, the following properties hold in the scalar product.
(i) a.b is a scalar
(ii) a.b = b .a (Commutative property)
(iii) a2 = a.a = |a|2
(iv) k(a. b) = ka.b Y
(v) a.(b + c ) = a.b + a.c (Distributive property.

j
Mutually perpendicular unit vectors i and j : X' X
O i
The unit vector along x-axis is denoted by i where i = (1, 0)
The unit vector along y-axis is denoted by j where j = (0, 1)
Y'
Here, |i| = (1)2 + (0)2 = 1
Y
|j | = (0)2 + (1)2 =1
X' X
O
(a) i.i = |i| |i| cosθ = 1 × 1 × cos0° = 1 × 1 × 1 = 1 i
Y
Y'
j
X' X
(b) j .j = |j | |j |cosθ = 1 × 1 × cos0° = 1 × 1 × 1 = 1 O
Y'
Y
j
(c) i . j = |i||j | cosθ = 1 × 1 × cos90° = 1 × 0 = 0 X' O
X
i
Y'
Y
j
(d) j .i = |j | |i | cosθ = 1 × 1 × cos90° = 1 × 1 × 0 = 0 X' X
O
i
Scalar product in terms of components: Y'

If a = (x1, y1) and b = (x2, y2) are two vectors, then the two vectors in terms of
i and j can be written as
a = (x1, y1) = x1 i + y1 j
b = (x2, y2) = x2 i + y2 j
Now, dot product of two vectors a.b = (x1 i + y1 j ). (x2 i + y2 j )
= x1x2 (i.i ) + x1x2(i.j ) + y1x2 (j .i ) + y1y2(j .j )
= x1x2 × 1 + x1y2 × 0 + y1x2 × 0 + y1y2 × 1
= x1x2 + 0 + 0 + y1y2
∴ a.b = x1x2 + y1y2
Hence, when a = (x1, y1) and b = (x2, y2)
Then a.b = x1x2 + y1y2
When two vectors are perpendiculars, then
a.b = 0
i.e. x1x2 + y1y2 = 0
Also, if a = (x1, y1) then, a2 = a.a = x12 + y12

Angle between two vectors
Let a = (x1, y1) and b = (x2, y2) be the two vectors, then the angle between two
vectors a and b is given by
a.b
cosθ =
|a ||b |
Where, |a| = x1 + y1 and |b| = x2 + y2

2 2 2 2

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. Find the scalar product of the given pair of vectors:
(i) p = 3i + 4j and q= 6i + j (ii) p = –3 and q = –7

4 –2
Solution:
(i) Here, p = 3i + 4j = (3, 4) = (x1, y1)
q= 6i + j = (6, 1) = (x2, y2)
Now, p.q = x1x2 + y1y2
= (3) × (6) + (4) × (1)
= 18 + 4
= 22
p=
(ii) –3 = x1 and q = –7 = x2
4 y1 –2 y2
Now, p.q = x1x2 + y1y2

= (–3) (–7) + (4) (–2)= 21 – 8 = 13
2. Show that the two vectors, c = 7i – 4j and d = 4i + 7j are perpendicular

(orthogonal) to each other.
Solution:
Here, c = 7i – 4j = (7, –4) = (x1, y1)
d = 4i + 7j = (4, 7) = (x2, y2)
Now, c .d = x1x2 + y1y2
= (7) (4) + (–4) (7)
= 28 – 28 = 0
Since, c .d = 0, the vectors are perpendicular to each other.

3. If p = 5i – 4j , q= 7i + k j and p and q are perpendicular, then find the
value of k.
Solution: Here,
p = 5i – 4j = (5, –4) = (x1, y1)
q = 7i + kj = (7, k) = (x2, y2)
Since, two vectors p and q are perpendicular to each other, so
p.q = 0
or, x1x2 + y1y2 = 0
or, (5) (7) + (–4) (k) = 0
or, 35 – 4k = 0
or, 4k = 35
∴ k = 35
4
4. Find the angle between the following two vectors:

(i) p and q when |p| = 6, |q | = 4 and p.q = 12 2
a and b when a = 3 i + 3 j and b = 3 i + 3 3 j
(ii)
Solution:
(i) Here, |p| = 6, |q | = 4 and p.q = 12 2
Now, angle between p and q is given by
p.q 12 2 1
cosθ = = =
|p||q | (6) (4) 2
or, cosθ = cos45°

∴ θ = 45°
(ii) Here, a = – 3 i + 3 j = (– 3, 3) = (x1, y1)
b = 3 i + 3 3 j = ( 3, 3 3) = (x2, y2)
Now, a.b= x1x2 + y1y2
= (– 3) ( 3) + 3 (3 3)
=–3+9=6
Again, |a||b| = x12 + y12 x22 + y22
= (– 3 )2 + ( 3 )2 ( 3 )2 + (3 3 )2 = 3 + 3 3 + 27
= ( 6 × 30)
= 180

= 6 5
Now, angle between a and b is given by
a. b 6 1
cosθ = = =
|a||b | 6 5 5
1
∴ θ = cos-1
5
5. Show that m = –5 and n = 10 are parallel vector.

–2 4
Solution:
Alternative method:
Here, m = –5 = x1
–2 y1
m = –5
–2
1 10
n = 10 = x2 =–
2 4
4 y2
1
Now, m.n = x1x2 + y1y2 =– n
2
= (–5) (10) + (–2) × 4 1
i.e. m = – n
= –50 – 8 2
1
= – 58 Here, is a scalar quantity.
2
Here, |m||n| = ( x12 + y12) ( x22 + y22)
∴m and n are parallel.
= ( (–5) + (–2) ) ( (10) + (4) )
2 2 2 2
= ( 25 + 4)( 100 + 16 )
= 29 × 29 × 4
= 292 × 22
= 58
Here, m.n = – |m||n|

∴ The two vectors are unlike and parallel.
6. If a + b + c = 0, |a | = 6, |b| = 7 and |c |= 127, find the angle between a

and b.
Solution: Here,
a+b+c =0
or, a + b = – c
or, (a + b)2 = (–c )2 [ Squaring on both sides, we get)
or, a 2 + 2a.b + b 2 = c 2
or, |a|2 + 2a.b + |b|2 = |c |2

or, 62 + 2 |a| |b|cosθ + 72 = ( 127 )2 [∴ a.b = |a|.|b|cosθ]
or, 2 × 6 × 7 cosθ = 127 – 36 – 49
42 1
or, cosθ = =
84 2
or, cosθ = cos60°
∴ θ = 60°
Hence, angle between a and b is 60°.

7. Given that a + 2b and 5a – 4b are orthogonal. If a and b are unit
vectors, then find the angle between a and b.
Solution:
Here, (a + 2b) and (5a – 4b) are orthogonal, so
(a + 2b) .(5 a – 4b) = 0
or, 5a2 – 4a.b + 10 a.b – 8b2 = 0
or, 5 × 12 + 6 a. b – 8 × 12 = 0 [since a and b are unit vectors]
or, 6|a| |b| cosθ = 3
or, 6 × 1 × 1 cosθ = 3
1
or, cosθ =
2
∴ θ = 60°
Hence, angle between a and b is 60°.
Exercise 6.1
Section 'A'
1. (a) Define scalar product.
(b) If a.b = 0 then what is the relation between a and b.
(c) If |p| = 6 3, |q| = 5 and θ = 30°, find the value of p.q.
(d) If |a| = 6 2, |b|= 6 and θ = 45°, find the value of a.b.
(e) If a.b = 30,|a| = 6 and angle between a and b is 60°, find the magnitude
of vector b.

Section 'B'
2. Find the scalar product of each of the following pair of vectors:
(a) a = (3, 4) and b = (2, 1) (b) a= 4 and b = 3

5 2
(c) m = 5i – 6j and n = 3i + 2j (d)
p = – 6i + 4j and q = 3i – 2j
3. (a) If m = 3 and n = 1 , then find m.n.

4 1

(b) If a = x1 i + y1 j and b = x2 i + y2 j then show that a.b = x1x2 + y1y2.
4. (a) If |OA| = 6, |OB| = 7 and OA.OB = 21, find the value of ∠AOB.
(b) If |a|= 16, |b| = 3 and a.b = 24 3, find the angle between the vectors a
and b.
(c) If a = 3i + 4j and b = 8i – 6j , find the angle between a and b.
(d) If |OA| = 7i + 5j and |OB| = 5i – 7j , find the value of ∠AOB.
(e) There are two vectors OA and OB such that the position vector of A is (1,
2) and that of B is (3, 4). Find the angle between the given vectors.
(f) Find the angle between the vectors a = 2 and b = 2 .

1 –3
5. Prove that the following pairs of vectors are perpendicular to each
other.
(a) a = 3 and b = 5 (b)

a = –8 and b = 3
5 –3 –4 –6
(c) a = 3i + 4j and b = 4i – 3j (d) p = 8i + 6j and q = 3i – 4j
(e) m = (4, 5) and n = (5, –4) (f) a = (–2, 6) and b = (6, 2)
6. Prove that the following pairs of vectors are parallel
(a) a = 2 and b = 8 (b)

p = –3 and q = 9
4 16 4 –12
(c) a = 2i + 3j and b = 6i + 9j (d) c = i + j and d = –4i – 4j
7. (a) If a = mi + 3j , b = –5i – j and a.b = 7 then find the value of m.
(b) If a = pi + 6j , b = –i + j and a.b = 4, find the value of p.

8. (a) If a = 3i + 4j and b = 4i + xj are perpendicular to each other, find the
value of x.
(b) If a = –5 and b = p are orthogonal to each other, find the value

of p. 3 p+2
(c) For what value of x the vector a = x and b = 3 are perpendicular?

3 –4
9. (a) If a = 2 and b = 3 , find the value of a2 and b2.
3 –1
(b) If i and j are the unit vectors along x-axis and y-axis respectively, then
show that i .i = 1 and i .j = 0.
10. (a) If a = 2 and b = 4 are parallel vectors, find the value of m.

3 m
(b) If a = –1 and b = 5 are parallel vectors, find the value of p.
2 p
11. (a) If the vectors a and b are mutually perpendicular, prove that):
(a + b)2 = (a – b)2
(b) If (x + y)2 = (x – y)2, prove x and y are perpendicular to each other.
12. (a) If a + 2b and 5a – 4b are perpendicular to each other and a and b are
unit vectors, find the angle between a and b.
(b) If |a + b| = |a – b|, prove a and b are perpendicular to each other.
13. (a) If p + q + r = 0, |p| = 6, |q|= 7 and |r | = 127, find the angle between
p and q.
(b) If a + b + c = 0, |a| = 4, |b| = 3 and |c | = 37, find the angle between
a and b.
14. If a and b are two vectors of unit length and θ is the angle between them,
show that: 1 |a – b| = sin θ .

2 2
15. In ∆ABC, if AB = 3i + 2j and BC = 8i – 12j then prove that ∆ABC is a right
angled triangle. In ∆ABC, which angle is right angle?

6.2 Vector Geometry
1. Mid Point Formula
If the position vector of A, B and M are a, b and m respectively, where M is
a + b.
the mid-point of line segment AB, then prove that m =
2
Solution: A
Given : OA = a, OB = b, OM = m where M is the mid point
of AB. M
a
a+b m
To prove : m =
2
O B
Proof: M is the mid point of AB. So, AM = MB ....... (i) b
OM – OA = OB – OM (Using law of ∆)
or, m–a=b–m
or, m+m=a+b
or, 2m = a + b
a+b
∴ m= . Hence proved.
2
2. Section Formula for Internal Division
If a, b and p are the position vectors of A, B and P respectively where P

divides the line segment AB in the ratio of m:n internally, then prove
mb + na
p= .
m+n A
Solution:
m
Given:
OA = a, OB = b, OP = p where P divides AB internally P
a
in the ratio m:n i.e. AP : PB = m : n. n
p
mb + na
To prove : p = O B
m+n b
Proof: Since P divides AB internally in the ratio of m:n, then
AP : PB = m:n
AP m
or, =
PB n
or, nAP = mPB ........ (i)
or, n(OP – OA) = m(OB – OP) [Using ∆ law]
or, n(p – a) = m(b – p)

or, np – na = mb – mp)
or, mp + np = mb + na

mb + na
∴ p = . Hence proved.
m+n
3. Section formula for External Division
If a, b and p are the position vectors of A, B and P where P divides the line
mb – na
segment AB in the ratio m : n externally, then prove that p =
m–n
Solution:
A
Given:
OA = a, OB = b, OP = p where P divides AB externally B m

in the ratio of m:n a
n
i.e. AP :BP = m : n b
mb – na O P
To prove: p = p
m–n

Proof : Since P divides AB externally in the ratio of m: n, then AP : BP = m:n, then
AP : BP = m : n
AP m
or, =
BP n
or, n|AP | = m|BP |
or, n(OP – OA) = m(OP – OB)

or, n(p – a) = m(p – b)
or, np – na = mp – mb
or, mb – na = mp – np
mb – na
∴ p= Hence proved.
m–n
4. If a, b, c and g are the position vectors of A, B, C and G of ∆ABC respectively

a+b+c A
where G is the centroid of ∆ABC. Prove that g = .
3
Solution:
G
Given: In ∆ABC,
D
B C
OA = a, OB = b, OC = c and OG = g where G is the
centroid of ∆ABC.
a+b+c O
To prove : g =
3

Proof:
D is the mid point of BC. So, by using mid point formula

OB +OC
OD =
2
b+c
or, OD = ......... (i) A
2
Since, centroid divides the median in the ratio 2:1 from 2
G
the vertex to the midpoint.
1
i.e. AG : GD = 2:1 (m:n = 2:1) O D
Now, using section formula for internal division,

2 × OD + 1 × OA na + mb
OG = p=
2+1 n+m
b+c
2 +a
= 2
3
a+b+c
∴ g= . Hence proved.
3
5. Prove by vector method that the diagonals of a parallelogram bisect
each other.
Solution: Given: ABCD is a parallelogram. AC and BD are two diagonals.
To prove : Diagonals AC and BD bisect each other.
Proof: Let the mid point of AC be M and mid point of BD be N.
Now, In ∆ABC, using ∆ law,
AB + BC = AC D C
N
or, 2AM = AB + BC
M
AB + BC
∴ AM = ........ (ii)
2 A B
In ∆BDA, N is the midpoint of BD. So by using midpoint theorem
AB + AD
AN =
2
AB + BC
AN = [ BC = AD]
2
Here, AM = AN i.e. M and N represents the same point.
Hence, it is proved that diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each other.

6. In a parallelogram ABCD, M and N are the mid points of BC and CD
3
respectively. Show that AM + AN = AC .
2
Given: In parallelogram ABCD, M and N are the mid points of BC and CD
respectively.
3 D N
To prove : AM + AN = AC C
2
Proof: M
In ∆ ABC, using mid point formula,

A B
AB + AC
AM = ........ (i)
2
In ∆ACD, using mid point formula
AD + AC
AN= ......... (ii)
2
Now, adding (i) and (ii) we get
AB + AC + AD + AC
AM + AN =
2

(AB + BC) + 2AC
or, AM + AN = [ AD = BC ]
2
AC + 2AC
or, AM + AN = [ By triangle law AB + BC = AC ]
2
3
∴ AM + AN = AC . Hence proved.
2
7. If P and Q are the mid points of AB and AC of ∆ABC respectively,
1 A
prove that: PQ = BC and PQ//BC.
2
Solution:
Given : In ∆ABC, P and Q are the mid point of AB and P Q
AC respectively.
1
To prove : PQ = BC and PQ //BC . B C
2
Proof: In ∆APQ, using ∆ law,
AP + PQ = AQ
or, PQ = AQ – AP ......... (i)
In ∆ABC, using ∆ law,

AB + BC = AC
or, BC = AC – AB
or, BC = 2AQ – 2AP [ Q and P are the mid points of AC and AB respectively]
or, BC = 2(AQ – AP )
or, BC = 2 × PQ [ From equation (i)]

1
or, PQ = BC
2
1
By the definition of parallel vectors PQ = K. BC where K =
2
∴ PQ//BC
1
Hence, PQ = BC and PQ//BC. Proved.
2
8. Prove by vector method that the lines joining the midpoints of the
adjacent sides of a quadrilateral taken in order is a parallelogram.
Solution:
Given : In quadrilateral ABCD. P,Q,R and S are the midpoint of sides AB,
BC, CD and AD respectively. D R

C
To prove: PQRS is a parallelogram. S
Construction: Join B and D.

A
Q
Proof: In ∆ABD, P and S are the mid points of AB
P
and AD, respectively. So
B
1
PS = BD and PS //BD .......... (i)
2
Again, in ∆BCD, Q and R are the mid points of BC and CD respectively.
1
So, QR = BD and QR//BD ......... (ii)
2
From equation (i) and (ii)
PS = QR and PS //QR ............. (iii)
When two lines are equal and parallel then the lines joining the same sides of
equal and parallel are also equal and parallel. So,

PQ = SR and PQ// SR ... (iv)
From equation (iii) and (iv), it is prove that PQRS is a parallelogram.
Hence the lines joining the midpoints of the adjacent sides of a quadrilateral
taken in order is a parallelogram.
9. Prove Pythagoras theorem vectorically.

Solution:
Given: ABC is a right angled triangle, where ∠ABC = 90°.
To prove: AC2 = AB2 + BC2
Proof: In ∆ABC, using ∆ law,
AB + BC = AC A
Now, squaring on both sides, we get
or, (AB + BC)2 = (AC)2
or, AB 2 + 2AB.BC + BC 2 = AC 2
or, AB2 + 2 × 0 + BC2 = AC2 [ ∠ABC = 90°] B C
or, AB2 + BC2 = AC2
∴ AC2 = AB2 + BC2 Proved.
Hence, Pythagoras theorem is proved.

10. Prove by vector method that the length of diagonals of a rectangle
are equal.
Solution:
Given: ABCD is a rectangle where BD and AC are diagonals

D C
To prove : AC = BD
Proof : In ∆ABC, using ∆ law,
AB + BC = AC A B

2
AC 2 = (AB + BC )

or, AC2 = AB2 + 2AB .BC + BC2
or, AC2 = AB2 + 2 × 0 + BC2 [ ∠ABC = 90°]
or, AC2 = AB2 + BC2 ........ (i)
Similarly, In ∆ABD,
BD = BA + AD
or, BD = –AB + BC [ AD = BC]
or, BD = BC – AB
BD2 = (BC – AB)2
or, BD2 = BC2 – 2BC. AB + AB2
or, BD2 = BC2 – 2 × 0 + AB2 [ ∠ABC = 90°]
or, BD2 = AB2 + BC2 ........... (ii)
Now, from equation (i) and (ii), we get
AC2 = BD2
∴ AC = BD. Hence, it is proved the diagonals of a rectangle are equal.

11. Prove by vector method that the angle at the semi circle is 90°.
Solution:
Given: O is the centre of circle. AB is a diameter. ∠APB is the inscribed angle
standing on the diameter AB.
To prove: ∠APB = 90° P
Proof: In ∆APO, using ∆ law,
PO + OA = PA ......... (i) A O B
In ∆POB, using ∆ law PO + OB = PB ......... (ii)
Now, taking dot product of (i) and (ii), we get
(PO + OA ). (PO + OB ) = PA .PB
or, (PO – AO ). (PO + AO ) = PA .PB [ AO = OB ]
or, PO 2 – AO 2 = PA .PB
or, |PO |2 – |AO |2 = PA .PB
or, |AO |2 – |AO |2 = PA .PB [ |PO | = |AO |]
or, O = PA .PB
∴ PA .PB = 0
Since dot product of two vectors PA and PB is zero, so they are at 90°.
∴ ∠APB = 90° Hence it is proved that the angles at the semi circle is 90°.
12. Prove by vector method that the diagonals of a rhombus bisect each
other at 90°.
Solution: D C
Given : ABCD is a rhombus where AC and BD are the
diagonals.
To prove: Diagonals AC and BD bisect each other at 90°.
Proof: Since rhombus is a parallelogram and diagonals of a
parallelogram bisect each other, so the diagonals of a A B
rhombus bisect each other.
Again, In ∆ABC, using ∆ law,
AB + BC = AC ....... (i)
In ∆DAB, using ∆ law,
DA + AB = DB
or, CB + AB = DB [ DA = CB ]
or, AB – BC = DB ......... (ii)
Now, taking the dot product of (i) and (ii), we get
(AB + BC ).(AB – BC ) = AC . DB
or, (AB )2 – (BC )2 = AC .DB
or, |AB |2 – |BC |2 = AC .DB
or, |AB |2 – |AB |2 = AC .DB [ |AB | = |BC |]
or, O = AC .DB
∴ AC .DB = 0
When dot product of two vectors is zero, they are perpendicular.
Hence, it is proved that diagonals AC and BD bisect each other at 90°.

13. Prove by vector method that the median of an isosceles triangle is
perpendicular to the base. A
Given: In ∆ABC, AB = AC and BD = DC.
To prove: AD⊥BC
Proof: In ∆ABC, using ∆ law B

D C
AB + BC = AC
or, BC = AC – AB ........ (i)
In ∆ ABC, D is the mid point of BC, so, using midpoint formula,

AB + AC
AD = ........ (ii)
2
BC .AD = (AC – AB ). AB + AC
2
AD . BC = (AC – AB ). AC + AB
or,
2
AC2 – AB2
or, AD.BC = 2
AC2 – AC2
or, AD . BC = [ |AC| = |AB|]
0 2
or, AD.BC =
2
or, AD.BC = 0
Since dot product of two vectors is zero, they are perpendicular.
∴ AD⊥BC
Hence, it is proved that the median of an isosceles triangle is perpendicular
to the base.
14. In a right angled triangle, if a median is drawn from right angle to its
hypoteneous then the point of median is at equal distance from the
three vertices. Prove it by vector method.
Solution: A
Given: In ∆ABC, ∠ABC = 90°. BD is a median.
To prove: AD = BD = CD D
Proof: In ∆ABD, using ∆ law,

B C
BA + AD = BD
or, BA = BD – AD........ (i)
In ∆BDC, using ∆ law,
BD + DC = BC
or, BC = BD + AD ........ (ii) [AD = DC]
BA.BC = (BD – AD). (BD + AD)
or, 0 = BD2 – AD2 [ ∠ABC = 90°]

or, AD2 = BD2
∴ AD = BD
Hence, it is proved that the mid point of the hypoteneus of a right angled
triangle is equidistant from its vertices.
AD = DC A
∴ AD = BD = DC Proved.
15. In the figure, AD = BD = DC. Prove that ∠ABC = 90°.
Solution: D
Given: In ∆ABC, AD = DC = BD
To prove: ∠ABC = 90°
Proof: In ∆ABD, using ∆ law B C
AD + DB = AB ............ (i)
In ∆BDC, using ∆ law
BD + DC = BC
or, –DB + AD = BC [ AD = DC]
or, AD – DB = BC ......... (ii)
Now, taking the dot product of (i) and (ii) we get
(AD + DB). (AD – DB) = AB.BC
or, AD2 – DB2 = AB.BC
or, AD2 – AD2 = AB.BC [AD = DB]

or, AB.BC = 0.
Since, dot product of two product is zero. They are perpendicular.
So, ∠ABC = 90°. Hence it is proved.

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. The position vectors of A and B are 3i + 2j and 5i – 4j respectively.
Find the position vector of the midpoint M of the line AB.

B
Solution:
Here, position vector of A = OA = 3i + 2j

M
O
Position vector of B = OB = 5i – 4j
Now, position vector of midpoint M of AB is given by A

OA + OB
OM =
2

3i + 2j + 5i – 4j
=
2
8i – 2j
=
2
OM = 4i – j
∴ The position vector of the midpoint M of line AB is 4i – j .

2. M and N are two points with coordinates (4, 6) and (–1, 3) respectively.
Find the position vector of P which divides MN internally in the ratio
1:2. N(–1, 3)
Solution: Here, n
The position vector of M = OM = (4, 6) = 4i + 6j P
O m
Position vector of N = ON = (–1, 3) = –i + 3j
M(4, 6)
m : n = 1:2
By using section formula for internal division, position vector of the point P is
given by
mON + nOM
OP =
m+n
1(–i + 3j ) + 2 (4i + 6j )
=
1+2
–i + 3j + 8i + 12j
= 3

7i + 15j
or, OP =
3
7
or, OP = i + 5j
3
7
Hence, the position vector of the point P isi + 5j .
3
3. A(3, 4), B(2, –5) and C(4, – 5) are the three vertices of ∆ABC. Find the
position vector of the centroid of ∆ABC.
A(3, 4)
Solution:
Here, position vector of A = OA = (3, 4) = 3i + 4j F E

G
Position vector of B = OB = (2, –5) = 2i – 5j
Position vector of C = OC = (4, –5) = 4i – 5j B(2, –5) D C(4, –5)
Now, position vector of the centroid of ∆ABC is given by

OA + OB + OC
OG =
3
3i + 4j + 2i – 5j + 4i – 5j
=
3
9i – 6j
=
3
∴ OG = 3i – 2j = (3, –2)
Exercise 6.2
Section 'A'
1. (a) In ∆ABC, M and N are the midpoints of AB and AC respectively then
write the relation between MN and BC in vector form.
(b) In a rhombus ABCD, AC and BD are diagonals then E
write the value of AC .BD .
T
(c) In the given ∆EFG, GT = ET = FT then write the
relation between EF and GF .
G F
Section 'B'
2. (a) If the position vectors of A and B are 3i – 5j and i – 5j respectively, find
the position vector of the mid-point M of the line segment AB.
(b) If the position vectors of A and B are 3i + 4j and i + 8j respectively, find
the position vector of the mid-point of the line segment AB.

(c) Find the position vectors of mid-point of the line segment AB if the co-
ordinate of the points A and B are (3, 5) and (9, –11) respectively.
(d) If the position vector of the mid-point of the line segment AB is 3i + j
where the position vector of A is 5i + 2j , find the position vector of the
point B.
3. (a) The position vector of the point A and B are 2i – 3j and 3i + 2j
respectively. Find the position vector of the point M which divides the
line segment AB internally in the ratio 2:3.
(b) Find the position vector of the point M which divides the line segment
joining A (5, 2) and B(3, 6) internally in the ratio 2:3.
(c) If OA = a, OB = b, OM = m and M divide BA in the ratio 3:2, then prove

1
that : m = (3a + 2b).
5
(d) The point C divides the line AB externally in the ratio 2:5. If the position
vectors of A and B are OA = –3 and OB = 8 respectively, find the
position vector of the point C. 4 7
4. (a) If the position vectors of the points A, B and C are 5 i + 4 j , – i + 3 j and
6 i – 2 j respectively, find the position vector of the centroid of ∆ABC.
(b) If A(–1, –1), B(–1, 5) and C(5, 2) are the vertices of ∆ABC, find the
positions vector of the centroid of ∆ABC.

A
(c) In the given figure, AD is a median, where the position

G
vector of the points A and D are 3 i – 2 j and 3 i – 4 j
B C
respectively. Find the position vector of the centroid G. D

5. (a) In ∆OAB, if OA = a , OB = b and M is the middle point of AB, then show
A
1
that: OM = (a + b).
2
(b) In the given figure, AM is the median of ∆ABC, prove

1 B C
that : AM = (AB + AC ). M
2
O
6. (a) In the figure, OA = a , OB = b . If AC = 3AB ,

a
b
find OC .
A C
B
D C
(b) In the given figure, ABCD is a parallelogram. If OA = a
, OB = b and OC = c , find OD in terms of a . b and c . A B
O
(c) In the given figure, OA = a , OB = b and AB:AP = 3:1,
express OP in term of a and b . a b
A P
B
(d) In the given triangle, ABC, M is the mid-point of M N
AB and BC = 2MN , prove that N is the mid-point of

AC. B C

A
(e) In the given figure, ∠ABC = 90°,

prove that: AC 2 = AB 2 + BC 2.

B C

Section 'C'
A
7. In the figure, AD, BE and CF are the medians of ∆ABC.

F E
Prove that: AD + BE + CF = 0. G
B D C
A
8. In the given ∆ABC, M and N are the midpoints of sides AB
and AC respectively. Prove by vector method that M N
BC = 2MN and MN //BC.

B C
9. In the given ∆PEN, EP = EN and PF = FN then prove by

vector method that EF⊥PN. F

E N
10. In a given right angled ∆MAN, ∠AMN = 90°, AB = BN then prove by vector
method that AB = MB = BN. M
A N
B
11. Prove that the perpendicular drawn from the vertex of an isosceles triangle to
the base bisects the base. D C
12. In a given rectangle ABCD, prove by vector method that

AC = BD.
A B

13. Prove by vector method that the diagonals of a parallelogram POST bisect
each other. N TE
14. In a given quadrilateral VOTE B, I, N and A are the A I
midpoints of VO, OT, TE and EV respectively. Prove by

vector method that, BINA is a parallelogram. V B O

T S
15. In a given rhombus REST, prove by vector method that RS
and TE bisect to each other at right angle.

R E
16. In a given figure, M is the centre of circle. Prove by vector

method that PE⊥TE.
P T
M
17. Prove that the parallelogram having equal diagonals is a rectangle.
P Q
18. In the given figure, PQRS is a parallelogram. M and N
are two points on the diagonals SQ. If SM = NQ, prove
N
by vector method that PMRN is parallelogram.
M
S R
19. Prove that the straight line joining the middle points of non-parallel sides of
a trapezium is parallel to the parallel sides and half of their sum.

For Important Notes:
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................

UNIT
7 TRANSFORMATION
Review
Answer the following questions.
(a) Define one to one and onto function. Give an example of it in arrow diagram.
(b) Is the transformation one to one and onto function? Discuss.
(c) Define isometric transformation. Give examples of it.
(d) Define non isometric transformation. Give examples of it.
(e) If A(5, 6) and B(–2, 4) are two points then find AB.
7.1 Introduction of Transformation

A transformation is one to one and onto function from a plane to the same plane. So
the transformation is a function which maps each point of a plane with a point in
the same plane. There are four fundamental transformations. They are
(i) Reflection (ii) Rotation
(iii) Translation (iv) Enlargement
Reflection
Y
Reflection in x-axis i.e. y = 0 line.
P(x, y)
Let P(x, y) be an object point. Then the image of the point
P(x, y) under the reflection in x -axis is P'(x, –y) X' X
O
i.e. P(x, y) x-axis P'(x, –y). P'(x, –y)
Y'
Y
Reflection in y-axis i.e. x = 0 line.
P(x, y)
P'(–x, y)
Let P(x, y) be an object point. Then the image of the point
X' X
P(x, y) under the reflection in y-axis is P'(–x y) O
i.e. P(x, y) y-axis P'(–x, y)

Y'
Y )
x,y x
P( y
=
)
Reflection in the line y = x i.e. x – y = 0. ,x
(y
P'
Let P(x, y) be an object point. Then the image of the point X' X
O
P(x, y) under the reflection in the line y = x is P'(y, x)
i.e. P(x, y) y = x P'(y, x)
Y'
Y
(x P
Reflection in the line y = –x i.e. x + y =0. ,y
P' )
Let P(x, y) be an object point. Then the image of the point (-y
,-x
P(x, y) under the reflection in the line y = –x is P'(–y, –x) X' ) X
i.e. P(x, y) y = –x P'(–y, –x) y

=
–x

Y'
Y
Reflection in the line parallel to y -axis i.e. x = h line.
Let P(x, y) be an object point. Then the image of the
P(x, y) P'(2h–x, y)
point P(x, y) under the reflection in the line x = h is
X
P' (2h – x, y) i.e. P(x, y) x = h P'(2h – x, y)
X'

Y'
x=h

Reflection in the line parallel to x-axis i.e. y = k line. Y P(x, y)
Let P(x, y) be an object point. Then the image of the point y=k
P(x, y) under the reflection in the line y = k is P' (x, 2k – y) P'(x, 2k – y)
i.e. P(x, y) y = k P'(x, 2k – y) X' X
Rotation Y'
Rotation through positive quarter turn i.e. + 90° Y
Let P(x, y) be a given point. Then the image of P(x, y) under P'(-y, x) P(x, y)
0°
the rotation through +90° about origin is P'(–y, x) i.e.
+9
X' X
R[O, +90°] O
P(x, y) P'(–y, x). The rotation through +90° about –270°
origin is equivalent to the rotation through –270° about the

Y'
origin.
Rotation through negative quarter turn i.e. – 90°. P(x, y)

Let P(x, y) be a given point. Then the image of X' X
+270°O-90°
P(x, y) under the rotation through –90° about origin is P'(y, -x)
R[O, –90°]
P'(y, –x) i.e. P(x, y) P'(y, –x) Y'
The rotation through –90° about origin is equivalent to the
rotation through +270°about the origin.

Y
Rotation through half turn. P(x, y)

+180°
Let P(x, y) be a point. Then the image of P(x, y) under the X' O X
-180°
rotation through 180° about origin is P'(-x, -y) i.e.
R[O, ±180°] P'(-x,-y)
P(x, y) P'(–x, –y)
Y'
The rotation through half turn in anticlockwise direction
about origin is equivalent to the rotation through half turn in clockwise direction
about origin.
Translation Y
a P'(x + a, y + b)
Translation by a vector T = b .
Let P(x, y) be a point. Then the image of the point P(x, y)

a P(x, y)
under the translation with vector T = b is X'
O
X
a Y'
T= b
P' (x + a, y + b) i.e. P(x, y) P'(x + a, y + b)
Y
Enlargement
)
ky
Enlargement with centre origin and scale factor k
x,
(k
P'
i.e. E[(0, 0), k] y)
Let P(x, y) be a given point. Then the image of the point X'
x,
P(
O X
P(x, y) under E [(0, 0), k] is P'(kx, ky) i.e.
Y'
E[(0, 0), k]
P (x, y) P'(kx, ky)
Y P'(kx–ka+a, ky–kb+b)
Enlargement with centre (a, b) and scale factor
k i.e. E[(a, b), k]
P(x, y)
Let P(x, y) be a given point. The image of the point
(a,b)
P(x, y) under E[(a, b), k] is P'(kx–ka+a, ky–kb+ b). X' O X
E[(a, b), k] Y'

i.e. P(x, y) P'(kx – ka + a, ky – kb + b)

7.2 Combined Transformations
Consider a point A(4, 2). The image of the point
A(4, 2) after reflecting in x-axis is A'(4, –2). Again A''(–2, 4)Y y=x
the image of the point A'(4, –2) after reflecting in
the line y = x is A''(–2, 4). Hence the final image of A(4, 2)
A(4, 2) after two successive reflections is A''(–2, 4) which X' X
O
can be described by a single transformation rotation A'(4, –2)
through +90° about the origin. It is called combined
transformation of reflection in x-axis followed by
reflection in y = x line. Y'

x-axis y=x
i.e. A(4, 2) A'(4, –2) A''(–2, 4)
R[O, +90°]
Let r1 and r2 be transformations which map a point P to the point P' and the point
P' to the point P'' respectively. Then the transformation which maps the point
P to the point P'' is said to be combined transformation of the transformations r1
and r2. The combined transformation is denoted by r2 or1 or r2r1. It is also called
as the transformation r1 followed by r2.

Combination of two reflections (Reflection followed by another reflection)

There are two cases of combination of two reflections.
When the axes of reflection are parallel.
Y
Consider a point A(3, 3). The image of A(3, 3) under A(3,3)
the reflection in the line y = 2 is A'(3, 1) and the image y=2
A'(3,1)
of A'(3, 1) under the reflection in the line y = –1 is
X' X
O
A''(3, –3). So the final image of A(3, 3) is A''(3, –3). y = –1
i.e. A(3, 3) → A''(3, –3). This is a translation with the

Y' A''(3,–3)
0 0
translation vector 2 –1 – 2 = –6
If r1 is the reflection in the line y = k1 and r2 is the reflection in the line y = k2 then
the combined transformation of these two reflections where the lines of reflection
are parallel is a translation with the following translation vectors.
0
The translation vector of r1or2 = 2 k – k
1 2
0
The translation vector of r2or1 = 2 k – k
2 1
Similarly, if r1 is the reflection in the line x = h1 and r2 is the reflection in the line
x = h2 then the combined transformation of these two reflections where the lines of
reflections are parallel is a translation with the following translation vectors.
h1 – h2
The translation vector of r1or2 = 2 0
h2 – h1
The translation vector of r2or1 = 2 0
If the axes of reflections are parallel, the combination of two reflections (i.e. a
reflection followed by another reflection) is equivalent to the translation.
When the axes of reflection intersect at a point.

Consider two lines of reflection y = x and y = –x which intersect each other and
angle between them is 90°: X
y=–x A'(1,3) x
The image of a point A(3, 1) under the reflection in =
y
the line y = x is A' (1, 3) and the image of A'(1, 3)
under the reflection in the line y = –x is A'' (–3, –1). X' A(3,1)
X
So, the final image of A(3, 1) is A''(–3, –1) O
A"(-3, -1)
i.e. A(3, 1) → A''(–3, –1).
It is a rotation through 180° about origin. Here the
Y'
angle of rotation is twice the angle between the two
lines of reflection and the centre of rotation is the point of intersection of the two
lines of reflection.
If the axes of reflection intersect each other at a point, the combination of

reflections is equivalent to a rotation in which
(i) The angle of rotation is twice the angle between the two axes of reflection.
(ii) The centre of rotation is the point where the axes of the reflection intersect
each other.
(iii) The direction of rotation is the direction from the first axis of reflection to
the second axis of reflection.

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. If r1 is the reflection about a line x = y and r2 is reflection about the

y-axis, find the image point of the point A(2, –5) under the combined
transformation r1or2.
Solution: Here,
r1 is the reflection about a line x = y.
r2 is the reflection about the y-axis.
The given point = A(2, –5)
The combined transformation = r1or2.
We know that,
y-axis
P(x, y) P'(–x, y)
A(2, –5) A'(–2, –5)
Again,
x=y
P(x, y) P'(y, x)
A'(–2, –5) A''(–5, –2)
∴ The required image of A(2, –5) under r1or2 is A''(–5, –2).
Alternatively,
Since the axes of reflections intersect each other at origin making an angle
of 45°, the combined transformation r1or2 is equivalent to a rotation with
center (0, 0), angle of rotation = 2 × 45° = 90° and clockwise direction i.e.
R[(0, 0), –90°] = r1or2
We know that,
r or
P(x, y) 1 2 P'(y, –x)
A(2, –5) A'(–5, –2).
∴ The image of the point A(2, –5) under the combined transformation is
A''(–5, –2).
2. Find the co-ordinates of the point M whose image after reflection

about the line x = –y followed by the reflection about the line y = 2 is
M''(6, – 5).
Solution: Here,
First transformation is reflection about the line x = –y

Second transformation is reflection about the line y = 2.
Final image of the point M is M''(6, –5)
The co-ordinates of the point M = ?
Let the co-ordinates of the point M be (a, b)
Now,
x = –y
P(x, y) P'(–y, –x)
M(a, b) M'(–b, –a)
y=k
Again, P(x, y) P'(x, 2k – y)
y=2
M'(–b, –a) M''(–b, 2 × 2 – (–a)) = M''(–b, 4 + a)
Comparing M''(–b, 4 + a) with M'' (6, –5)

So, –b = 6 4 + a = –5
∴b=–6 ∴a=–9
Hence, the co-ordinates of M = (–9, –6)
3. A triangle with vertices P(1, 2), Q(4, –1) and R(2, 5) is reflected
successively in the lines x = –1 and y = 2. Find the stating co-ordinates
and represent the images graphically under these transformations.
State also the single transformation given by the combination of
these transformations.
Solution: Here,
The given points are P(1, 2), Q(4, –1) and R(2, 5)
The reflection in the line x = –1
x=h
P(x, y) P'(2h – x, y)
x = –1
P(1, 2) P'(2 × (–1) – 1, 2) = P'(–3, 2)
x = –1
Q(4, – 1) Q'(2 × (–1) – 4, –1) = Q'(–6, –1)
x = –1
R(2, 5) R' (2 × (–1) – 2, 5) = R'(–4, 5)
The reflection in the line y = 2,

y=k
P(x, y) P'(x, 2k – y)
y=2
P'(–3, 2) P''(–3, 2 × 2 – 2) = P''(–3, 2)
y=2
Q'(–6, –1) Q''(–6, 2 × 2 – (–1)) = Q''(–6, 5)
y=2
R'(–4, 5) R''(–4, 2 × 2 – 5) = R''(–4, –1)
Since, the axes of the reflection x = –1 and y = 2 intersect each other at
(–1, 2) making an angle of 90° between them, the combined transformation of
the reflection in the line x = –1 followed by the reflection in the line y =2 is the
rotation about (–1, 2) through 180° i.e. R[(–1, 2), 180°].
The ∆PQR and its images are shown in the graph given below.
Y
Q'' R' R
P' P
P''
X' X
O
Q' R'' Q
Y'

Exercise 7.1
Section 'A'
1. (a) What is the image of P(x, y) under the reflection in the line y = x?
(b) What is the image of a point A(a, b) under the reflection in the line y = 0?
(c) What is the combined transformation of a reflection in the line y = 1
followed by another reflection in the line y = –2?
(d) What is the combined transformation of a reflection in the line y = x
followed by another reflection in y-axis?
(e) If r1 and r2 be the reflections about the lines x = 2 and y = 1 then write
the combined transformation under r1or2.
Section 'B'
2. (a) Find the image of a point A(2, 7) under the reflection in x -axis followed
by another reflection in y -axis.
(b) Find the image of a point B(–3, 5) if it is reflected in the line y = x and
then reflected in the line x = 0.
(c) A point P(1, –4) is reflected successively in the lines x = 2 and y = –1.
Find the final image of the point P under these transformations.
(d) Point (–4, –2) is reflected in x-axis and further reflected in the line y = –x.
Find the final image of the point.
3. (a) If R1 is the reflection about x -axis and R2 is the reflection about the
line y = x then find the image of the point (–3, 5) under the combined
transformation R1oR2.
(b) Let r1 be the reflection in the line x = –2 and r2 be the reflection in
the line y = –x. Find the image of the point A(4, 1) under the combined
transformation r2 or1.
(c) If F and G denote the reflections on y-axis and y = 3 respectively, find the
image of the point P(2, –3) under the combined transformation FoG.
(d) Let R1 be the reflection about x-axis and R2 be the reflection about
y-axis then find the image of the point (–8, –5) under the combined
transformation R2oR1.
4. Let r1 be the reflection about x-axis, r2 be the reflection in the line
y = x and r3 be the reflection in the line y = –1. Find the following.
(a) r1or2 (2, 5) (b) r1or3(–3, 1) (c) r2or3(5, –2)
(d) r3 or1 (–2, –3) (e) r2or1(–4, 6) (f) r2or2 (6,3)
5. (a) If R1 be the reflection on the line y = x and R2 be the reflection on the line
x = 0 then state what does R2oR1 represent? If a point A is transformed
by the above single transformation to A'(–2, 3), find the co-ordinates of
the point 'A'.
(b) F and G denote the reflections on x = –y and x = 4 respectively. What
point would have the image (2, –5) under the combined transformation
FoG?
(c) Let r1 be the reflection in the line y = 2 and r2 be the reflection in the
line x = –y. What point has the image X'(–3, 2) under the combined
transformation r1or2? Find it.
(d) Point (4, –3) is reflected in the line x = 0 at first and then the image so
formed is reflected in the line y = m so that the final image (–4, 9) is
obtained. Find the value of m.

Section 'C'
6. (a) Find the co-ordinates of a image of a triangle ABC with vertices A(1, 2),
B(4, –1) and C(2, 5) under the combined transformation of the reflection
on x-axis and then on y-axis.
(b) A triangle with vertices M(2, 3), N(–1, –2) and O(4, –1) is reflected
successively in the lines x = –1 and y = –2. Write the coordinates of the
images and show on the same graph.
(c) A quadrilateral A(6, 2), B(10, 2), C(11, 4) and D(5, 4) is reflected in the
lines y = x and x-axis. Find the stating co-ordinates and graphically
represent the images under these transformations.
7. (a) A triangle with vertices A(2, 3), B(4, 5) and C(1, 5) is reflected successively
in the lines x = –1 and y = 2. Find the stating co-ordinates and represent
the images graphically under these transformations. State also the
single transformation given by the combination of these transformation.
(b) Reflect the ∆XYZ with vertices X(–4, 0), Y(–6, 2) and Z(–4, 3) on the line
x = –3 and then on the line x = 1. Draw the graph of ∆XYZ and its images
after combined transformation. Also find the single transformation
which is equivalent to the given combined transformation.
(c) P(0, 1), Q(1, 2) and R(3, –4) are the vertices of a triangle PQR. Find
the co-ordinates of images of the vertices of ∆PQR under the reflection
on y-axis followed by the reflection on line y = –x. Also state the single
transformation given by the combination of these transformations.
8. (a) State the single transformation equivalent to the combination of
reflections on the x-axis and y-axis respectively. Using this single
transformation find the co-ordinates of the vertices of the image ∆PQR
having vertices P(4, 3) , Q(1, 1) and R(5, –1). Also draw the object and
image on the same graph.
(b) State the single transformation equivalent to the combination of
reflection on the line y = x followed by another reflection about y-axis.
Using this single transformation find the co-ordinates of the image of
quadrilateral ABCD with vertices A(2, 2), B(6, 2), C(7, 4) and D(3, 4).
Represent the object and image graphically.
(c) Find the single transformation equivalent to two successive reflections
in the lines y = 1 and y = 2. Using this single transformation, find the
image of ∆EFG having vertices E(2, –3), F(–1, 4) and G(3, 5). Represent
the object and image on the same graph.

Combination of Two Rotations
There are two cases in the combination of two rotations.
Y
When two rotations are about the same
centres.
A(1, 3)
Consider a point A(1, 3). The image of the
point A(1, 3) after rotation through +90° A'(-3, 1)
about origin is A'(–3, 1) and the image X' X

O
A'(–3, 1) after rotation through +180° about A''(3, -1)
origin is A''(3, –1).
The final image of A(1, 3) is A''(3, –1) which
Y'
is same as P(x, y) → P''(y, –x). This is the
rotation through –90° about origin.
A rotation through x° about a centre followed by another rotation through y°

about the same centre is equivalent to the rotation through (x + y)° about the
same centre.
When two rotations are about the different centres.

Rotate ∆XYZ through x° about a centre. Rotate the image ∆X'Y'Z' through y° about
the different centre to the final image ∆X''Y''Z''. The single transformation equivalent
to above two rotations is the rotation through (x + y)° about the third centre which
is the point of intersection of perpendicular bisectors of AA'', BB'' and CC''.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. If R1 is the rotation through +90° about (0, 0) and R2 is the rotation

through 180° about (0, 0) then find R2oR1 (–3, 5).
Solution: Here,
R1 = rotation through +90° about (0, 0)
R2 = rotation through 180° about (0, 0)
R2oR1 (–3, 5) = ?
Now,
R2oR1 (–3, 5) = R2[R1(–3, 5)]
= R2(5, 3) [ R1(x, y) = (y, –x)]
= (–5, –3) [ R2(x, y) = (–x, –y)]
2. ∆ABC has the vertices A(5, 4), B(6, 2) and C(2, 2).
(i) Find the image of ∆ABC after rotation through –90° about origin
followed by the rotation through 180° about origin.
(ii) Find the single transformation equivalent to these rotations.
(iii) Show ∆ABC and its images on the same graph paper.
Solution: Here,
(i) The given vertices are A(5, 4), B(6, 2) and C(2, 2).
Rotation through –90° about (0, 0).
P(x, y) P'(y, –x) A(5, 4) A'(4, – 5)
B(6, 2) B'(2, –6) C(2, 2) C'(2, –2)
Rotation through 180° about (0, 0)
P(x, y) P'(–x, –y) A'(4, –5) A''(–4, 5)
B'(2, –6) B''(–2, 6) C'(2, –2) C''(–2, 2)
(ii) The single transformation which is equivalent to the rotation through –90°
about (0, 0) followed by another rotation through 180° about (0, 0) is the
rotation about (0, 0) through (–90° + 180°) = +90° i.e. R[(0, 0), + 90°].
(iii) ∆ABC and its images ∆A'B'C' and ∆A''B''C'' are shown in the following graph.
B''
A''
A
C
C'' B
X' X
O
C'
A'
B'
Y'

Exercise 7.2
Section 'A'
1. (a) What is the image of P(x, y) under rotation through + 90° about origin?
(b) What point would have the image (–2, 5) under the rotation through
–180° about origin?
2. (a) What is the single transformation equivalent to rotation through + 80°

about (0, 0) followed by another rotation through +100° about (0, 0)?
(b) If r1 = rotation through 90° about origin and r2 = rotation through 180°
about (0, 0) then what does the combined transformation r1or2 represent?
Section 'B'
3. (a) Find the image of a point A(–2, 5) after rotation through 90° in
anticlockwise direction about origin followed by another rotation through
90° in clockwise direction about origin.
(b) Find the image of a point (6, 8) after rotation through 180° about origin
followed by another rotation through –270° about origin.
4. (a) Let R1 be the rotation through positive quarter turn about origin and
R2 be the rotation through half turn about origin. Find the image of
A(3, –6) under the combined transformation R2oR1.
(b) If F is the rotation through half turn about (0, 0) and G is the rotation
through quarter turn in clockwise direction about (0, 0) then find the
image of B(–3, –5) under the combined transformation FoG.
5. Let r1, r2 and r3 be the rotation through –90°, 180° and +90° respectively about
origin. Find the following.
(a) r1or2 (1, 3) (b) r1or3(–5, 8) (c) r2or3 (4, –9)
(d) r3or2(–3, –2) (e) r1or1 (–1, 4) (f) r32 (2, 6)
6. (a) What point would have the image (5, –2) under the combined
transformation of rotation through –90° about origin followed by another
rotation through 180° about origin.

(b) Let R1 be the rotation through 270° anticlockwise direction about origin
and R2 be the rotation through 90° in clockwise direction about origin.
Which point has the image A'(–3, 4) under the combined transformation
R1oR2? Find it.
Section 'C'
7. (a) A(2, 3), B(5, 1) and C(6, 4) are the vertices of ∆ABC.
(i) Find the image ∆A'B 'C' of ∆ABC after rotation through 90° in
clockwise direction about origin.
(ii) Find the image ∆A''B''C'' of ∆A'B'C' after rotation through 180° in
anticlockwise direction about origin.
(iii) Present ∆ABC, ∆A'B'C' and ∆A''B''C'' on the same graph paper.
(iv) Find the single transformation equivalent to above rotations.
(b) Find the images of ∆PQR with vertices P(–6, –3), Q(–2, –3) and R(–3, 0)
after rotation through 180 ° about origin followed by another rotation
through –270° about origin. Present ∆PQR and its images on the same
graph paper. Also find the single transformation equivalent to the
combination of above transformations.
8. (a) Find the single transformation equivalent to the rotation through –90°
about (0, 0) followed by the rotation through 180° about (0, 0). Using this
single transformation find the image of quadrilateral ABCD with vertices
A(2, 5), B(–6, 2), C(–4, 0) and D(–4, 3). Show the object and image on the
same graph paper.
(b) If R1 is the rotation through –20° about origin and R2 is the rotation
through –70° about origin then find the combined transformation to
represent R1oR2. Using the combined transformation R1oR2, find the
images of the points W(5, 1), X(–4, –3), Y(–2, 3) and Z(3, 2). Present the
object and the image on the same graph paper.

Combination of two translations
Consider a point A(2, 3). The image of the point
Y
1
A(2, 3) after translation by the vector T1 = is
4
A' (2 + 1, 3 + 4) = A'(3, 7)
A'
2

The point A'(3, 7) is again translated by the T2 =
1
4
-3
T =
2 A'' 3
1
translation vector T2 = to the point A T1oT2 =
–3 1
A''(3 +2, 7 – 3) = A''(5, 4). So the final image of O

X
A(2, 3) is A''(5,4).
2 1 2+1 3
Again, T2oT1 = + = = .
–3 4 –3 + 4 1

The image of the point A(2, 3) under combined transformation T2oT1 is
3
A'(2 + 3, 1 + 3) = A'(5, 4). Hence translation by T2oT1 = is the single transformation
1
1
equivalent to the translation by T1 = followed by another translation by
4
2
T2 = .
–3
a c
If the translation T1 = is followed by the another translation T2 = then the
b d
combination of two translations T1 and T2 is denoted by T1oT2 or T1T2 defined by
a c a+c
T1oT2 = T1 + T2 = + = .
b d b+d
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
3
1. If T1 is the translation by a vector and T2 is the translation by the
2
–2
vector , find the image of the point A(2, –5) under the combined
1
translation T1oT2 and T2oT1.
Solution : Here,
The given point is A(2, –5)
3 –2
T1 = and T2 =
2 1
3 –2 3–2 1
T1oT2 = + = =
2 1 2+1 3
–2 3 –2 + 3 1
T2oT1 = + = =
1 2 1+2 3
1
Under the translation by T1oT2 =
3
T1oT2 = a
b
P(x, y) P'(x + a, y + b)

T1oT2 = 1
3
A(2, –5) A'(2 + 1, –5 + 3) = A'(3, –2)
1
Under the translation by T2oT1 =
3
T2oT1 = a
b
P(x, y) P'(x + a, y + b)
T2oT1 = 1
3
A(2, –5) A'(2 + 1, –5 + 3) = A'(3, – 2)
2. M(5, 3), N(2, 1) and O(1, 4) are the vertices of ∆MNO. Find the image
–1
of ∆MNO after translation with the vector followed by another
–4
–3
translation with the vector . Also show ∆MNO and its images on
–2
the same graph.
Solution:
The given vertices are M(5, 3), N(2, 1) and O(1, 4)

–1
Under the translation with the vector ,
–4
T= a
P(x, y) b P'(x + a, y + b)
–1
M(5, 3) –4 M' (5 – 1, 3 – 4) = M'(4, –1)

–1
N(2, 1) –4 N'(2 – 1, 1 – 4) = N'(1, –3)
–1
O(1, 4) –4 O'(1 – 1, 4 – 4) = O'(0, 0) Y
–3
Under the translation with the vector , O
–2 M
T= a
b
P(x, y) P'(x + a, y + b) X'
O' N
X
O M'
–3 O''
–2 M''
M'(4, – 1) M'' (4 – 3, –1 – 2) = M''(1, –3) N'
–3 N''
–2
N'(1, –3) N'' (1 – 3, –3 – 2) = N''(–2, –5)
–3 Y'
–2
O'(0, 0) O'' (0 – 3, 0 – 2) = O''(–3, – 2)
∆MNO and its images are shown in the following graph.

Exercise 7.3
Section 'A'
1. (a) If A(x1, y1) and B(x2, y2) are the points, find the translation vector AB.
a c
(b) If T1 = and T2 = then find T1oT2 and T2oT1.
b d
Section 'B'
2. (a) Find the co-ordinates of images of a point A(5, 2) under the translation
1 –3
with vector followed by another translation with vector .
2 4
3
(b) Find the image of B(–3, –7) after translation with the vector T1 =
3
–4
followed by another translation with the vector T2 = .
2
1 2
3. (a) Let T1 = and T2 = be the two translations. Find the image of the
3 2
point (–4, 5) under the combined translation T1oT2 and T2oT1.
–4
(b) If T1 is the translation with vector and T2 is the translation with
–2
1
vector then find the image of the point P(6, 4) under the combined
–3
translation T1oT2 and T2oT1.
4. (a) The image of a point P(3, 4) is the point P''(6, 10) under the translation
a –3
followed by another translation . Find the values of a and b.
b 2
–1 4
(b) If T1 = and T2 = then find the co-ordinates of the point whose
–3 –3
image is (3, 4) under the combined translation T1oT2.
Section 'C'
5. (a) Find the images of ∆PQR with vertices P(2, 0), Q(–1, 3) and R(3, 4) under
1
the translation with vector followed by another translation with vector
2
0
. Present ∆PQR and its images on the same graph paper.
–3
(b) A(–2, 1), B(–5, 3) and C(3, 2) are the three vertices of ∆ABC. Find the
image of ∆ABC after translation with the vector AB followed by the

–2
translation . Show ∆ABC and its images on the same graph.
–1
0
6. (a) The vertices of ∆EFG are E(–2, 5), F(–2, 3) and G(2, 3). If T1 = and
2
–2
T2 = are two translations, find the image of ∆ABC under T1oT2 and
1
hence show the image and object on the same graph.
1 –3
(b) If T1 = and T2 = are two translations then find the image of
2 1
rectangle PQRS having vertices P(2, 1), Q(5, 1), R(5, 2) and S(2, 2) under
T2.T1 and hence show the image and object on the same graph.

Y
Combination of two Enlargements

A''(6,6)
There are two cases in the enlargement followed
by another enlargement. They are
When the centres of enlargement are same.
)
Consider a point A(1, 1). The image of A after ,2
(2
A'
enlargement with the centre (0, 0) and scale factor )
1 ,1
2 i.e. E[O, 2] is A'(1 × 2, 1 × 2) = A'(2, 2). The image A(
X
of A'(2, 2) after enlargement with the centre (0, 0) O
and scale factor 3 i.e. E[O, 3] is A''(2 × 3, 2 × 3) =
A''(6, 6). Hence, the final image of A(1, 1) is A''(6, 6). i.e. A(1, 1) → A''(6, 6) = A''(6 ×
1, 6 × 1)
In A''(6 × 1, 6 × 1), the scale factor is 6 which is the product of 2 and 3.

An enlargement with centre O and scale factor k1 i.e. E[O, k1] followed by another
enlargement with centre O and scale factor k2 i.e. E[O, k2] is equivalent to an
enlargement with same centre O and scale factor k1.k2
When the centres of enlargements are different

Consider a point A is transformed to A' under
enlargement with centre O and scale factor k1
i.e. E[O, k1]. Again the point A' is transformed A''
to A'' under the enlargement with centre O'
and scale factor k2 i.e. E[O', k2]. The combined
transformation of above two enlargements is A'
equivalent to the enlargement with the centre A

O'' and scale factor k1.k2 i.e. E[O'', k1.k2]
O
O'' O'

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. If E1 [(0, 0), 3] and E2 [(0, 0), –2] are the two enlargements then find the
image of A(2, 5) under E1oE2.
Solution: Here,
E1[(0, 0), 3] and E2 [(0, 0), – 2]are two enlargements. The combination of two
enlargements is also the enlargement with centre = (0, 0) and scale factor =
3 × (–2) = – 6 i.e. E[(0, 0), –6]

E[(0, 0), k]
Now, P(x, y) P'(kx, ky)
E[(0, 0), –6]
A(2, 5) A'(– 6 × 2, –6 × 5) = A''(–12, –30)
∴ The image of A(2, 5) under E1oE2 is A''(–12, –30).
2. If A(2, 0), B(3, 1) and C(1, 2) are vertices of ∆ABC, find the image of
∆ABC under an enlargement with centre (0, 0) and scale factor 2
followed by another enlargement with centre (1, 2) and scale factor
–3. Show the ∆ABC and its images on the same graph paper.
Solution: Here, the vertices of ∆ABC are A(2, 0), B(3, 1), C(1, 2).
Under enlargement with centre (0, 0) and scale factor 2.

E[(0, 0), k]
P(x, y) P'(kx, ky)
E[(0, 0), 2]
A(2, 0) A' (2.2, 2.0) = A'(4, 0)
E[(0, 0), 2]
B(3, 1) B'(2.3, 2.1) = B'(6, 2)
E[(0, 0), 2]
C(1, 2) C'(2.1, 2.2) = C'(2, 4)
Under the enlargement with center (1, 2) and scale factor –3.
P(x, y) E[(a, b), k] P'(kx – ka + a, ky – kb + b)

E[(1, 2), –3]
A' (4, 0) A''[(–3) × 4 – (–3) × 1 + 1, (–3) × 0 – (–3) × 2 + 2]
= A''(–8, 8)
E[(1, 2), –3]
B'(6, 2) B''[(–3) × 6 – (–3) × 1 + 1, (–3) × 2 – (–3) × 2 + 2)
= B''(–14, 2)

E[(1, 2), –3]
C'(2, 4) C''[(–3) × 2 – ( –3) × 1 + 1, (–3) × 4 – (–3) × 2 + 2)
= C''(–2, –4)
The ∆ABC and its images are shown in the graph.
A''
C'
B'' C B'
B
X' X
O A A'
C''
Y'
Exercise 7.4
Section 'A'
1. (a) If E1[(0, 0), k1] and E2 = [(0, 0), k2] are two enlargements then find the
combined transformation E1oE2.
(b) If E1[(2, 3), –2] and E2[(2, 3), 3/2] then find E2oE1.
Section 'B'
2. (a) If E1[(0, 0), 3] and E2[(0, 0), – 1] be two enlargements then find the
image of A(–2, 3) under the combined transformation E1oE2 and E2oE1.

1
(b) If E1 is an enlargement with centre origin and scale factor and E2 is an
2
enlargement with centre origin and scale factor 3 then find the image of
B(6, –12) under E1oE2 and E2oE1.

2
3. (a) E1[(1, 2), – ] and E2[(1, 2), 3) are two enlargements. Find the image of
3
M(3, 4) under E2oE1 and E1oE2.
(b) If E1 is the enlargement with centre (0, 5) and scale factor –2 and E2 is

the enlargement with centre (0, 5) and scale factor 3 then find the image
of N(–4, 2) under E2oE1 and E1oE2.
4. (a) Find the image of A(1, 5) after enlargement with centre origin and scale
factor 3 followed by another enlargement with centre (1, 2) and scale
factor –3.
(b) Find the image of B(–3, –5) after enlargement with centre (2, 3) and
scale factor 2 followed by another enlargement with centre (0, 0) and
scale factor –4.
5. (a) Let E1 [O, 2] and E2 [O, –3] be the two enlargements. What point would
have the image (–6, 18) under the combined transformation E1oE2.
(b) If the image of A under the enlargement E[(2, 3), – 1] followed by another
enlargement E[(0, 0), 3] is A''(9, 12), find the co-ordinates of A.
Section 'C'
6. (a) The vertices of ∆ ABC are A(6, 2), B(2, 3) and C(4, 5). If E1 = [(0, 0), 2]
and E2 = [(0, 0), – 1], then find the co-ordinates of image of ∆ABC under
enlargement E2oE1. Draw both triangles on the same graph.
(b) The vertices of ∆PQR are P(1, 2), Q(2, –1) and R(2, 0). If E1 [(0, 0), 2]
and E2 [(0, 0), 3], then find the co-ordinates of image of ∆PQR under
enlargement E1oE2. Draw both triangles on the same graph.
7. (a) Let E1[(1, 2), – 1] and E2 [(1, 2), 2] be two enlargements. Find the
co-ordinates of image of ∆XYZ having vertices X(–2, 3), Y(4, 0) and
Z(1, 5) under enlargement E1oE2. Draw ∆XYZ and its image ∆X'Y'Z' on
the same graph.
2
(b) Let E1 [(–3, 0), ] and E2[(–3, 0), – 6] be the enlargements. Find the
3
co-ordinates of image of ∆ABC with vertices A(–2, –3), B(–1, 2) and
C(–1, 1) under the enlargement E2oE1. Draw ∆ABC and its image
∆A'B'C' on the same graph.
8. (a) A triangle with vertices A(1, 0), B(2, 1) and C(3, –1) is transformed by
enlargement with centre (0, 0) and scale factor – 2 and draw its image
in the graph. Again its image is transformed by the enlargement with
centre (–1, 2) and scale factor 1 and draw its image on the same graph.
(b) Draw a quadrilateral OABC having vertices O(0, 0), A(2, 0), B(3, 1)
and C(1, 1) on a graph paper. Find the images of the vertices of the
quadrilateral OABC under E1[(0, –3), 2] followed by E2 [(0, 0), 3] and
draw the images on the same graph paper.

Combined transformation of reflection, rotation, translation
and enlargement.
Composition of reflection and rotation
Let P(x, y) be a point on the plane. Then the image of the point P(x, y) under the
reflection R0 in the line x-axis is
P(x, y) x-axis P'(x, – y) i.e. R0(x, y) = (x, –y).
Again, the image of the point P(x, y) under the rotation R1 about (0, 0) through +90°
is
R[(0, 0), + 90°]
P(x, y) P'(–y, x) i.e. R1(x, y) = (–y, x).
Now the reflection in x-axis followed by rotation through +90° is
R1oR0 (x, y) = R1[R0(x, y)]
= R1(x, –y)
= (y, x)
Hence, the reflection in the line x-axis followed by the rotation through +90° about
(0, 0) is equivalent to the reflection in the line y = x.
Composition of reflection and translation

Let P(x, y) be a point on the plane. The image of the point P(x, y) under the reflection
R in the line y = –x is
P(x, y) y = –x P'(–y, –x) i.e. R(x, y) = (–y, –x)
Again, the image of the point P(x, y) under translation T with the translation vector
a
a T=
b
b is P(x, y) P'(x + a, y + b) i.e. T(x, y) = (x + a, y + b).
a
Now, the reflection in the line y = –x followed by the translation with vector b is
ToR(x, y) = T[R(x, y)]
= T(–y, –x)
= (–y + a, –x + b)
Composition of reflection and enlargement

Let P(x, y) be a point on the plane. The image of the point P(x, y) under the
reflection R in the line y-axis is
P(x, y) y-axis P'(–x, y) i.e. R(x, y) = (–x, y).
Again, the image of the point P(x, y) under the enlargement E with centre
(0, 0) and scale factor k is
P(x, y) E[(0, 0), k] P'(kx, ky) i.e. E(x, y) = (kx, ky)
Now, the enlargement with centre (0, 0) and scale factor k followed by the reflection
in the line y-axis is
RoE(x, y) = R[E(x, y)]
= R(kx, ky)
= (–kx, ky)
Composition of rotation and Translation
Let P(x, y) be a point on the plane. The image of the point P(x, y) under the rotation
R about (0, 0) through 180° is
R[(0, 0), 180°]

P(x, y) P'(–x, –y) i.e. R(x, y) = (–x, –y)
Again, the image of the point P(x, y) under the translation T with translation vector
a
T= b
a
b is P(x, y) P'(x + a, y + b) i.e. T(x, y) = (x + a, y + b)
Now, the rotation about (0, 0) through 180° followed by the translation with the
a
translation vector b is ToR(x, y) = T[R(x, y)]
= T(–x, –y)
= (–x + a, –y + b)
Composition of rotation and enlargement

Let P(x, y) be a point on the plane. The image of the point P(x, y) under the rotation
R[(0, 0), –90°]
R about origin through 90° clockwise is P(x, y) P'(y, –x)
i.e. R(x, y) = (y, –x).
Again, the image of the point P(x, y) under the enlargement E with centre
(0, 0) and scale factor k is
E[(0, 0), k]
P(x, y) P'(kx, ky) i.e. E(x, y) = (kx, ky)
Now, the rotation about origin through –90° followed by the enlargement with
centre (0, 0) and scale factor k is
EoR(x, y) = E[R(x, y)]
= E(y, –x)
= (k.y, k.(–x)) = (ky, –kx)
Composition of translation and enlargement

Let P(x, y) be a point on the plane. The image of the point P(x, y) under the translation
a
T with translation vector b is
a
T= b
P(x, y) P'(x + a, y + b) i.e. T(x, y) = (x + a, y + b)
Again, the image of the point P(x, y) under the enlargement E with the centre (0, 0)
E[(0, 0), k]
and scale factor k is P(x, y) P'(kx, ky) i.e. E(x, y) = (kx, ky)
Now, the enlargement with centre (0, 0) and scale factor k followed by the translation
a
with the translation vector b is
ToE(x, y) = T[E(x, y)]
= T(kx, ky) = (kx + a, ky + b)
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. Point (–6, 11) is rotated about origin through –90° and image so formed
is reflected in the line y = –x. Find the co-ordinates of the images so
formed.
Solution: Under the rotation about origin through –90°,
P(x, y) R[(0, 0), –90°] P'(y, –x)
A(–6, 11) A'(11, 6)
Under the reflection in the line y = –x.
P(x, y) y = –x P'(–y, –x)
A'(11, 6) A''(–6, –11)
Hence, the co-ordinates of the images are A'(11, 6) and A''(–6, –11)
2
2. T = 3 and F denote the translation and reflection on the line y-axis
respectively. Find the image of the point (5, 6) under the combined
transformation FoT.
2
Solution: Under the translation with T = 3

2
T= 3
P(x,y) P'(x + 2, y + 3) i.e. T(x, y) = (x + 2, y + 3).
Under the reflection on the line y-axis.
P(x, y) y-axis P'(–x, y) i.e. F(x, y) = (–x, y).
Now, FoT (x, y) = F[T(x, y)]
= F(x + 2, y + 3)
= (–(x + 2), y + 3) = (–x – 2, y + 3)
So, FoT (5, 6) = (–5 – 2, 6 + 3) = (–7, 9)

Hence, the image of the point (5, 6) under the combined transformation FoT is
(–7, 9).
3. What point would have the image (–3, 21) under the translation with
1
vector T = 2 followed by the enlargement with centre (0, 0) and scale
factor 3.
Solution: Let A(a, b) be a point. Then A''(–3, 21) be its final image.
1
Under the translation with vector T = 2 .
1
T=
2
P(x, y) P'(x + 1,y + 2)
A(a, b) A'(a + 1, b + 2)
Under the enlargement with center (0, 0) and scale factor 3.

E[(0,0), k]
P(x, y) P'(kx, ky)
E[(0,0), 3]
A'(a + 1, b + 2) A''{(a + 1).3, (b + 2).3} = A''(3a + 3, 3b + 6)
Now, A''(3a + 3, 3b + 6) = A''(–3, 21)
By comparing the corresponding elements, we get,
3a + 3 = – 3 3b + 6 = 21
or, 3a = – 6 or, 3b = 15
or, a = –2 or, b = 5
∴ The co-ordinates of the point is A(–2, 5)

3. Translate the ∆ABC with vertices A(2, 4), B(–1, 2) and C(5, –1) by the
–2
translation vector T = 3 and then reflect the image so formed in the
line x + y = 0. Write the co-ordinates of the vertices of the image and
draw the object and the images on the same graph paper.
Solution: The given vertices of ∆ABC are A(2, 4), B(–1, 2) and C(5, –1).
–2
Under the translation with the translation vector T = 3 ,
–2
T=
3
P(x, y) P'(x + (–2), y + 3) = P'(x – 2, y + 3)
A(2, 4) A'(2 – 2, 4 + 3) = A'(0, 7)
B(–1, 2) B'(–1 – 2, 2 + 3) = B'(–3, 5)
C(5, –1) C'(5 – 2, –1 + 3) = C'(3, 2)
Under the reflection in the line x + y = 0 i.e. x = –y
P(x, y) x = –y P'(–y, –x)
A'(0, 7) A''(–7, 0)
B'(–3, 5) B''(–5, 3)
C'(3, 2) C''(–2, –3)
∆ABC and its images ∆A'B'C' and ∆A''B''C'' are shown in the following graph.
Y
A'
B'
A
B''
B
C'
A''
X' X
O
C
C''
Y'

Exercise 7.5
Section 'A'
1. (a) Which transformation is equivalent to the reflection on y-axis followed
by a rotation about origin through +90°?
(b) Which transformation is equivalent to the rotation about origin through
–90° followed by a reflection on the line y = x?
Section 'B'
2. (a) The image formed by reflecting the point (3, 4) on the y-axis is rotated
about (0, 0) through +90°, find the co-ordinates of this image.
(b) Find the co-ordinates of image of a point A(5, –3) when it is first reflected
–2
on the line x = 2 and then translated by the translation vector –1 .
(c) If R is the reflection in the line y = 2 and E is the enlargement with

centre (0, 0) and scale factor 3 i.e. E[(0, 0), 3], find the image of a point
A(4, 5) under the combined transformation EoR.
3. (a) If R1 is the reflection in the line x-axis and R2 is the rotation through –90°
about the origin, find the image of a point A(3, –6) under the combined
transformation of R1oR2.
(b) Find the co-ordinates of the image of a point (–4, 3) when it is first rotated
2
about origin O through +90° and then translated by 5 .
(c) Find the co-ordinates of the image of a point B(–3, –5) under the rotation
about (0, 0) through 180° followed by the enlargement about (–2, 0) and
scale factor 1 i.e, E[(–2, 0), 1].
–2
4. (a) What is the image of a point F(4, 5) when it is first translated by 3
and then reflected on the y-axis?
(b) Under the enlargement with centre origin and scale factor 2, the image
6
of the point A(2, –4) is A'. Again A' is translated by vector 8 to A''. Find
the co-ordinates of A' and A''.
–5
(c) Let T be the translation with vector 2 and R be the rotation about
origin through quarter turn anticlockwise direction. Find the image of a
point M(–3, 1) under the combined transformation RoT.
–1
5. (a) T = –2 denotes the translation and F the rotation about the origin
through +90°. If the image of the point A(p, q) is A'(8, 9) under the
combined transformation ToF, find the values of p and q.
(b) What point would have the image (–6, 8) under the enlargement with
centre (0, 0) and scale factor 2 i.e. E[(0, 0), 2] followed by the rotation
about (0, 0) through –270° i.e. R[(0, 0), –270°].
2
(c) T denotes a translation vector 3 and R denotes the reflection in the
line y = 3. If RoT (a, 3) = (5, b), find the values of a and b.
Section 'C'
6. (a) Translate the ∆ABC with vertices A(–2, –4), B(–4, –2) and C(–6, –4) by
–3
translation vector T = –2 and then reflect the image so obtained in the
line y = x. Write down the co-ordinates of the vertices of the images and
draw the images on the same graph paper.
(b) Draw ∆PQR having the vertices P(2, 0), Q(3, 1) and R(1, 1) on a graph
paper. It is rotated about the origin O through –90° and present ∆P'Q'R'
on the same graph paper. Then the ∆P'Q'R' is reflected in the line
x + y = 0 and plot ∆P''Q''R'' on the same graph paper. Write the co-
ordinates of vertices of the ∆P''Q''R''.
(c) D(2, 1), E(5, 3) and F(7, –1) are the vertices of ∆DEF. Find the
co-ordinates of the images of ∆DEF under the reflection on the line y =
0 followed by the enlargement E[(0, 0), 2]. Present ∆DEF and its images
on the same graph.
7. (a) The vertices of ∆ABC are A(1, –2), B(3, 4) and C(–4, 0). Find the image
of ∆ABC under the rotation about origin through negative quarter turn
–1
followed by the translation by vector 3 . Represent the object and
images on the same graph paper.
(b) M(–1, 3), N(4, 1) and O(2, 5) are the vertices of ∆MNO. Find the

coordinates of the vertices of the image of ∆MNO under the rotation of
positive 90° about origin followed by E[(0, 0), 2]. Represent the object
and images on the same graph paper.
(c) The vertices of ∆PQR are P(1, –2), Q(3, 4) and R(–4, 0). If the centre of
enlargement is (2, 2) and scale factor 2, then enlarge ∆PQR and translate
4
by the translation vector 5 . Present ∆PQR and its images on the same
graph paper.
7.3 Inversion Transformation and Inversion Circle

Discuss the following questions.
(a) What is the equation of circle with centre at origin?
(b) What is the equation of circle with centre at (h, k)?
(c) Find the centre and radius of the following equations of circle.
(i) x2 + y2 = 25 (ii) (x – 3)2 + (y + 4)2 = 9
(iii) x2 + y2 + 8x – 6y + 2 = 0 (iv) (x – 2)2 + y2 = 36
(d) Define similar triangles. Under what condition the triangles are similar?
(e) Define co-linear points. Under what conditions the points are co-linear?
Inversion Point
A A A
r r r
O P = P' O P' O P
P P'
B C B C B C
Fig.(i) Fig.(ii) Fig.(iii)

In the above figure, O be the centre of a circle ABC and r be its radius. Let P be
a point and P' be its image. In the figure (i), P lies in the circumference of a circle
and its image P' also lies in the circumference of the circle such that OP × OP' = r2.
In the figure (ii), the point P lies inside the circle on the line through O and P' lies
outside the circle on the line OP satisfying OP × OP' = r2. In the figure (iii), P lies
outside the circle on the line through O and its image P' lies inside the circle on the
line OP such that OP × OP' = r2. The image P' is called inversion point of P with
respect to the circle ABC. The circle ABC is called inversion circle and its centre O
is called inversion centre.

Let O be the centre of a circle ABC with radius r. Let P be a point (except
centre) on the line through O. Then there is a point P' on the line OP such that
OP ×OP'= r2. The point P' is called as inversion point of P with respect to the circle ABC.
Inversion Transformation
The inversion transformation is a rule of changing the position of a point P with
respect to a circle to the other point P' (called inverse of the point P) such that
OP × OP' = r2. The point P' is called image of the point P under the inversion
transformation.
Properties of inversion transformation
1. If P lies on the circumference of a inversion circle then P'(inverse of P) also
lies on the circumference of the inversion circle i.e. P and P' coincide. Here P'
is said to be the invariant point.
2. If P lies outside (or inside) the inversion circle then P' lies inside (or outside)
the inversion circle. Here P' is the inversion of P and vice versa i.e. (P')' = P.
1
3. If the radius of inversion circle is 1 then OP × OP' = 1. So, OP = or OP' =
1 OP'
. i.e. the distance of the inversion point from the centre is reciprocal (or
OP
inverse) of the distance of the given point from the centre of inversion.
Inversion point of a given point with respect to the circle with centre not
at origin.
Let C(h, k) be the centre of the circle and r be its radius. Let P(x, y) be a point and
P'(x', y') be its image. C, P and P' lie in the same straight line.
∴ CP × CP' = r2
Draw CD⊥OC, PE⊥OX and P'F⊥OX.
Y
Again, draw CB⊥PE and CA⊥P'F.
Then, ')
',y
CB = DE = OE – OD = x – h (' x
P
PB = PE – BE = y – k
CA = DF = OF – OD = x' – h y)
P'A = P'F – AF = y' – k ( x,
P
In right angled triangle PBC, A
C(h,k) B
PC2 = PB2 + BC2
∴ PC2 = (y – k)2 + (x – h)2
Since ∆PBC ∼ ∆P'AC, the ratio of the
corresponding sides are equal.
CA P'A P'C D E F X
O
= =
CB PB PC
CA P'A P'C PC
or, = = ×
CB PB PC PC
CA P'A r2
or, = = [ PC × P'C = r2]
CB PB PC2

x' – h y' – k r2
or, = =
x–h y – k (x – h) + (y – k)2
2

Taking first and second ratios,
x' – h r2
=
x–h (x – h) + (y – k)2
2
r2(x – h)
or, x' – h =
(x – h)2 + (y – k)2

r2(x – h)
∴ x' = +h
(x – h)2 + (y – k)2
Taking second and third ratios,
y' – k r2
=
y – k (x – h) + (y – k)2
2

r2(y – k)
or, y' – k =
(x – h)2 + (y – k)2
r2(y – k)
∴ y' = +k
(x – h)2 + (y – k)2
Hence, the inversion point of a given point with respect to the circle with center not
at origin is
(x', y') = r2(x – h) + h, r2(y – k) +k

(x – h)2 + (y – k)2 (x – h)2 + (y – k)2
If the centre of a circle is origin i.e. (h, k) = (0, 0), then
x' = r2x and y' = r2y

x2+ y2 x2 + y2
Hence, the inversion point of the given point with respect to the circle with the
centre at origin is
(x', y') = r2x , r2y

x2 + y2 x2 + y2
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. From the adjoining figure, locate the inversion

points of A and B with respect to the given 4
10
circle. O 2 B
Solution: A
Hence, radius of inversion circle (r) = 4, OA = 2 and
OB = 10.
Let A' and B' be the inversion points of A and B respectively.
Now, OA × OA' = r2
or, 2 × OA' = 42
or, OA' = 16 = 8
2
Again, OB × OB' = r2
4
B' 10
or, 10 × OB' = 4 2
O 2 B
A
or, OB' = 16
10
∴ OB' = 1.6 A'
A' and B' are shown in the figure alongside.
2. Find the inversion point of A(3, 5) with respect to the circle of equation
x2 + y2 = 25.
Solution:
Here, the equation of circle is
x2 + y2 = 25
or, (x – 0)2 + (y – 0)2 = 52
∴ Centre (h, k) = (0, 0) and radius (r) = 5 unit.
Here, (x, y) = A(3, 5), (x', y') = ?
We know that,
x' = r2x = 52 × 3 = 25 × 3 = 75
x2+ y2 32 + 52 9 + 25 34
y' = r2y = 52 × 5 = 25 × 5 = 125

x2+ y2 32 + 52 9 + 25 34
125
∴ (x', y') = 75 , .
34 34
125
Hence, the inversion point of A(3, 5) is A' 75 , .
34 34
3. Find the inverse point of (2, 2) with respect to the circle of equation
(x – 2)2 + (y – 1)2 = 9.
Solution:
Here, the given equation of a circle is (x – 2)2 + (y – 1)2 = 9
or, (x – 2)2 + (y – 1)2 = 32
Comparing above equation with (x – h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2
∴ Centre (h, k) = (2, 1) and radius (r) = 3.
Here, (x, y) = (2, 2), (x', y') = ?
We know that,

r2(x – h) 32 (2 – 2)
x' = + h = +2=2
(x – h)2 + (y – k)2 (2 – 2)2 + (2 – 1)2
r2(y – k) 32 (2 – 1)
Again, y' = +k= + 1 = 10
(x – h) + (y – k)
2 2 (2 – 2)2 + (2 – 1)2
∴ (x', y') = (2, 10)
Hence, the inverse point of (2, 2) is (2, 10)
Exercise 7.6
Section 'A'
1. From the figure alongside, find out the following. P
(a) inversion circle
(b) inversion radius
(c) inversion centre A
(d) inversion point of A O A'
(e) inversion point of A' Q R
2. From the figure given below, locate the inversion points of P, Q and
R with respect to the circle γ.
γ
3
O
P
Q
R
Section 'B'
3. (a) Let P' be the inverse point of P with respect to the circle with centre O.
If OP' = 12 units and radius of the circle (r) = 3 units then find OP.
(b) Let A' be the inversion point of A with respect to the circle having centre
at C. If CA = 9 and CA' = 4 then find the radius of the circle.
(c) From the figure alongside, find OB'.
A'
8A
2
O
?
5B' B

4. (a) Find the inversion points of A(0, 3) and B(–2, 5) with respect to the circle

of equation x2 + y2 = 9.
(b) Find the inverse points of (6, 8) and (3,4) with respect to the circle of
equation x2 + y2 = 50.
Section 'C'
5. (a) Find the inversion points of P(3, 4) and Q(–3, –1) with respect to the
circle of equation (x – 2)2 + (y – 3)2 = 24.
(b) Find the inverse points of (0, 4) and (–2, 7) with respect to the circle of
equation (x – 1)2 + (y – 3)2 = 25.
6. (a) Find the inversion points of M(5, 0) and N(–3, –1) with respect to the
inversion circle x2 + y2 – 2x – 4y = 20.
(b) Find the inverse points of (1, 3) and (–1, 4) with respect to the inversion
circle of equation x2 + y2 – 8x – 6y – 2 = 0.
7.4 Transformation Using Matrix

The transformation of a point or an object using matrix can be done by using the
matrices of order 2 × 1 and 2 × 2.
Transformation using 2 × 1 matrix
Let P(x, y) be a point. P'(x + a, y + b) be the image of the point P(x, y) under
a
a T= b
translation by translation vector T = b . That is P(x, y) P'(x + a, y + b).
This transformation can be expressed in the matrix form as
x
Object (O) = y
a
2 × 1 matrix (M) = b
x+a a x
Image matrix (I) = y+b = b + y
∴ Image matrix = 2 × 1 matrix + Object matrix i.e. I = M + O
Transformation using 2 × 2 matrix
Let P(x, y) be a point. P'(x', y') be the image of the point P(x, y) under the transformation
a b
matrix c d . This transformation can be expressed in the matrix form as:
x
Object matrix (O) = y
a b
2 × 2 matrix (M) = c d
x'
Image matrix (I) = y'
x' a b x ax + by
Now, y' = c d . y = cx + dy
∴ Image matrix = 2 × 2 matrix × object matrix i.e. I = M × O

Reflection using 2 × 2 matrices
(i)
Reflection on x-axis
Let P'(x', y') be the image of a point P(x, y) under the reflection on x-axis
i.e. y = 0 line. So, P(x, y) P'(x', y') = P'(x, –y)
Thus,
x' = x = 1.x + 0.y
y' = –y = 0.x + (–1).y
Writing the above equations in matrix form as:

x' 1 0 x
y' = 0 –1 . y

1 0
Hence, 0 –1 is the required matrix for reflection on x-axis.
Similarly, we can find the matrices for the reflection on other lines.
–1 0
(ii) 0 1 is the matrix for reflection on y-axis.
0 1
iii) 1 0 is the matrix for reflection on y = x line.
0 –1
(iv) –1 0 is the matrix for reflection on y = -x line.
Rotation using 2 × 2 matrices

(i)
Rotation through –90° or + 270° about origin.
Let P'(x', y') be the image of a point P(x, y) under the rotation through –90° or
+270° about origin. So, P(x, y) P'(x', y') = P'(y, –x)
Thus,
x' = y = 0.x + 1.y
y' = –x = (–1).x + 0.y
Writing above equations in the matrix form as:
x' 0 1 x
y' = –1 0 . y
0 1
Hence, –1 0 is the required matrix for R[(0, 0), –90°].

Similarly,
0 –1
(i) 1 0 is the matrix for R[(0, 0), + 90° or – 270°]
–1 0
(ii) 0 –1 is the matrix for R[(0, 0), 180°]
Enlargement using 2 × 2 matrix
Let P'(x', y') be the image of the point P(x, y) under the enlargement about
centre (0, 0) and scale factor k i.e. E[(0, 0), k].
So, P(x, y) P'(x', y') = P'(kx, ky)
Thus,
x' = kx = k.x + 0.y
y' = ky = 0.x + k.y
Writing above equations in the matrix from as:

x' k 0 x
y' = 0 k . y
k 0
Hence, 0 k is the required matrix for the enlargement with centre (0, 0)
and scale factor k.
Y
Unit Square
In the figure alongside OABC is an unit square having

C (0, 1) B(1, 1)
vertices O(0, 0), A(1, 0), B(1, 1) and C(0, 1). So, the
unit square can be expressed in the matrix form as:

0 1 1 0
0 0 1 1 .
X
O (0, 0) A(1, 0)


WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. Find the image of a point A(2, 6) under the translation by vector

–1
2 by using matrix method.
Solution: Here,
2
Object matrix (O) = 6
–1
2 × 1 matrix (M) = 2
Image matrix (I) = ?
Now, I = M + O
–1 2 –1+2 1
= 2 + 6 = 2+6 = 8
∴ The image of A(2, 6) is A'(1, 8).

2. Find the image of a point (–5, 4) under the rotation through +90° about
origin by using matrix method.
Solution:
–5
Here, object matrix (O) = 4
2 × 2 matrix which represents rotation through +90° about origin

0 –1
(M) = 1 0

Now, I = M × O
0 –1 –5
= 1 0 × 4
0 × (–5) + (–1) × 4
= 1 × (–5) + 0 × 4
0–4 –4
= –5 + 0 = –5
∴ The image of (–5, 4) is (–4, –5).

0 –1
3. Find the transformation represented by the matrix –1 0 . Find the
image of a point A(6, –2) using the matrix.
Solution:
0 –1
Here, 2 × 2 matrix (M) = –1 0
Let P(x, y) be a point and P'(x', y') be its image.
x
Object matrix (O) = y
x'
Image matrix (I) = y'
Now, I = M × O
x' 0 –1 x 0.x + (–1).y –y
y' = –1 0 × y = (–1).x + 0.y = –x
∴ Image of P(x, y) is P'(x', y') = P'(–y, –x)
i.e. P(x, y) P'(–y, –x)
Hence, the required transformation is the reflection on the line y = –x.
0 –1
Again, 2 × 2 matrix (M) = –1 0
6
Object matrix (O) = –2
Now, I = M × O
0 –1 6 0 × 6 + (–1) × (–2) 2
= –1 0 . –2 = (–1) × 6 + 0 × (– 2) = –6
∴ Image of (6, –2) is (2, –6).
4. Find the image of ∆PQR with vertices P(–1, 3), Q(2, 0) and R(–4, –1)
under the rotation through +90° about origin using matrix method.
Solution: Here,
–1 2 –4
The matrix formed from the vertices of ∆PQR = 3 0 –1
–1 2 –4
i.e. object matrix (O) = 3 0 –1
R[(0,0), +90°]
Now, P(x, y) P'(–y, x) = P'(x', y')
x' = –y = 0.x + (–1).y
y' = x = 1.x + 0.y
Writing above equations in matrix form as:
x' 0 –1 x
y' = 1 0 . y
0 –1
∴ 2 × 2 matrix (M) = 1 0
Now, I = M × O
0 –1 –1 2 –4
= 1 0 × 3 0 –1
0.(–1) + (–1).3 0.2 + (–1).0 0.(–4) + (–1).(–1) –3 0 1
= = –1 2 –4
1.(–1) + 0.3 1.2 + 0.0 1. (–4) + 0. (–1)
∴ The image of vertices of ∆PQR are P'(–3, –1), Q'(0, 2), R'(1, –4)
5. Find 2 × 2 transformation matrix which transforms a unit square to
0 3 4 1
the parallelogram 0 1 3 2 .
Solution: Here,
0 1 1 0
Object matrix (O) = unit square = 0 0 1 1
0 3 4 1
Image of matrix (I) = 0 1 3 2
2 × 2 matrix (M) = ?
a b
Let M = c d . Now, I = M × O
0 3 4 1 a b 0 1 1 0
or, 0 1 3 2 = c d 0 0 1 1
0 3 4 1 a.0 + b.0 a.1 + b.0 a.1 + b.1 a.0 + b.1
or, 0 1 3 2 = c.0 + d.0 c.1 + d.0 c.1 + d.1 c.0 + d.1
0 3 4 1 0 a a+b b
or, 0 1 3 2 = 0 c c+d d
Comparing the corresponding elements, we get, a = 3, b = 1, c = 1, d = 2
a b 3 1
∴ Required transformation matrix is c d = 1 2 .
6. Find a 2 × 2 matrix which transforms ∆PQR having vertices P(4, 3),
Q(6, 4) and R(8, 1) with the image ∆P'Q'R' having vertices P'(–3, –4),
Q'(–4, –6) and R'(–1, –8)
Solution: Here,
4 6 8
The matrix formed from the vertices of ∆PQR = 3 4 1

4 6 8
i.e Object matrix (O) = 3 4 1
–3 –4 –1
The matrix formed from the vertices of ∆P'Q'R' = –4 –6 –8
–3 –4 –1
i.e. Image matrix (I) = –4 –6 –8

2 × 2 transformation matrix (M) = ?
a b
Let M = c d
Now, I = M × O
–3 –4 –1 a b 4 6 8
or, –4 –6 –8 = c d × 3 4 1
–3 –4 –1 4a + 3b 6a + 4b 8a + b
or, –4 –6 –8 = 4c + 3d 6c + 4d 8c + d

By comparing the corresponding elements, we get,
4a + 3b = – 3 ............ (i) 6a + 4b = – 4 ............ (ii)
4c + 3d = – 4 ............. (iii) 6c + 4d = – 6 ............. (iv)
Solving equations (i) and (ii), we get, a = 0 and b = –1
Solving equations (iii) and (iv), we get, c = –1 and d = 0
a b 0 –1
Hence, the required 2 × 2 matrix = c d = –1 0 .
Exercise 7.7
Section 'A'
1. (a) Write a matrix to represent reflection on the line y-axis.
(b) Which matrix does represent rotation about origin through 90° in
clockwise direction.
(c) Find the matrix which is equivalent to E[(0, 0), 3]
–1 0
2. (a) What does 0 1 represent?
–1 0
(b) Write the transformation which is equivalent to 0 –1 .
2 0
(c) Name the transformation which represents 0 2 .
Section 'B'
3. Transform the points A(3, 2) and B(–5, 1) using the following 2 × 1
matrices.
0 1 –3 –4
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 2 5 –2
4. (a) Find a 2 × 1 matrix which transform a point (p, q) into the point

(p + 2, q – 3). Using the same 2 × 1 matrix, transform the point (3, 1).
(b) Find a 2 × 1 matrix which transform a point (a, b) into the point
(a + 3, b – 4). Using the same 2 × 1 matrix, find the image A(4, 5).
5. (a) If a point (a, b) is transformed into (b, –a) by a 2 × 2 transformation
matrix, find the matrix.
(b) Find the 2 × 2 matrix which transforms A(–3, 1) to A'(–1, –3).
6. (a ) Find the transformation matrix from the equations x' = 3x and y' = 3y.
Using the matrix to find the image of P(2, 5).
(b) Find the transformation matrix from the equations x' = x – y and
y' = 2x + 3y. Use the matrix to find the image of a point (–7, –1).
7. (a) Find the transformation matrix which represents the reflection on the
line y = –x. Using this matrix, find the image of A(3, –5).
(b) Find the transformation matrix which represents the rotation through
–90° about (0, 0). Use this matrix to find the image of a point (–8, –9).
1 0
8. (a) Find the transformation represented by the matrix . Also find
0 –1
the image of A(2, –5) using the matrix.
–2 0
(b) Find the transformation represented by the matrix . Find the
0 –2
image of a point (–3, 9) using the matrix.
0 2
9. (a) If A(a, b) is transformed by to A'(–10, –8), find the values of a
2 0
and b.
–2 1
(b) If a point (a, 5) is transformed by a matrix , the image of the
1 –2
point (7, b + 3). Find the values of a and b.
10. Prove that the following using matrix method.
(a) The reflection on y = –x line followed by the rotation through +90° about
origin is equivalent to the reflection on x-axis.
(b) The rotation through 180° about origin followed by the reflection in
y = x line is equivalent to the reflection in x + y = 0 line.
(c) The reflection in the line x – y = 0 followed by the reflection in the line
x + y = 0 is equivalent to the rotation through 180° about origin.
Section 'C'
11. (a) Find the co-ordinates of the vertices of image which is transformed
by the transformation of square PQRS having vertices P(2, 1),
Q(4, 1), R(4, 3) and S(2, 3) under the transformation by a matrix
1 2
.
2 3

(b) The vertices of ∆ABC are A(1, –1), B(3, 2) and C(0, 2). If the ∆ABC is
transformed under the matrix transformation through enlargement
with centre (0, 0) and scale factor –3, find the vertices of image ∆A'B'C'
so formed.
12. (a) Find the co-ordinates of the vertices of the image of the unit square
4 2
transformed by the matrix .
1 2
0 3 5 2
(b) Transform a parallelogram under the rotation through
0 –1 –2 –1
quarter turn in anticlockwise direction about origin by using matrix
method.
13. (a) Find the 2 × 2 transformation matrix which transforms a unit square
0 1 1 0 0 6 8 2
into the parallelogram .
0 0 1 1 0 2 6 4
a b
(b) The matrix make a unit square into the parallelogram
c d
0 2 2 0 ab
. Find the matrix .
0 0 2 2 cd
0 2 2 0
14. (a) Find 2 × 2 matrix which transform onto the rectangle
0 0 1 1
0 2 2 0
. What is the transformation of this mapping.
0 0–1 –1
0 2 3 1
(b) Find 2 × 2 matrix which transform into
0 3 5 2
0 3 5 2
. Also state the transformation of this mapping.
0 2 3 1
15. (a) Find 2 × 2 transformation matrix which transforms a triangle ABC
with vertices A(1, 2), B(5, 2) and C(1, 5) into a triangle A'B'C' with
vertices A'(1, –2), B'(5, –2) and C'(1, –5)
(b) A square ABCD having vertices A(2, 3), B(4, –3), C(4, 5) and D(–2, 5) is
mapped into the square A'B'C'D' with vertices A'(–3, 2), B'(3, 4), C'(–5, 4)
and D'(–5, –2) by a 2 × 2 transformation matrix. Find the 2 × 2 matrix.

UNIT
8 STATISTICS
Review
The marks obtained by two students A and B of class 9 in eight subjects are given
below.

S.N. Subjects Marks Obtained
A B
1. Nepali 60 35
2. English 70 60
3. C. Mathematics 50 80
4. Science 55 65
5. Social Studies 62 40
6. Population 71 85
7. Optional Mathematics 65 90
8. Computer Science 75 50

Representing the given information in a graph.

B
Students
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100
Marks
Study the above information with graph and discuss on the following questions.
(i) What are the total marks obtained by A and B? Also, write their average
marks.
(ii) Whose obtained marks is more scattered?

(iii) Out of two students whose achievement is higher? why?
(iv) What are the methods to measure the consistency and variability of the
statistical data?
(v) How to compare the marks obtained by students A and B?
The term dispersion is commonly used to mean scatter, variation, deviation,
fluctuation or variability. However, the common use of the term is to mean
scatter or deviation. The measures of central tendency bring out only one of the
characteristics of the whole distribution. They give us an idea of the concentration
of the observations about the central part of the distribution. If the average value
alone is known, but it cannot form a complete idea about the distribution.
The measure of dispersion shows the scatterings of the data. It tells the variation
of the data from one another and gives a clear idea about the distribution of the
data. The measure of dispersion shows the homogeneity or the heterogeneity of the
distribution of the observations. The main idea about the measure of dispersion is
to get to know how the data are spread. It shows how much the data vary from their
average value.
Therefore, variations or the scatterness of the items from the central value are
known as 'Dispersion'. Measures of such scatterness are known as the measures
of dispersion.
8.1 Classification of measures of Dispersion

The measures of dispersion is categorized as
(i) An absolute measure of dispersion.
(ii) A relative measure of dispersion.
(i) An absolute measure of dispersion : Absolute measures defined in such
a way that they have units such as meters, grams etc. same as those of the
original measurements. Absolute measures cannot be used to compare the
variation of two or more sets of data. Most common absolute measures of
variability are:
(a) Range (b) Quartile deviation
(c) Mean deviation (d) Standard deviation
(e) Variance
(ii) Relative measures:
The relative measures have no units as these are ratios, coefficients, or
percentages. Relative measures are independent of units of measurements
and are useful for comparing data of different natures. The relative measures

of variability are
(a) Coefficient of range.
(b) Coefficient of quartile deviation.
(c) Coefficient of mean deviation.
(d) Coefficient of standard deviation
(e) Coefficient of variation
Quartile deviation (Semi-interquartile range)
Quartiles divide the whole observation into four equal parts. So, there are three
quartiles. The first quartile or lower quartile (Q1) is the middle number between the
smallest number and the median of the data. The second quartile (Q2) is the median
(md). The third quartile or upper quartile (Q3) is the middle number between
median and the largest number.
The difference between the upper quartile (Q3) and the lower quartile (Q1) is known
as the interquartile range. Half of the interquartile range is known as the semi-
interquartile range or quartile deviation. For determining semi-interquartile
range, we need first and third quartile.
Here, we have to find Q1 and Q3 for continuous (grouped) data as
The position of Q1 = N th
item and the position of Q3 = 3 N
th
item.
Now, 4 4
N – c.f 3N – c.f
4 4
First quartile (Q1) = l + ×i Third quartile (Q3)= l + × i
f f
Where, l = lower limit of quartile class

c.f. = cumulative frequency of class just before quartile class.
f = frequency of quartile class
i = width of class interval
Q3 – Q1
∴ Semi-interquartile range or Quartile deviation =
2
Quartile deviation is also called average deviation of first quartile (Q1) and
third quartile (Q3) from median (Q2)
(Q3 – Q1) + (Q2 – Q1) Q3 – Q1

∴ Q.D. = =
2 2

To compare the variability we need coefficient of quartile deviation. It is
Q3 – Q1
relative measure. Thus, coefficient of quartile deviation is defined as :
Q3 + Q1
Q3 – Q1
Thus, coefficient of Q. D. =
Q3 + Q1
Less the coefficient of quartile deviation less the variability and more the
coefficient of quartile deviation more the variability.
Quartile Scale:
0% 25% 50% 75% 100%

Q1 Q2 Q3
Merits of Quartile deviation
Some advantages of quartile deviations are as follows.
i) It is easy to calculate and easy to understand.
ii) It is not affected by extreme observations.
iii) It can be calculated even for open end classes.
Demerits of Quartile deviation

Some disadvantages of quartile deviation are as follows.
1. It is not based on all observations.
2. It is affected by fluctuation of sampling.
3. Arrangement of data are necessary.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. In a continuous series, quartile deviation is 10 and coefficient of

1
quartile deviation is then find Q1 and Q3.
2
Solution: Here,
Quartile deviation (Q.D) = 10
1
and Coefficient of Q.D. =
2
By formula,
Q3 – Q1
Q.D. =
2 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 10 325
Q3 – Q1
10 =
2
Q3 – Q1 = 20
Q3 = 20 + Q1 ............ (i)
Q3 – Q1
and coefficient of Q.D. =
Q3 + Q1
1 20
or, = [ From (i)]
2 20 + Q1 + Q1
or, 2Q1 + 20 = 40
or, 2Q1 = 20
Q1 = 10
Substituting Q1 = 10 in equation (i) we get

Q3 = 20 + 10 = 30
∴ Q1 = 10 and Q3 = 30
2. Obtain the semi-interquartile range (Q.D.) and its coefficient.
Height (in Inches) 60 – 62 62 – 64 64 – 66 66 – 68 68 – 70 70 – 72
No. of students 4 6 8 12 7 2
Solution: Here,
Tabulating the given data in ascending order for the calculation of Q.D. and
its coefficient.
Height (in inches) No. of students (f) Cumulative frequency (c.f)
60 – 62 4 4
62 – 64 6 10
64 – 66 8 18
66 – 68 12 30
68 – 70 7 37
70 – 72 2 39
The position of first quartile (Q1) = N item. = 39

th th
item = 9.75th
item 4 4
In c.f. column, 10 is just greater than 9.75 so its corresponding class is 62 – 64.
∴ l = 62, f = 6, c.f. = 4, i = 2
N – c.f
4
Now, Q1 = l + ×i
f

9.75 – 4
= 62 + ×2
6
= 62 + 1.92 = 63.92 inches
N th item
Similarly, the position of third quartile (Q3) = 3
4
= 3(9.75)th item
= 29.25th item
In C. f. column 30 is just greater than 29.25 so its corresponding class is
66 – 68.
∴ l = 66, f = 12, c.f. = 18 and i = 2
N – c.f
4
Now, Q3 = l + ×i
f
29.25 – 18
= 66 + ×2
12
= 66 + 1.875 = 67.875 inches
Q3 – Q1 67.875 – 63.92
Again, Q.D. = = = 1.97
2 2
Q – Q1 67.875 – 63.92 3.955
and coefficient of Q.D. = 3 = = = 0.03
Q3 + Q1 67.875 + 63.92 131.795
3. Find the quartile deviation and its coefficient of the data given below.
Ages (in yrs) Below 25 25 – 30 30 – 35 35 – 40 40 – 45 Above 45
No. of students 4 11 21 24 16 8
Solution : Here,
Tabulating the given data in ascending order.
Ages (in yrs) No. of students (f) Cumulative frequency (c.f)
Below 25 4 4
25 – 30 11 15
30 – 35 21 36
35 – 40 24 60
40 – 45 16 76
Above 45 8 84
Σf = N = 84
The position of first quartile (Q1) = N item = 84

th th
item = 21th item
4 4

In c.f. column, 36 is just greater than 21 so its corresponding class is 30 – 35.
∴ l = 30, f = 21, c.f. = 15, i = 5
Now, by formula,
N – c.f
4
Q1 = l + ×i
f
21 – 15
= 30 + ×2
21
= 30 + 1.42 = 31.42
Again, the position of third quartile (Q3) = 3 N item = (3 × 21)th item

th

4
= 63th item
∴ l = 40, f = 16, c.f. = 60, i = 5
3N – c.f
4
Q3 = l + ×i
f
63 – 60
= 40 + × 5 = 40 + 0.93 = 40.93
16
Q – Q1 40.93 – 31.42
Now, Q.D. = 3 = = 4.75
2 2
Q – Q1 40.93 – 31.42 4.75
and coefficient of Q. D. = 3 = = = 0.06
Q3 + Q1 40.93 + 31.42 72.35
Note: If the data is open end data (lower and upper limit respectively of lowest
class and highest class unknown) range can not be calculated and in such
case quartile deviation is useful.
Exercise 8.1
Section 'A'
1. (a) What is dispersion?
(b) What are the methods to measure the dispersion? Write them.
2. (a) Define quartile deviation. Write the formula to find quartile deviation.
(b) What do you mean by coefficient of quartile deviation?
3. (a) Write any two merits and demerits of quartile deviation.
(b) How we can interpret the results of coefficient of quartile deviation?

Section 'B'
4. (a) In a continuous series, the first quartile and third quartiles are 35 and
75 respectively. Find the quartile deviation and its coefficient.
(b) In a continuous series, the first quartile and third quartiles are 25 and
50 respectively. Find the quartile deviation and its coefficient.
5. (a) In a continuous data, quartile deviation and the first quartile are 5 and
40 respectively. Find the third quartile and the coefficient of quartile
deviation.
(b) In a continuous data, quartile deviation and the third quartile are 7 and
56 respectively. Find the first quartile and the coefficient of quartile
deviation.
6. (a) In a continuous series, the quartile deviation and its coefficient are 15
3
and respectively. Find the first quartile and third quartile.
7
(b) In a continuous data, the quartile deviation and its coefficient are 14
7
and respectively. Find the first quartile and its coefficient.
22
7. (a) The third quartile and the coefficient of quartile deviation of continuous
1
data are 45 and respectively. Find the first quartile and the interquartile
4
range of the data.
(b) The first quartile and the coefficient of quartile deviation of continous
7
data are 20 and respectively, find the third quartile and the
22
interquartile range of the data.
Section 'C'
8. Find the quartile deviation and the coefficient of quartile deviation
from the following distribution.
(a) Marks obtained 10 – 20 20 – 30 30 – 40 40 – 50 50 – 60 60 – 70
(b) Age (in yrs.) 10 – 20 20 – 30 30 – 40 40 – 50 50 – 60
No. of workers 2 6 22 13 7
(c) Weight (in kg.) 12 – 14 14 – 16 16 – 18 18 – 20 20 – 22 22 – 24
No. of students 41 53 67 72 47 32

(d) Wages (Rs.) 0-250 250-500 500-750 750-1000 1000-1250 1250-1500 1500-1750 1750-2000
No. of Workers 1 3 7 12 25 39 11 2

9. (a) Marks obtained by 27 students of grade X are given below.
14, 16, 12, 18, 13, 15, 13, 14, 13, 15, 12, 15, 16, 14, 16, 12, 14, 12, 13, 18,
15, 16, 15, 13, 14, 15, 12. Construct a frequency distribution table by
taking 12 – 14 as first class interval and find the quartile deviation.
(b) Marks obtained by 28 students of grade 'X' in an internal examination

are given below. Construct a frequency distribution table by taking 10
– 20 as class first interval and find the quartile deviation.
66, 75, 34, 64, 53, 20, 47, 13, 74, 38, 30, 22, 70, 28, 62, 14, 40, 56, 29, 34,
50, 48, 60, 21, 45, 57, 15, 41.
10. Find the quartile deviation and its coefficient from the data given
below.
(a) Ages (in yrs) 0<x< 10 10<x<20 20<x<30 30<x<40 40<x<50 50<x<60
No. of Persons 8 26 30 40 20 16
(b) Marks less than less than less than less than less than less than
obtained 10 20 30 40 50 60
No. of students 8 34 64 104 124 140
(c) Age (in yrs) Below 10 10 – 20 20 – 30 30 – 40 40 –50 50 – 60 Above 60
No. of people 4 7 14 11 6 5 3
11. The data are given below. By using coefficient of quartile deviation
state which is more variable.
Class interval 10 – 20 20 – 30 30 – 40 40 –50 50 – 60 60 – 70
For A (Frequency) 10 18 32 40 22 18
For B (Frequency) 18 22 40 32 29 10

Mean deviation:
The marks obtained by 38 boys and 38 girls of a school of class X in an internal
examination are given below.
Marks 40 – 50 50 – 60 60 – 70 70 –80 80 – 90 90 – 100

No. of boys 4 6 12 8 7 3
No. of girls 5 4 10 3 12 6
Study the data given above and discuss on the following questions.
(i) What are the average marks of boys and girls?
(ii) Whose (boys or girls) marks obtained is more consistency? why?
(iii) How we can compare the marks obtained by boys and and girls?
(iv) What are the median marks obtained by boys and girls?
(v) Write the model class of marks obtained by boys and girls.
By using mean deviation, we can find the uniformity and variability of the above
data. As we know that range depends on the largest and smallest value of the
distribution and quartile deviation depends on 50% of the total observation. They
are not based on all the observations and they do not measure the scatterdness of
the items from the average value. Thus, they are not consider as good measure of
dispersion. But mean deviation measures the variation of each observation of the
total distribution from the average.
Mean deviation is the arithmetic average of deviations of all items from the mean,
median or mode. All deviations considered positive. It is also known as average
deviation. When deviations are taken from mean, it is known as the mean deviation
from mean and if deviation are taken from median, it is known as the mean deviation
from median. Mean deviation is denoted by M.D.
Calculation of mean deviation in continuous series
Let, m1, m2, m3, ......, mn be the mid values of the corresponding classes, x1, x2, x3,
......., xn and f1, f2, f3, ....... fn be their respective frequencies.
Σf |m – x| Σf|D|
(i) Mean deviation from mean = =
N N
Where, m = mid value
|D| = |m – x|, x = Actual mean
Σf |m – Md| Σf|D|
(ii) Mean deviation from median = =
N N
Where, m = mid value, Md = median and |D| = |m – Md|

Coefficient of mean deviation
Mean deviation is an absolute measure. So, to compare two or more series having
different units, the relative measure corresponding to mean deviation is used,
which is called coefficient of mean deviation.
M.D from mean M.D
(i) Coefficient of M.D. from mean = =
Mean X
M.D from median M.D
(ii) Coefficient of M.D. from median = = M
Median d
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. In a continuous series, Σf = 20 , Σf|m – X | = 110 and Σfm = 140, find

mean deviation and its coefficient.
Solution: Here,
N = Σf = 20, Σfm = 140, Σf|m – X |= 110
By formula,
Σf |m – X| 110
Mean deviation (M.D.) = = = 5.5
Σfm 140 N 20
Again, X = = =7
N 20
M.D 5.5
and coefficient of M.D. =
= = 0.78
X 7
2. Find the mean deviation from mean and its coefficient from the
following data.
Age (in yrs) 10 – 20 20 – 30 60 – 70 40 – 50 50 – 60 30 – 40
No. of people 6 8 3 14 8 11
Solution : Here,
Tabulating the given data in ascending order for the calculation of M.D. and
its coefficient.
Age No. of people Mid value fm |m– X |=|D| f|D|
(in yrs) (f) (m)
10 – 20 6 15 90 23.8 142.8
20 – 30 8 25 200 13.8 110.4
30 – 40 11 35 385 3.8 41.8
40 – 50 14 45 630 6.2 86.8
50 – 60 8 55 440 16.2 129.6
60 – 70 3 65 195 26.2 79.8
Σf = N = 50 Σfm=1940 Σf|D|= 591.2
Σfm 1940
Mean X = = = 38.8
N 50
Σf|D| 591.2
Again, Mean deviation from mean = = = 11.824
N 50
M.D 11.824
and coefficient of M. D. = = = 0.304
X 38.8
3. Calculate the mean deviation from median and its coefficient from
the following data.
Marks 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70
No. of students 4 6 10 20 10 6 4
Solution: Here, Tabulating the given data in ascending order for the calculation
of M.D. and its coefficient.
Marks No. of students Mid value C.f |m – Md|=|D| f|D|
(f) (m)
0 – 10 4 5 4 30 120
10 – 20 6 15 10 20 120
20 – 30 10 25 20 10 100
30 – 40 20 35 40 0 0
40 – 50 10 45 50 10 100
50 – 60 6 55 56 20 120
60 – 70 4 65 60 30 120
Σf = N = 60 Σf|D|= 680

N th 60 th
The position of median = item = item = 30th item
2 2
∴ l = 30, f = 20, c.f = 20, i = 10
N
– c.f
Now, median (Md) = l + 2 ×i
f
30 – 20
= 30 + × 10 = 30 + 5 = 5
20
∴ Median (Md) = 35
Σf|D| 680
Again, M.D from median = = = 11.33
N 60
M.D 11.33
and coefficient of M.D. = = = 0.32
Md 35

Merits and Demerits of mean deviation
(a) Merits
(i) It is based on all observation.
(ii) Deviations are taken from, the central value.
(iii) It is easy to understand and simple to calculate.
(iv) It is least affected by extreme values.
(b) Demerits
(i) Ignore of sign is deviation is the major defect.
(ii) It cannot be calculated for open - end classes.
(iii) It is affected by fluctuation of sampling.
Exercise 8.2
Section 'A'
1. (a) Define mean deviation.
(b) What is coefficient of mean deviation? Describe its uses with example.
2. (a) Write any two merits and demerits of mean deviation.
(b) Why mean deviation is better than range and quartile deviation?
3. (a) Write the formula to find the mean deviation from mean in continuous
series.
(b) In a continuous series, write the formula to find the mean deviation from
median.
(c) Write the formula to find the coefficient of mean deviation from mean
and median in a continuous series.
Section 'B'
4. (a) In a continuous series, Σfm = 750, Σf = 25 and Σf|m – X | = 140. Find the
mean deviation from mean and its coefficient.
(b) In a continuous series, Σf = 20, Σf|m – Md| = 250 and Md = 50. Find the
mean deviation from median and its coefficient.
5. In a continuous series, Σfm = 210, mean deviation from mean and median
(M.D.) = 4.5, Σf = 30 and mean ( X ) = median (Md) then find the coefficient of
M.D from mean and median.
Section 'C'
6. Calculate the mean deviation from mean and its coefficient from the
following data.
(a) Marks 10 – 20 20 – 30 30 – 40 40 – 50 50 – 60 60 – 70 70–80
No. of students 4 7 9 18 12 7 3

(b) Weight (in kg) 20 – 25 25 – 30 30 – 35 35 – 40 40 – 45 45 – 50
No. of people 7 3 6 4 8 2
(c) Wages (in Rs.) 0-400 400-800 800-1200 1200-1600 1600-2000 2000-2400
(d) Marks 0 – 10 10 – 20 20 – 30 30 – 40 40 – 50
No. of students 3 6 9 5 2
7. Calculate the mean deviation from median and its coefficient from
the following data.
(a) Marks obtained 0 – 10 10 – 20 20 – 30 30 – 40 40 – 50
(b) Distance cover (m) 95-105 105-115 115-125 125-135 135-145 145-155
(c) Age (in yrs) 6 – 12 12 – 18 18 – 24 24 – 30 30 – 36
(d) Age (in yrs.) 20 – 30 30 – 40 40 – 50 50 – 60 60 – 70
No. of people 5 7 8 6 4
8. Calculate the mean deviation from mean and also calculate its
coefficient.
(a) Marks obtained 5< x<10 10<x<15 15<x<20 20<x <25 25<x<30
(b) Weight (in kg) 0 – 10 0 – 20 0 – 30 0 – 40 0 – 50

(c) Again (in yrs.) 20 – 30 20 – 40 20 – 50 20 – 60 20 – 70

No. of people 5 12 18 23 25
9. Find the mean (average) deviation and its coefficient from the
following data.
(a) Marks 0–9 10 – 19 20 – 29 30 – 39 40 – 49
(b) Marks 11 – 19 21 – 29 31 – 39 41 – 49 51 – 59 61 – 69

(a) Construct a frequency distribution table taking (0 – 10) as first class
10.
interval and find the mean deviation from mean and its coefficient of the
given data.
5, 9, 16, 26, 14, 34, 19, 40, 15, 25, 43, 36, 24, 49, 33, 6, 11, 15, 25, 35, 38,
33, 18, 9, 46, 28, 36, 23, 18, 7
(b) Construct a frequency distribution table taking (20 – 30) as first class
interval and find the mean deviation from mean and median and the
coefficient of mean deviation of the given data.
64, 60, 52, 65, 50, 79, 39, 55, 69, 58, 49, 37, 42, 29, 21, 35, 44, 45, 71, 59
11. Find the mean deviation from median and also calculate its coefficient
from the data given below.
less than less than less than less than less than less than
Marks
10 20 30 40 50 60
No. of students 3 7 15 20 26 30
Standard Deviation
Out of 100 full marks the marks obtained by two students A and B in six terminal
examination are given below.
Examination 1 2 3 4 5 6
A 50 60 70 65 62 57
B 40 71 82 90 60 80
Study the above table and answer the following questions.
(i) What is the average marks of A and B?
(ii) What are the dispersion of A and B?
(iii) Which method is more reliable for the calculation of deviation?
(iv) Who is better? (From mean)
(v) Who is intelligent? (From median)
(vi) If the consistency of performance is the criteria for awarding a price,
who should get the prize?
We can find the deviation from different method for the above distribution. But
standard deviation gives the uniform, correct and stable result. Standard deviation
is the most popular and useful measure of dispersion used in practice which the
drawback presents in other measure of dispersion are removed.
A standard deviation is defined as the positive square root of the arithmetic mean of
the square of the deviation taken from the arithmetic mean. It is denoted by Greek
letter σ (read as sigma). It is based on the mean, which gives a uniform result.

Standard deviation is the best measure of dispersion because
(i) Its value is based on all the observations.
(ii) The deviation of each item is taken from mean.
(iii) All algebraic signs are also considered.
A small standard deviation means a high degree of uniformity of the observation as
well as homogeneity of the standard deviation.
Standard deviation of continuous series

In a continuous (grouped) series we can find the standard deviation by four methods.
They are:
(i) Actual mean method
Let, m1, m2, m3, .... mn be the mid value of the corresponding classes x1, x2, x3,
.... xn and f1, f2, f3, ...... fn be their respective frequencies X is the actual mean.
Σf(m – X)2 Σfd2
Standard deviation(S.D. or σ) = = N
N
where, m = mid value and d = m – X
(ii) Direct method
2
Σfm2 – Σfm
Standard deviation (S.D. or σ) = where m = mid value
N N
(iii) Assumed mean method (short cut method)
2
Σfd2 – Σfd
Standard deviation (S.D or σ) =
N N
where d = m – A, A = Assumed mean.
(iv) Step-deviation method: This method is used to find the standard deviation
when the class interval is very large.
2
Σfd'2 – Σfd'
Standard deviation (S.D. or σ) = ×h
N N
m–A
where, d' = , A = Assumed mean
h
m = mid value, h = class size
Coefficient of standard deviation

The ratio of standard deviation to the arithmetic mean is known as the coefficient
of standard deviation. If X is the arithmetic mean and σ, the standard deviation,
then
σ
Coefficient of standard deviation =
X
Variance
The square of the standard deviation is known as variance. By definition, σ2 is the
variance.
Coefficient of variation
The coefficient of dispersion based on standard deviation multiplied by 100 is known
as the coefficient of variance (C.V.) then
σ
C.V. = × 100%
X
A distribution with lower value of C.V. is said to be more homogenous, more stable,
more uniform, more consistent, more equitable, less variable, less scattered and
vice versa.
Merits and demerits of standard deviation

Merits
(i) It is based on all observations.
(ii) Sign is not artificially made.
(iii) Deviations are taken from central value.
(iv) It is less affected by fluctuations of sampling.
Demerits
(i) It is difficult to calculate.
(ii) It gives greater weights to extreme value.
(iii) It can't be calculated for open end classes.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
1. In a continuous series, if Σfm2 = 720, Σfm = 72 and N = 10, find the

standard deviation.
Solution: Here,
By formula,
Σfm2 – Σfm 2 720 – 72 2
S.D (σ) = = = 72 – 51.84 = 4.48
N N 10 10

∴ Standard deviation (σ) = 4.48.
2. Find the standard deviation by
(i) Actual mean method
(ii) Direct method

(iii) Assumed mean method
(iv) Step deviation method, for the following data.
Weights (in kg) 0 – 10 10 – 20 30 – 40 40 – 50 20 – 30
Solution: Here,
Tabulating the given data in ascending order for the calculation of S.D.
(a) By actual mean method
Weights No. of Mid value fm d=m–X d
2
fd2
(in kg) students (f) (m)
0 – 10 5 5 25 –17 289 1445
10 – 20 4 15 60 –7 49 196
20 – 30 4 25 100 3 9 36
30 – 40 6 35 210 13 169 1014
40 – 50 1 45 45 23 529 526
Σf = N = 20 Σfm= 440 Σfd =3220
2
Now,
Σfm 440
Mean (X) = = = 22
N 20
Σfd2 3220
Again, Standard deviation (σ) = = = 12.68
N 20
(b) By direct method
Weight No. of students Mid value fm fm2
(in kg) (f) (m)
0 – 10 5 5 25 125
10 – 20 4 15 60 900
20 – 30 4 25 100 2500
30 – 40 6 35 210 7350
40 – 50 1 45 45 2025
Σf = N = 20 Σfm = 440 Σfm = 12,900
2
2
Σfm2 – Σfm
Standard deviation (σ) =
N N
2
12,900 – 400
= = 645 – 484
20 20
= 161 = 12.68

(c) By assumed mean method :

Weights No. of Mid value m–A=d fd fd2 = fd × d
(in kg) students (f) (m)
0 – 10 5 5 –20 –100 2000
10 – 20 4 15 – 10 – 40 400
20 – 30 4 25 0 0 0
30 – 40 6 35 10 60 600
40 – 50 1 45 20 20 400
Σf = N = 20 Σfd = –60 Σfd =3400
2

Let, assumed mean (A) = 25
2
Σfd2 – Σfd
By formula, standard deviation (σ) =
N N
2
3400 – –60
=
20 20
= 170 – 9 = 161 = 12.68

(d) By step deviation method
Weight No. of mid value d = m–A d' = d fd' d'2 fd'2
(in kg) students (f) (m) h
0 – 10 5 5 –20 –2 –10 4 20
10 – 20 4 15 –10 –1 –4 1 4
20 – 30 4 25 0 0 0 0 0
30 – 40 6 35 10 1 6 1 6
40 – 50 1 45 20 2 2 4 4
Σf = N = 20 Σfd' = –6 Σfd'2 =
34
Let, assumed mean (A) = 25 and h = 10

2
Σfd'2 – Σfd'
By formula, standard deviation (σ) = ×h
N N

2
34 – –6
= × 10
20 20

= 1.7 – 0.09 × 10
= 12.68

3. From the following data, compute the following
(i) Standarad deviation (ii) Coefficient of S.D
(iii) Variance (iv) Coefficient of variance
Marks obtained 0 – 10 10 – 20 20 – 30 30 – 40 40 – 50 50 – 60
No. of students 8 12 20 40 12 8
Solution: Here,
Tabulating the given data in ascending order, we get
Marks No. of Mid m–A=d fd fd2 = fd × d

obtained students (f) value (m)
0 – 10 8 5 –30 –240 7200
10 – 20 12 15 –20 –240 4800
20 – 30 20 25 –10 –200 2000
30 – 40 40 35 0 0 0
40 – 50 12 45 10 120 1200
8 55 20 160 3200
Σf = N = 100 Σfd = –400 Σfd = 18400
2

Let, assumed mean (A) = 35
2
Σfd2 – Σfd
(i) Standard deviation (σ) =
N N
2
18400 – –400
=
100 100

= 184 – 16
=12.96
Σfd –400
Again, Mean (X ) = A + = 35 + = 31
N 100
S.D 12.96
(ii) Coefficient of S.D. = = = 0.418
X 31
(iii) Variance = (σ)2 = (12.96)2 = 167.96 = 168
S.D
(iv) Coefficient of variation (C.V) = × 100% = 0.418 × 100% = 41.8%
X

Exercise 8.3
Section 'A'
1. (a) Define the following terms
(i) Standard deviation (ii) Coefficient of S.D.
(iii) Coefficient of variation (iv) Variance
(b) Write the merits and demerits of standard deviation.
2. (a) Find the difference between mean deviation and standard deviation.
(b) What are the differences between coefficient of mean deviation and
coefficient of standard deviation?
Section 'B'
3. (a) In a continuous series, Σfm2 = 800, X = 12, N = 40, find the value of
standard deviation.
(b) In a continuous series, Σfm2 = 2230, Σfm = 470, X = 20 and N = 200, find
the standard deviation and is coefficient.
4. (a) In a continuous series, Σfd2 = 168, Σfd = –30, and N = 15 find the standard
deviation.
(b) In a continuous series, Σfd2 = 600, Σfd = 150, N = 50, find the standard
deviation and variance.
(c) In a continuous series, Σfd' = 43, Σfd'2 = 157, N = 89, h = 10 find the
standard deviation.
Section 'C'
5. Find the standard deviation and coefficient of standard deviation
from the following data.
(a) Marks obtained 20–30 30–40 40–50 50–60 60–70 70–80 80–90
No. of students 4 6 10 17 11 9 3
(b) Marks obtained 0 –10 10–20 20–30 30–40 40–50 50–60
(c) Daily wages (in Rs.) 100–125 125–150 150–175 175–200 200–225
No. of workers 75 57 81 19 12
(d) Marks obtained 0 – 10 10 – 20 20 – 30 30 – 40 40 – 50 50 – 60
No. of students 12 20 40 12 8 8

6. Find the standard deviation and coefficient of variation from the
following data.
(a) C.I. 10 – 20 20 – 30 30 – 40 40 – 50 50 – 60 60 – 70
f 17 20 14 15 14 10
(b) Income (in Rs.) 300–400 400–500 500–600 600–700 700–800

No. of persons 8 12 20 6 4
(c) Profit (in Rs.) 0 – 10 10 – 20 20 – 30 30 – 40 40 – 50

No. of shops 8 13 16 8 5
7. Find the standard deviation (S.D), coefficient of S.D and coefficient
of variation from the following data.
(a) Class 0<x<10 10<x<20 20<x<30 30 <x<40 40<x<50
f 12 33 30 15 10
(b) Marks less than less than less than less than less than less than
10 20 30 40 50 60
Frequency 4 10 20 40 46 50
8. (a) A sample of 60 cars of two marks P and Q is taken and their average
running life in years is recorded as follows.
Life (in years) 0–2 2–4 4–6 6–8 8 – 10
Mark P 8 12 22 14 4
Mark Q 10 14 19 12 5
(i) Find the mean life of each mark
(ii) Which mark shows greater consistency in performance and why?
(b) A purchasing agent obtained samples of incandescent lamps from two
suppliers. He had the samples tested in his own laboratory for length of
life with the following results.
Length of life (hrs) 700 –900 900 - 1100 1100 - 1300 1300 - 1500
Lamps Suppliers A 10 16 26 8
Suppliers B 3 42 12 3
(i) Which suppliers lamps gives a higher average life?
(ii) Which suppliers lamps are more uniform?

ANSWER SHEET
Exercise 1.1
1. (a), (b), (e), (f) are functions.
2. (a) one to one onto (b) one to one into (c) one to one into
(d) many to one onto (e) one to one into (f) many to one into
3. (b), (d)
5. (a) f-1 = {(1, 1), (4, 2), (9, 3), (16, 4) (b) g-1 = {(3, 1), (3, 2), (5, 3), (6, 4), (7, 5)}
(c) h-1 = {(3, a), (5, b), (7, c), (8, d), (9, e), (2, f)}
(d) f-1 = {(4, –4), (5, –5), (6, –6), (7, –7)}
2 3 4
(e) g-1 = {( – , –3), (– , –4), (– , –5)}
5 5 5
6. (a) f-1 (x) = x – 3 (b) g-1 (x) = x + 5
x+2 5–x
(c) h-1(x) = (d) t-1(x) =
5 7
4x + 3 x
(e) s-1(x) = (f) f-1(x) =
5 3
4x – 1 –4x – 7
(g) g-1 (x) = (h) h (x) =
-1
3 5
5 – 4x 5x – 3
(i) t-1(x) = (j) f (x) =
-1
x 2x
6x 2x + 1
(k) f-1(x) = (l) h (x) =
-1
2 – 5x 3–x
x+2 3 – 4x
(m) f-1(x) = (n) g-1 (x) =
2x – 5 3x – 4
–(x + 1) 1
(o) h-1 (x) = (p) k-1(x) = {(x, y): y = x ∈ R, y ∈R}
x–1 x
(q) t-1(x) = {(x, y): y = x, x ∈R} (r) f-1(x) = {x, 3x – 5): x ∈ R}
x+3 x+1
(s) h-1(x) = x,
:x∈R (t) g-1(x) = x, :x∈R
5 3–x
x+5 7
7. (a) f-1 (x) = (b) f-1(2) =
3 3
2 2x + 5
(c) f-1 (–3) = (d) f (2x) =
-1
3 3
3 13
(e) f -1
2
= 6
4x –3 12x – 3
8. (a) f-1(x) = (b) f-1(3x) =
2 2
3 –3 4x + 1
(c) f-1
5
= 10 (d) f-1(x + 1) =
2
8x – 23
(e) f-1(2x – 5) =
2
7
9. k = –1 10. x=
2
x+1 x+4
11. (a) f-1(x) = (b) f-1(x) =
2 x–1

7x – 14 x–5 –2
(c) f-1(x) = 12. f(x) = , f(3) =
3–x 3 3
Exercise 1.2
1. (a) {(1, 9), (2, 16), (3, 25)} (b) {(a, f), {b, e}, (c, d)}
(c) {(–2, 0), (–1, 2), (0, 2), (1, 0), (2, –1)}
(d) {(2,3), (2, 1), (3,3)}
2. (a) B = {1, 4, 9}, C = {2, 8, 18}, gof = {(1, 2), (2, 8), (3, 18)}
(b) B = {8, 10, 16}, C = {15, 19, 31}, {(4, 15), (5, 19), (6, 31)}
(c) B = {(1, 2, 3}, C = (3, 4, 5}
{(1, 3), (8, 4), (27, 5)}
(d) B = {2, –5, 0}, C = {5, 26, 1}
{(–1, 5), (–8, 26), (–3, 1)}
3. (a) {(1, 3), (3, 1), (4, 3)} (b) {(1, 4), (2, 5), (3, 6)}
(c) {(–2, 5), (–1, 2), (0, 1), (1, 2), (2, 5)}
4. (a) g = {(3, 5), (0, 2) (–3, –1)}
(b) gof (1) = 3, gof(3) = 5, fog (2) = 4, fog(3) = 2, fog(4) = 3
(c) goh(1) = 3, goh(8) = 4
5. (a) fog(x) = 21x, gof(x) = 21x (b) fog(x) = x – 2, gof(x) = x – 2
(c) gof (x) = 10x – 5, fog(x) = 10x – 2 (d) gof(x) = –7x – 3, fog(x) = 19 – 7x
15x – 16
(e) fog(x) = , gof(x) = 5x – 4
3
5 + 4x
(f) fog(x) = x, gof(x) = x (g) hog(x) = x, , goh(x) = x
4
(h) fog(x) = 3x2 + 30x + 76, gof(x) = 3(x2 + 2)
(i) fog(x) = x2(x2 + 2), gof(x) = x4 – 2x2 + 2
2x + 15 16x + 1
(j) fog(x) = , gof =
2x + 14 2x
6. (a) 6x – 1, 11, 6x + 3, – 15 (b) 6 – 4x, 18, 1 – 4x, – 5
5 55 1 41
(c) , (d) , (e) 728, 49
3 3 2 18
x+9 9x + 1 –44
7. (a) , 4 (b) ,
3 7 7
4–x 4–x 5 x + 8 10 – x –11 12
(c) ,
7 3
, 2,
3
(d) –
5
, 5 , 5 , 5
x+2
(e) 5 , x, x, 3 (f) x, x, 3, –3
8. (a) (i) 1 – 6x, (ii) 7 – 6x, (iii) 3 – 6x, (iv) 25 (b) (i) –6x – 9, (ii) –6x – 9, (iii) –8 – 6x, (iv) –10
9. (c) m = 2 (d) x = 9, 1 (e) x = 0, 5

–11
(f) 6 (g) (h) 1
7
5x – 7 3x + 7 7x –21
(i) , (j) , (k) x + 3 (l) 3x + 2
3 5 8 – 7x 13

Exercise 1.4
1. (a) 3x4 + 4x3 – 9x2 – 17x – 14 (b) 10x4 – 25x3 – 6x2 + 29x – 35
(c) 7x7 + 21x6 + 14x5 – 2x3 – 6x2 – 4x (d) 10x6 + 15x5 – 6x3 + 5x2 + 3x – 27
2. (a) Q(x) = 3x – 4x – 8 and R = – 21 (b) Q(x) = 5x4 + 10x3 + 17x2 + 34x + 73 and R = 150
2
7 1 1
(c) Q(x) = 2x2 – x + ,R = – (d) Q(x) = x5 + 3x4 + 9x3 + 27x2 + 81x + 243, R = 721
2 4 4
5 22 40
3. Q(x) = x2 – x – ,R=
3 9 9
Exercise 1.5
1. 11
3. (a) 6 (b) 21 (c) –4
637
(d) 209 (e) (f) 11(1 – 2)
32
22
4. (a) (b) 8 (c) –29
27
12
(d) 14 (e) 4 (f)
7
6. (a) No (b) Yes (c) No
(d) Yes (e) No
7. (a) 1 (b) –75 (c) ± 7
7 3 –4
(d) (e) (f)
3 5 27
(g) –6, 1
10. (a) 10, 5x2 + 8x + 3 (b) –6, 3x2 + x – 2 (c) –32, 2x2 – 6x + 13
(d) 0, x2 + 2x – 1 (e) 47, x3 + 3x2 + 6x + 18 (f) –5, x5 + x4 + x3 + x2 + x + 1

15 5 5
(g) , 2x2 – x + (h) 0, 2y2 – 2y + 1
4 2 4
–41 3 2 3 25
(i) , p + P –
8 2 4 8
11. (a) Q(x) = 2x2 – 9x + 10, R = 0 (b) Q(x) = x2 – 2x – 1, R = – 7
3 3 17 1
(c) Q(x) = x2 + x – , R = – (d) Q(x) = 2x2 – 3x + 3, R = –14
2 4 8 8
12. 3
14. (a) –6, –21 (b) 7, 4 (c) 3, 1
(d) 3, – 3 (e) 2, –2 (f) 2, 5
(g) –5, 3
15. (a) (x + 1) (x + 2) (x + 3) (b) (x – 1) (x + 2) (2x + 1) (c) (x + 2) (2x + 3) (2x – 1)
(d) (z + 1) (z2 – z – 4) (e) (x + 1)2 (2x – 1) (f) (y + 2) (y + 3) (y – 5)
(g) (p + 2) (p + 6) (2p – 3)
1 3 1
16. (a) 1, – 2, – (b) –2, – , (c) –1, –2, –3
2 2 2
1 1 1 2
(d) 1, – , – (e) 2, –1, –1 (f) , –1, –
2 4 2 3

3
(g) 4, –3, –1 (h) 1, 1, 2 (i) –2, –6,
2
1 5
(j) –3, – ,
2 3
Exercise 1.6
2. (a) (i) d = 4 (ii) tn = 4n – 2 (iii) 14, 18, 22 (b) (i) d = –3 (ii) tn = –(3n + 2) (iii) –14, –17, – 20
11 13
(c) (i) d = –20 (ii) tn = 10(11 – 2n) (iii) 30, 10, –10 (iv) , , 5
3 3
(d) (i) d = –4 (ii) tn = 9 – 4n (iii) –7, –11, –15
3. (a) 7, 11, 15, 19 (b) –50, –40, –30, –20
23 26 29
(c) 125, 110, 95, 80 (d) 5, , ,
4 4 4
4. (a) 21, 61 (b) 13, 63 (c) 33, 103
(d) 68, –12 (e) 100, 150
5. (a) 0 (b) 312 6. (a) 4 (b) –10
7. (a) 8 (b) 20 (c) 11 (d) 8
8. (a) 12 (b) 44 9. (a) Yes (n = 34) (b) No
10. (a) a = 2, d = 2 (b) a = –3, d = –4 11. (a) 45 (b) –86
12. (a) 17 (b) No (c) 73 (d) No (e) 10
3 1 5
13. (a) 21 14. – , ,
4 4 4
Exercise 1.7
1. (a) 10 (b) 10 (c) 4x – y (d) a2 + b2
–131 57
2. (a) 10 (b) 40 (c) (d)
2 20
3. (a) 7 (b) 22 (c) 8, 14 (d) 0, 10
3 1
(e) 15 (f) 2, (g) 1, –6 (h) 7,
2 7
–5
(i)
3
5 7 11
4. (a) 7, 11, 15 (b) 3, –1, –5, –9 (c) 1, , , 3,
3 3 3
5. (a)
5, 8, 11 (b) –2, 3, 8, 13 (c) 0, 5, 10
23 25
(d) ,
3 3
6. (a) x = 2, y = 14 (b) a = 3, b = 24 (c) p = –2, q = 33
7. (a)
b = 35 and other means are 10, 15, 20, 25, 30
–40 20 10 –10 –20 –30
(b) k= , other means are , , 0, , ,
3 3 3 3 3 6
8. (a) 5 (b) 5
9. (a) 28 (b) 8 (c) 8 (d) 48

Exercise 1.8
1. (a) 465 (b) 275 (c) 270 (d) 366
(e) –960
2. (a) 50 (b) 225 (c) 228
3. (a) 425 (b) –500 (c) 2950
4. (a) 3 (b) 10 5. (a) 2 (b) 147
6. (a) 4 (b) –4
7. (a) 12 (b) 5 (c) n = 30, d = 3 (d) n = 10, d = 3
8. (a) n = 12, or 9, since t10 + t11 + t12 = 0 (b) n = 10 or, 11, since t11 = 0
9. (a) 420 (b) 215
10. (a) 630 (b) 675 11. (a)
110 (b) 465
12. (a) 11, 18, 25 (b) 4, 7, 10 (c) 2, 8, 14 (d) 3, 4, 5
(e) 3, 5, 7 (f) 3, 7, 11
13. (a) 4392 (b) 24552 (c) 728 (d) 32850
(e) 1275 (f) 60702 (g) 2275
14. (a) 675 (b) 3800 (c) –1, 7, 15
1
(d) –8, –4 + 0 + 4 + 8 + 12 + ..... (e) 107
2
1
15. (a) 2 years (b) Rs. 200
2
Exercise 1.9
7. (a) n=9
2. (a) r = 3, tn = 2 × 3n – 1, 54,162,486 (b) n=8
(b) r = 3, tn = – 3n–4
; –1, – 3, – 9 (c) n=9
(c) r = – 2, tn = – 1 (– 2 )n–1, 2 2, – 4, 4 2 (d) n = 11
(d) 1 5 5 5 (e) n=8
r= , t = 5 × 26 – 2n, , ,
4 n 4 16 64
(e) r = – 2, tn = – 3 (– 2)n – 1, 12, – 24, 48 8. (a) n = 11
2
3. (a) 2, 6, 18, 54 (b) n=7
(b) 2, 2, 2 2, 4 (c) n=9
(c) 1 1
, , –1, 3
9 3
(d) 16, 8, 4, 2 9. (a) Yes
(e) 8 , 4, 2, 1 (b) Yes

27 9 3
(c) Yes
4. (a) 1 (d) No
,–4
2
(b) 4 32 10. (a) 64
,
9 243

(c) 135, 3645 (b) 1
11. (a) 1024
(b) 81
5. (a) a=2 (c) 128 2
(b) a=1
(c) a = 27 12. (a) 8
6. (a) r=2 (b) 9
(b) r=2 (c) Yes (n = 2)
3
(c) r=– 2 13. (a) 2 + 4 + 8 + 16 + 32 + 64 + 128
(d) r=3 (b) 1
2 729
(c) 59049
Exercise 1.10
1. (a) 8 2. (a) 8 3. (a) 4
(b) 30 (b) 1 (b) 7
6
(c) 3 (c) 1 (c) 6, 24
16
(d) 2 (d) 25 (d) –13
5 4 6
(e) 9 (e) –3, 3
4 2
4. (a) 4, 8, 16 5. (a) 1 , 1, 3 6. (a)
243,
1
3
(b) –2, 2 2, –4, 4 2 (b) –3 2, –2 2, – 4, – 4 2 (b) 1,8
64
(c) 2 , 1, 3 , 9 , 27 (c) 81, 27, 9, 3, 1
3 2 4 8
(d) 1 , 1, 4
4
7. (a) 12, 36, 108, 324, k = 972
(b) x = –16 & means = –2, – 2 2 , – 4, – 4 2 , – 8, – 8 2
8. (a) 5 9. (a) 4
(b) 5 (b) 7
(c) 8 (c) 11
Exercise 1.11
1. (a) 29, 524 (b) 32767 (c) 340 (d) 3
255
8 4
(e) 7 2 ( 2 + 1) (f) 1 (g) 1023
121
3

2. (a) 30 (b) 549 (c) 1
1–
215
3. (a) 242 (b) – 546
4. (a) –3 (b) 1 (c) 7 (d) 1

2
5. (a) 1 (b) 6 (c) 2, – 3
–
3
6. (a) 6 (b) 6 (c) 6 (d) 4
7. (a) 1 (b) 384

8. (a) 765 (b) 1023
32
9. (a) 254 (b) 1023
512
10. (a) 2 (b) 2
11. (a) 1, 2, 4 (b) 5, 10, 20 (c) 2, 8, 32
12. (a) 1 (b) 2 + 6 + 18 + … (c) 2 (d) 2
r = 2, a =
4
(e) 49152, 98301
Exercise 1.12
1. (a) 64, 4 (b) 16, 4 (c) 45, 5
3. 3, 7, 11 or 12, 7, 2 4. 2, 7, 12 or 26, 7, –12 5. 3, 6, 12 or 12, 6, 3
5 1
6. 7. 9:1 or 1:9 8. 12, 108 9. 2,
2 2
10. 16, 4 11. 32, 44, 56, 68
Exercise 1.14
1. (a) Max. 12 and min. 0 (b) Max. 24 and Min. 9 (c) Max. 30 and min 17
(d) Max. 24 and min 12

2. (a) Max. 26, Min. –4 (b) Max. 50, Min. 10 (c) Max. 52, Min. 0
(d) Max. 14, Min 11. (e) Max. 6, Min. 2
3. (a) 3x + 5y ≤ 20, x – y ≤ 4, x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0, Max. 48, Min. 0.
(b) 2x – y ≤ 6, 2x + 3y ≤ 6, y ≤ 2, Max. 34, Min. 12.
Exercise 1.15
5. (a) –3, –1 (b) 5, –1 (c) –3, –4 (d) 3, 3
(e) –2, –2 (f) 3 , –1

2
6. (a) (–2, 4), (3,9) (b) (0, 1), (3, 10) (c) (–2, 5), – 1 , 13 (d) (–3, –5), (1 , –5)
4 4
7. (a) y=x 2
(b) y = x – 2
2
(c) y = x + 4x + 4 (d) y = x2 + 6x – 8
2

Exercise 2.1
4. (a) 22mm (b) Rs. 2100
Exercise 2.3
3. (a) 4 (b) 5 (c) 6
4. (a) 5 (b) 7 (c) 4
5. (a) (i) 3 (ii) 3 (iii) 3 (iv) 3 (v) continuous at x = 1
(b) (i) 8 (ii) 8 (iii) 8 (iv) continuous at x = 2
7. (a) not continuous at x = 1 (b) continuous at x = 4
Exercise 3.1
1. (a) 4 (b) – 10 (c) – 32 (d) 1 (e) 0
(f) – 12 (g) b2 – a2 (h) 1 (i) –1
2. (a) –3 (b) 7 – 12 m (c) 15 (d) 1–a
(e) – (x + 1)
4. (a) 2 (b) 2, 0 (c) – 1, 5 (d) 1
2 1, – 6
(e) 3
2
–7 (d) 0, –7/3
–1,
5. (c) 9
6. (a) – 141 (b) 16 (c) 0 (d) 196 (e) 162
(f) 150 (g) 0 –2 –7
(h) , 15
1 –4
7. (a) 7 (b) 2 (c) –5 (d) 30 (e) 2
10. (a) 3 (b) x = – 2, y = 2 (c) x = 2, y = – 7
1 (e) 1
(d) x = 4, y = x = 2, 0, y = 1, –
2 5
11. (a) A singular matrix has no inverse. (c) x=8 (d) y = 1, 6
–5 4 (b) 4 –5 (c) 2 –1
13. (a)
9 –7 3 –4 7 7
–3 5
7 7
(d) 1 0 (e) –8 5
2 3 –2
–2 1
3 3
14. (a) 44 – 31
– 17 12
15. (a) 7 3 (b) –1, 2 (c) 18 – 1 (d) 3, 3 (e) – 3, 7

,
5 5 7 ,7
16. (a) No solution (b) No solution (c) 3, 2
(d) 1 2 (e) 4, 5 (f) 1, 0 (g) 6, 10
,
3 3

(h) 3, 2 (i) 8, –4 (j) 18 3 (k) – 1, 2 (l) –1
, 5,
13 13 2
(m) 2, 3 (n) 7 (o) 3 (p) 2, 3 (q) 1 1

,
3 2
(r) 1 1 (s) 4, 3 (t) 2, 3
,
4 3
17. (a) 3, 2 (b) 1, 2 (c) 3, 2 (d) – 1, 2 (e) 1, 0
3 3
Exercise 4.1
m1 – m2
1. (a) θ = tan-1 ± (b) m1 = m2, m1.m2 = – 1
1 + m1m2
3
(c) – (d) (3, 5), 2
8
3 8 a–b
2. (a) (b) (c) tanθ = ±
2 7 1 + ab
3. (a) 36.87° (b) 60° (c) 60°
2 5
4. (a) tan-1 – (b) 120° (c) tan-1 –
11 12
5. (a) 60°, 120° (b) 45°, 135° (c) 60°, 120°
10. (a) 6 (b) –3 (c) 0

8 21 12
11. (a) (b) – (c)
7 5 7
12. (a) 4x – 3y – 32 = 0 (b) 5x + 3y – 16 = 0 (c) 3x + 5y + 19 = 0
13. (a) 2x + y – 14 = 0 (b) 7x + 5y – 41 = 0 (c) 7x + 6y – 1 = 0
14. (a) 5x + 4y + 25 = 0 (b) 5x + 4y + 12 = 0 (c) 6x + 5y – 18 = 0
(d) 5x + 8y – 40 = 0
15. (a) 2x + 3y – 12 = 0 (b) x – 3y – 5 = 0 (c) 4x + 3y – 11 = 0
(d) 7x + 6y – 20 = 0
16. (a) 2x – y – 1 = 0, x + 2y – 8 = 0
(b) y + 2 = 0, 3 x – y – (3( 3 + 2) = 0
(c) (2 – 3 ) x – y = 0, (2 + 3 ) x – y = 0
17. (a) 6x – 7y + 26 = 0 (b) 3x – y – 14 = 0 (c) x + 2y – 8 = 0 (d) x + 2y – 5 = 0
18. (a) 4x – y + 12 = 0 (b) x + y – 12 = 0

1 1
19. (a) 1, –1 (b) ,
3 3
20. (a) 6x – 3y – 4 = 0 (b) 15x – 3y – 22 = 0
21. (a) 12x + 3y – 4 = 0 (b) x – y + 1 = 0
Exercise 4.2
2 h2 – ab
1. (a) θ = tan-1 ± a+b

2. (a) a + b = 0 (b) h2 = ab (c) 2x + 3y + 1 = 0, 4x – y = 0
3. (a) 3x2 + xy – 2y2 = 0 (b) 10x2 – 23xy – 42y2 =0
(c) 6x2 + 7xy – 3y2 – 8x – 23y – 14 = 0 (d) abx2 + (a2 – b2) xy – aby2 = 0
(e) x2 + 2xy cosecθ + y2 = 0 (f) x2 + 2xysecθ + y2 = 0
4. (a) x + y = 0, 4x + y = 0 (b) x + y = 0, 3x + 2y = 0
(c) x + y = 0, 3x – 4y = 0 (d) x – y = 0, 3x – y = 0
5. (a) x + y + 1 = 0, x – y = 0 (b) x – y = 0, x + y – 3 = 0
(c) x – 2y = 0, 3x + y – 1 = 0 (d) x – 3y = 0, x – 3y – 1 = 0
(e) x – 4 = 0, y – 5 = 0 (f) ax + b = 0, bx + a = 0
6. (a) 59.04°, 120.96° (b) 45°, 135° (c) 90° – α
1
(d) α, 180° – α (e) tan-1 ±
3
7
9. (a) 6 (b) –12 (c) 2 (d) –
3
9 1
10. (a) – (b) 5 (c) 1, – (d) 16
5 2
11. (a) 2x + y = 0, x + 3y = 0, 45° or 135°
1
(b) x + 2y = 0, x + 7y = 0, tan-1 ±
3
12. (a) x – 3y + 4 = 0, 2x – y + 3 = 0 (b) x – 3y + 4 = 0, 2x + y – 5 = 0
13. (a) x + y(secα + tanα) = 0, x + y(secα – tanα) = 0, θ = (± α)
(b) x – (cosecα + cotα)y = 0, x + (cosecα – cotα) y = 0, 90°
(c) x + y(tanθ + secθ) = 0, x + y(tanθ – secθ) = 0, 90°
(d) x – (cosecθ + cotθ) y = 0, x – (cosecθ – cotθ)y = 0, tan-1(± cotθ)
14. (a) x + 3y = 0, 3x – y = 0 (b) x – 2y = 0, 2x + y – 1 = 0
(c) 2x + 3y = 0, 2x + 3y = 0
15. (a) 3x2 + 2xy – y2 = 0 (b) 6x2 – 13xy + 6y2 = 0
(c) 5x2 + 7xy + 2y2 = 0 (d) 5x2 – 3xy – 2y2 = 0
16. (a) 5x2 – 8xy – 4y2 + 42x + 24y – 27 = 0
(b) 5x2 + 8xy + 3y2 – 44x – 34y + 95 = 0
17. (a) 7, 2x + y = 0, x + 3y = 0 (b) 0, 6
Exercise 4.3
1. (a) Hyperbola (b) Circle (c) Ellipse
(d) Parabola (e) Circle
2. (a) Circle (b) Ellipse (c) Parabola (d) Hyperbola
4. (a) Circle (b) Ellipse (c) Parabola (d) hyperbola
Exercise 4.4
1. (a) x2 + y2 = a2 (b) (x – p)2 + (y – q)2 = r2
(c) (x – x1) (x – x2) + (y – y1) (y – y2) = 0 (d) (–g, –k), g2 + f2 – c

2. (a) x2 + y2 = 4 (b) 6 2 units
3. (a) 90° (b) x and y coordinates of the centre of circle.
4. (a) x2 + y2 = 36 (b) x2 + y2 – 6x – 16 = 0
(c) x2 + y2 – 8y = 0 (d) x2 + y2 – 4x + 2y – 4 = 0
(e) x2 + y2 + 8x – 2y + 1 = 0 (f) x2 + y2 – 4x – 6y – 12 = 0
(g) x2 + y2 – 2ax – 2ay = 0
5. (a) x2 + y2 – 25 = 0 (b) x2 + y2 – 8x + 2y – 24 = 0
(c) x2 + y2 – 8x – 4y = 0 (d) x2 + y2 – 4x – 6y – 12 = 0
6. (a) x2 + y2 – 8x – 4y + 16 = 0 (b) x2 + y2 + 4x – 10y + 25 = 0
(c) x2 + y2 – 10x – 10y + 25 = 0 (d) 4x2 + 4y2 – 20x + 20y + 25 = 0
7. (a) x2 + y2 – 7x + 8 = 0 (b) x2 + y2 + 10x + 4y + 21 = 0
(c) x + y – 10x – 4y + 9 = 0
2 2
(d) x2 + y2 – ax + ay = 0
8. (a) (0, 0), 6 units (b) (2, 4), 3 units
(c) (–2, 3), 5 2 units (d) (a, b), c units
(e) (–5, 0), 11 units (f) (0, 3), 2 3 units
9. (a) (2, 0), 3 units (b) (0, 10), 5 units
5 3
(c) (2, 3), 5 units (d) – ,– , 3 units
2 2
(e) (3, –4), 5 units (f) (4, 0), 13 units
3 17
10. (a) , – 1,
units (b) (1, –3), 2 units
2 2
1 3 5 2
(c) , – , 5 units (d) ,– , 2 units
2 2 3 3
11. (a) (0, –2) (b) (–4, 2)
12. (a) x2 + y2 – 6x + 2y + 6 = 0 (b) x2 + y2 – 2x + 6y – 40 = 0

(c) x2 + y2 – 2x + 6y – 90 = 0 (d) x2 + y2 – 8x – 6y = 0
13. (a) x2 + y2 – 2x – 6y – 7 = 0 (b) x2 + y2 – 6x – 4y + 8 = 0
14. (a) x2 + y2 – 8x + 12y – 49 = 0 (b) x2 + y2 – 4x + 6y – 12 = 0
15. (a) x2 + y2 – 6x – 8y – 15 = 0 (b) x2 + y2 + 3x + 12y + 2 = 0
16. (a) x2 + y2 – 4x – 6y – 12 = 0 (b) x2 + y2 + 2x – 4y – 20 = 0
(c) x2 + y2 – 6x – 2y – 15 = 0 (d) x2 + y2 – 4y – 6 = 0
17. (a) x2 + y2 – 8x – 10y – 59 = 0 (b) x2 + y2 – 8x – 4y – 80 = 0
(c) x2 + y2 + 8x – 10y – 59 = 0
18. (a) x2 + y2 – 6x – 2y + 9 = 0 (b) x2 + y2 – 6x – 8y + 16 = 0
19. (a) 2 units (b) 2 2 units
20. (a) x2 + y2 + 6x – 8y + 9 = 0 (b) ± 24 (c) 4, 4
Exercise 5.1
1. (a) (i) 24 , 7 , 24 (ii) 120 , – 119 , – 120 (iii) 24 , 7 , 24
25 25 7 169 169 119 25 25 7

1 1
(b) (i) 1, 0, ∞ (ii)
2
, –
2
, –1 (iii) 1, 0, ∞
cot3q – 3 cotq
9. (a) 3sinq – 4sin3q (b) 4 cos3q – 3cosq (c) 3 cot2q – 1
3tanq – tan3q
(d) 1 – 3tan2q (e) 1 – 8 cos2q + 8cos4q
Exercise 5.2
1. (a) 24 , 7 , 24 (b) 120 , – 119 , – 120 (c) 24 , – 7 , – 24
25 25 7 169 169 119 25 25 7
1 1 1 1
2. (a) 1,0, ∞ (b) , – , –1 (c) , – , –1
2 2 2 2
Exercise 5.3
1 1 1
1. (a) + sin 20º (b) 1 – sin40º (c) + cos10º
2 2 2
1
(d) (cos20º + 1) (e) sin 8 q + sin2 q (f) sin16 q – sin2 q
2 1
(g) sin12q – sin2q (h) (cos3A – cos21A)
2
2. (a) 2 cos25º (b) 2sin40º.cos15º (c) 2cos6q.cos3q
2. (d) – 2sin9q.sin2q (e) – 2cos10q.sinq (f) – 2sin75º.sin35º
(g) 0 (h) 2sin75º.cos40º
Exercise 5.5
1. (a) 30°, 150° (b) 45°, 315° (c) 30°, 210° (d) 240°, 300°
(e) 60°, 240° (f) 225°, 315° (g) 135°, 315°
(h) 60°, 120°, 240°, 300° (i) 30°, 150°, 210°, 330° (j) 60°, 120°, 240°, 300°
(k) 60°, 120°, 240°, 300° (l) 45°, 135°, 225°, 315°
2. (a) 30°, 90°, 150° (b) 30°, 120°, 150° (c) 45°, 150° (d) 120°
(e) 0°, 30°, 150°, 180° (f) 30°, 150° (g) 30°, 150° (h) 45°, 135°
(i) 45°, 135° (j) 30°, 150° (k) 60°, 120° (l) 60°
(m) 0°, 60° (n) 30°, 150° (o) 120°, 0° (p) 60°, 135°
(q) 120°, 150° (r) 45°, 135° (s) 45° (t) 120°
3.
(a)
10° (b)
10° (c)
5° (d)
15°, 45°
(e) 30°, 150° (f) 45°, 135° (g) 45° (h) 0°, 180°, 120°
(i) 45° (j) 0°, 45°, 180° (k) 60°, 90° (l) 0°, 180°
(m) 30°, 90°, 150° (n) 0°, 90° (o) 30° (p) 120°
4. (a) 0°, 90°, 360° (b) 105°, 15° (c) 90°, 330° (d) 90°, 150°
(e) 15°, 255° (f) 0°, 360° (g) 75°, 165° (h) 0°, 120°, 360°

(i) 0°, 360° (j) 60° (k) 120° (l) 15°, 195°
5. (a) 10°, 50°, 90°, 270° (b) 45°, 60°, 135°, 300° (c) 0°, 45°, 180°, 315°, 360°
(d) 0°, 180°, 270° (e) 45°, 120°, 135°, 225°, 240° (f) 0°, 90°, 360°
(g) 18°, 90°, 270°
Exercise 5.6
1. (a) 69.28m (b) 30.72m (c) 96.6m (d) 55.98m
(e) 60º, 37.72m
2. (a) 157.73m (b) 230.9m (c) 273.2 m (d) 315.47m
(e) 50.72m
3. (a) 68.3m (b) 236.6m (c) 273.2m (d) 42.3m
(e) 819.67m (f) 2.366km (g) 146.4m (h) 320ft
(i) 106.47 m (k) 18.3 m (l) 68.3m, 68.3m (m) 29.28m
(n) 9.56 m (o) 6.28m (p) 62m, 43.92m
(q) 73.2m
4. (a) 84.53 m (b) 42.26m (c) 60 m (d) 473.2 m
(e) 40.98 m (f) 546.4m (g) 118.3 m, 68.3 m (h) 59.15m, 59.15m
(i) 81.96m. (j) 40m (k) 30° (l) 28.28 m
5. (a) 8.66 m (b) 21.65m,12.5m away from one of the houses
(c) 39.32m (d) 47.32m, 94.64m (e) 47.32m
6 (a) 3m (b) 15m (c) 24m (d) 12m
(e) 178.89m (f) 20.125m (g) 19m (h) 60°
(i) 37.32m (j) 34.64m (k) 623.5 km/hr.
(l) 264.1 m/sec (m) 30º (n) 30°, 28.87 m
Exercise 6.1
1. (c) 45 (d) 36 (e) 10
2. (a) 10 (b) 22 (c) 3 (d) –26 3. (a) 7
11
4. (a) 60° (b) 30° (c) 90° (d) 90 ° (e) cos-1
1 5
(f) cos-1 7. (a) m = –2 (b) p = –10
65
8. (a) –3 (b) 3 (c) x = 4 9. (a) a2 = 13, b2 = 10
10. (a) 6 (b) – 10 12. (a) 60°
13. (a) 60° (b) 60° 15. ∠ABC
Exercise 6.2
1
1. (a) MN = BC , MN //BC (b) 90° (c) EF ⊥GF .
2

2. (a) 2i – 5j (b) 5i + 6j (c) (6, –3) (d) i
12 21 18 –31
3. (a) i – j (b) , (d) , 2
5 5 5 3
5 10
4. (a) (2i + j ) (b) (1, 2) (c) –i – j
3 3
1
a – b + c (c) (2a + b)
6. (a) 3b – 2a (b)
3
Exercise 7.1
2. (a) A''(–2, –7) (b) B''(–5, –3) (c) P''(3, 2) (d) (–2, 4)
3. (a) (5, 3) (b) A''(–1, 8) (c) P''(–2, 9) (d) (8, 5)
4. (a) (5, –2) (b) (–3, 3) (c) (0, 5) (d) (–2, –5)
(e) (–6, –4) (f) (3, 6)
5. (a) R[(0, 0), +90°], A(3, 2) (b) (5, –6) (c) (–2, 3) (d) 3
6. (a) A'(1, –2), B'(4, 1), C'(2, –5); A''(–1, –2), B''(–4, 1), C''(–2, –5)
(b) M'(–4, 3), N'(–1, –2), O'(–6, –1); M''(–4, –7), N''(–1, –2), O''(–6, –3)
(c) A'(2, 6), B'(2, 10), C'(4, 11), D'(4, 5); A''(2, –6), B''(2, –10), C''(4, –11), D''(4, –5)
7. (a) A'(–4, 3), B'(–6, 5), C'(–3, 5); A''(–4, 1), B''(–6, –1), C''(–3, –1); R[(–1, 2), 180°]
8
(b) X'(–2, 0), Y'(0, 2), Z'(–2, 3); X''(4, 0), Y''(2, 2), Z''(4, 3); Translation by T = .
0
(c) P'(0, 1), Q'(–1, 2), R'(–3, –4); P''(–1, 0), Q''(–2, 1), R''(4, 3); R[(0, 0), +90°]
8. (a) R[(0, 0), 180°], P'(–4, –3), Q'(–1, –1), R'(–5, 1)
(b) R[(0, 0), +90°], A'(–2, 2), B'(–2, 6), C'(–4, 7), D'(–4, 3)
0
(c) Translation by vector T = ; E' (2, –1), F'(–1, 6), G'(3, 7)
2
Exercise 7.2
3. (a) A''(–2, 5) (b) (8, –6)
4. (a) A''(–6, –3) (b) B''(5, –3)
5. (a) (–3, 1) (b) (–5, 8) (c) (–9, –4) (d) (–2, 3)
(e) (1, –4) (f) (–2, –6)
6. (a) (–2, –5) (b) A(3, –4)
7. (a) A'(3, –2), B'(1, –5), C'(4, –6); A''(–3, 2), B''(–1, 5), C''(–4, 6); R[(0, 0), +90°]
(b) P'(6, 3), Q'(2, 3), R'(3, 0); P''(–3, 6), Q''(–3, 2), R''(0, 3); R[(0, 0), –90°]
8. (a) R[(0, 0), +90°]; A'(–5, 2), B'(–2, –6), C'(0, –4), D'(–3, –4)
(c) R[(0, 0), –90°]; W'(1, –5), X'(–3, 4), Y'(3, 2), Z'(2, –3)
Exercise 7.3
2. (a) A''(3, 8) (b) B''(–4, –2) 3. (a) (–1, 10) (b) P'(3, –1)
4. (a) 6, 4 (b) (0, 10)

5. (a) P'(3, 2), Q'(0, 5), R'(4, 6); P''(3, –1), Q''(0, 2), R''(4, 3)
(b) A'(–5, 3), B'(–8, 5), C'(0, 4); A''(–7, 2), B''(–10, 4), C''(–2, 3)
6. (a) E'(–4, 8), F'(–4, 6), G'(0, 6) (b) P'(0, 4), Q'(3, 4), R'(3, 5), S'(0, 5)
Exercise 7.4
2. (a) A'(6, –9) (b) B'(9, –18) 3. ( a) M'(–3, –2) (b) N'(24, 23)
4. (a) (–5, –7) (b) (32, 52) 5. (a) (1, –3) (b) (1, 2)
6. (a) A'(–12, –4), B'(–4, –6), C'(–8, –10) (b) P'(6, 12), Q'(12, –6), R'(12, 0)
7. (a) X'(7, 0), Y'(–5, 6), Z'(1, –4) (b) A'(–7, 12), B'(–11, –8), C'(–11, –4)
8. (a) A'(–2, 0), B'(–4, –2), C'(–6, 2); A''(–2, 0), B''(–4, –2), C''(–6, 2)
(b) O'(0, 3), A'(4, 3), B'(6, 5), C'(2, 5); O''(0, 9), A''(12, 9), B''(18, 15), C''(6, 15)
Exercise 7.5
2. (a) (–3, 4), (–4, –3) (b) A'(–1, –3), A''(–3, –4) (c) A'(4, –1), A''(12, –3)
3. (a) A'(–6, –3), A''(–6, 3) (b) (–3, –4), (–1, 1) (c) B'(3, 5), B''(3, 5)
4. (a) F'(2, 8), F''(–2, 8) (b) A'(4, –8), A''(10, 0) (c) M'(–8, 3), M''(–3, –8)
5. (a) A(11, –9) (b) (4, 3) (c) 3, 0
6. ( a) A'(–5, –6), B'(–7, –4), C'(–9, –6); A''(–6, –5), B''(–4, –7), C''(–6, –9)
(b) P'(0, –2), Q'(1, –3), R'(1, –1); P''(2, 0), Q''(3, –1), R''(1, –1)
(c) D'(2, –1), E'(5, –3), F'(7, 1); D''(4, –2), E''(10, –6), F''(14, 2)
7. (a) A'(–2, –1), B'(4, –3), C'(0, 4); A''(–3, 2), B''(3, 0), C''(–1, 7)
(b) M'(–3, –1), N'(–1, 4), O'(–5, 2); M''(–6, –2), N''(–2, 8), O''(–10, 4)
(c) P'(0, –6), Q'(4, 6), R'(–10, –2); P''(4, –1), Q''(8, 11), R''(–6, 3)
Exercise 7.6
3
3. (a) units (b) 6 units (c) 3.2 units
4
–18 45
4. (a) A'(0, 3), B' , (b) (3,4), (6,8)
29 29
–38 27 –23 31
5. (a) P' (14, 15), Q' , (b) , , (–2, 7)
41 41 2 2
–1 –31 105
6. (a) M' 6, , N'(–3, –1) (b) (–5, 3) , ,
2 26 26
Exercise 7.7
3. (a) A'(3, 5), B'(–5, 4) (b) A'(4, 4), B'(–4, 3)
(c) A'(0, 7), B'(–8, 6) (d) A'(–1, 0), B'(–9, –1)

2 3
4. (a) , (5, –2) (b) , A'(7, 1)
–3 –4
0 1 0 –1
5. (a) (b)
–1 0 1 0
3 0 1 –1
6. (a) , (6, 15) (b) , (–6, –17)
0 3 2 3

0 –1 0 1
7. (a) , A'(5, –3) (b) , (–9, 8)
–1 0 –1 0
8. (a) Reflection on x-axis, A'(–2, –5) (b) E[(0, 0), –2], (6, –18)
9. (a) –5, –4 (b) –1, –14
11. (a) P'( 4,7), Q'(6, 11), R'(10, 17), S'(8, 13) (b) A'(–3, 3), B'(–9, –2), C'(0, –6)
12. (a) (0, 0), (4, 1), (6, 3), (2, 2) (b) (0, 0), (1, 3), (2, 5), (1, 2)
6 2 2 0
13. (a) (b)
2 4 0 2
1 0 0 1
14. (a) , Reflection on x-axis. (b) , Reflection on y = x.
0 –1 1 0
1 0 0 –1
15. (a) (b)
0 1 1 0
Exercise 8.1
4. (a) 20, 0.36 (b) 12.5, 0.33 5. (a) 50, 0.11 (b) 42, 0.14
6. (a) 20, 50 (b) 30, 58 7. (a) 27, 18 (b) 38.66, 18.66
8. (a) 14, 0.4 (b) 6.86, 0.18 (c) 2.32, 0.13 (d) 201.5
9. (a) 1.255 (b) 16, 0.36
10. (a) 10.23, 0.33 (b) 10.09, 0.33 (c) 10.72 yrs, 0.34
11. B has more variable.
Exercise 8.2
4. (a) 5.6, 0.1867 (b) 24.5, 0.45
5. 0.64, 0.64
6. (a) 11.667, 0.259 (b) 7.27, 0.21 (c) 503.59, 0.401 (d) 9.56, 0.34
7. (a) 9.44, 0.303 (b) 11.6, 0.09 (c) 6.56, 0.29
8. (a) 10.08, 0.30 (b) 10.3, 0.37 (c) 10.52, 0.25
9. (a) 9.44, 0.36 (From mean) (b) 11.8, 0.295 (From median)
10. (a) 11.13, 0.45 (b) 12.4, 0.243, 12.3, 0.23
11. 13, 0.43
Exercise 8.3
3. (a) 4.049 (b) 2.37, 0.1185
4. (a) 2.68 (b) 1.73, 2.9929 (c) 12.37
5. (a) 15.48, 0.28 (b) 12.96, 0.41
(c) 28.35, 0.19 (d) 12.96, 0.42
6. (a) 272.20, 44.45% (b) Rs. 111.43, 21.35% (c) Rs. 11.88. 52.1%
7. (a) 11.458, 0.502, 50.2% (b) 12.96, 0.42, 42%
8. (a) (i) 4.8, 4.6 (ii) P shows greater consistency because c.v of p is less than c.v of Q.
(b) (i) A (ii) B

360
Specification Grid
Higher
Knowledge Understanding Application
Ability
Total Total
S.N. Contents
Questions Marks
Each 1 Each 5
Each 2 Marks Each 4 Marks
Marks Marks
1 Algebra 2 3 2 1 8 21
2. Limit and Continuity 1 1 2 5
3. Matrix 1 2 1 4 9
Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 10

4. Co-ordinate Geometry 2 2 1 1 6 15
5. Trigonometry 2 3 3 8 20
6. Vectors 1 2 1 4 10
7. Transformation 1 1 1 3 10
8. Statistics 1 2 3 10
Total 10 13 11 4 38
100
Marks 10 26 44 20 100

Shubharambha OPT Mathematics 10 Final For CTP 2077

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Shubharambha OPT Mathematics 10 Final For CTP 2077

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Shubharambha OPT Mathematics 10 Final For CTP 2077

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Approved by Government of Nepal, Ministry of Education,Science and Technology,

Curriculum Development Center(CDC), Sanothimi, Bhaktapur, Nepal

Shubharambha Publication Pvt.Ltd.

Shubharambha Publication Pvt. Ltd.

Book : Infinity Optional Mathematics-Book 10

Authors : Nil Prasad Ghimire

The chapters in the books feature a fundamental theory and sufficiently-worked-out

Unit 2 CONTINUITY 109–123

1.1 Inverse Function and Composite Function

(d) f (e) f (f) f

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 10 7

2. A function g is defined as g : x→ 5x + 2. Find the inverse of g.

Now, interchanging domain (x) and range (y), we get

(d) 4 1 (e) p a (f) 1

(g) a (h) 1 5 (i) 1 e

(d) a (e) 16 4 (f) a 3

(d) f (e) h (f) g

10 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 10

5. Find the inverse function of the following functions.

Composite function of f and g = {(1, 16), (2, 25), (3, 36)}

Note: For two functions f and g.

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 10 13

14 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 10

4. If f(x) = 3x – 1 and g(x) = 7 – 2x, find (a) f-1og(x), (b) g-1of(x)

(c)­ f-1og-1(x) (d) f-1 og-1 (3).

Here, f(x) = 3x – 1 and g( x) = 7 – 2x

Now, interchanging domain (x) and range (y), we get

Now interchaning domain (x) and range (y), we get

6. If fog(x) = 19 – 7x and g(x) = 2 – x, find f(x).

16 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 10

7. Given that f(x) = 3x + 5, g(x) = x + 1 and h(x) = 2x – 3. Find f(gh), gf(h)

and gf(h) (2).

Here, f(x) = 3x + 5 g(x) = x + 1 and h(x) = 2x – 3

8. Given that f(x) = 3x – 1 and g(x) = 4x – 1 , find the value of x when

1 ... ... 4 ... ...

18 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 10

1 ... ... -1 ... ...

(i) If f(x) = x2 – 1 and g(x) = x2 + 1, find fog(x) and gof(x).

7. (a) If f(x) = 3x – 4 and g(x) = x + 5, find f-1 og(x) and f-1og(3).

graph is shown alongside.

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 10 21

Some of the examples of quadratic

22 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 10

1. Identify whether the function given below are constant, linear,

2. Draw the graph of the following function

Now, g(x) × h(x)

Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 10 25

Now, f(x) ÷ g(x) is shown below.

i.e. Divident = Divisor × quotient + Remainder

2. Divide the polynomial f(x) by h(x) in the following:

3. Find Q(x) and R when 3x3 – 4x2 – 9x + 2 = (3x + 1) Q(x) + R

26 Infinity Optional Mathematics Book - 10

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES

1. Find the remainder and quotient by using synthetic division method

Hence, remainder (R) = 37

–796 1 4 64x 317

(c) f-1og-1(x) (d) f-1 og-1 (3).